# The National Hypnotherapy Society > Search our Accredited Register to find a hypnotherapists # Hypnotherapy Helps Search our Accredited Register to find a hypnotherapist [Find a therapist](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/find-a-therapist) [Become a member](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/become-a-member/individual) [Want to become a therapist?](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/become-a-hypnotherapist) Find a qualified hypnotherapist Professional and supportive Holding an Accredited Register Search for hypnotherapist ## Find a qualified hypnotherapist you can trust Our hypnotherapists meet high national standards for training, ethics, and conduct. Every practitioner listed is on our Accredited Register, recognised by the Professional Standards Authority. [Find a therapist](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/find-a-therapist) [Our Accredited Register](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/accredited-register-programme-and-regulation) Become a hypnotherapist ## Start your journey with confidence By choosing a training course recognised by the Society, you can be assured that the course has been mapped to our Training Standards criteria and therefore meet the highest standards of professional training. Search our course directory to start your journey today. [Find a course](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/become-a-hypnotherapist) Become a member ## Join a professional community that works for you Whether you’re just beginning your training or have been practising for years, we’ll guide you to the right membership grade to match your experience and qualifications. Already a member of another recognised professional body? Let us know - we may be able to offer you an equivalent membership that reflects your current standing. [Explore memberships](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/become-a-member/individual) ## Our Accredited Register Members of the public are encouraged to choose a practitioner who belongs to an Accredited Register. Our Accredited Register is recognised by the [Professional Standards Authority](https://www.professionalstandards.org.uk/what-we-do/accredited-registers) to ensure that the public are able to choose safe, ethical and competent professionals when looking for support. ## Our Blog [### Benefits of Mindfulness in Today's Busy Society In recent years, it seems that as a society, we have become increasingly busy, which in turn brings its own consequences into our daily lives.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/benefits-of-mindfulness-in-todays-busy-society) [### The Hypno Heroines You’ve Probably Never Heard Of (But Totally Should) But here’s the thing: behind the scenes (and often completely out of the spotlight), there were some incredible women who helped shape the world of…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/the-hypno-heroines-youve-probably-never-heard-of-but-totally-should) [### The Power of Suggestion This self-chatter acts like self-suggestions and when these are unhelpful, these are called automatic negative thoughts. Automatic negative thoughts tend to…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/the-power-of-suggestion) [### Hypnotherapy for Relationships When a relationship, be it romantic, familial, or work-related breaks down, it can be a source of significant distress and emotional upheaval. There are many…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/hypnotherapy-for-relationships) [View all](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog) --- # Privacy Policy Your data is stored by the National Hypnotherapy Society (HS) within the provisions of General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR). For reference, we hold the following information about you: - Given/First Name - Surname/Family Name - Gender (optional, and only if supplied) - Home Address - Email Address - Practice Address (if provided) - Telephone numbers (home, mobile, and practice) - Details related to your practice status (i.e. whether you are practicing or not practicing) - Information about any criminal record or offences (if applicable) - How you heard about us - Where you undertook your training - Your bank details/BACS reference details for the purposes of administering membership payments - Unspent criminal record details (if relevant) - Qualification and training details - Information about cancelling your membership (if relevant) - Information about your benefits/retirement status (if relevant) - Your contact/marketing preferences - Information about the fees you pay to us The HS uses cloud technology, not based on our premises, to store and manage the data we hold, and to provide services such as event management, newsletters, and other emails. Member’s data is held in a secure UK datacentre which is protected by perimeter, building and data floor key card + combination entry, access control, recording, monitoring, CCTV, and 24/7 security patrols. Any services we use to manage events and send emails adhere to GDPR requirements. The HS may use your contact data to communicate with you directly for important information related to your membership and course provision, and to advise you of new products and services, or work and placement opportunities. You may opt out of receiving communications from the HS at any time [via the Members’ Porta](https://www.nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/members/)l, email, telephone, or post. You can find our contact details in the footer of this website. We do not sell your data, nor do we use it for any purpose other than to provide membership services and keep an online Register of hypnotherapists (where applicable). If you need to make a change to the information we hold about you, you can do this at any time via the Members’ Area of the website, email, telephone, or post. You can find our contact details at the footer of the website. If you want us to delete the information we hold about you then please do let us know in writing, and we will do so to the furthest extent possible allowing that we may need to retain some information about you to ensure that we are compliant with any legal requirements, or for the purposes of public safety or our own internal complaints processes. Personal information which you share with the HS as part of your membership applications or course processes - for example, personal disclosures as part of your personal development or as part of therapeutic training – are treated in the strictest confidence. This means that the HS will not disclose any such materials unless required by a Court Order or unless such materials provide evidence of criminality, or potential or actual harm to yourself, another person, or to HS staff. If your application for Membership is referred to our Professional Standards Committee, full details of your application will be made available to the Committee, many of whom are not directly employed by the Society. Committee members have signed a strict confidentiality agreement with the Society, and all data for review is shared on encrypted, password protected software. In the event that a complaint is made against you, and the complaint is escalated to an Assessment Panel or Independent Panel Hearing, details of the complaint that has been made against you and documentation relevant to the case that has been provided either by yourself or the complainant will be made available to panel members. Panel members have signed a strict confidentiality agreement with the Society, and all data for review is shared on encrypted, password protected software. Information you provide to the HS as part of your membership application or course process will be retained in accordance with the GDPR and destroyed a certain amount of time after your course or membership lapses. --- # About us ## All about the National Hypnotherapy Society The National Hypnotherapy Society promotes safe, ethical, and professional hypnotherapy through accredited training and strong standards. [### Our Society We are a not-for-profit professional Society dedicated to supporting through quality training, Accreditation and ethical practice.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/our-society) [### Accredited Register Programme And Regulation The National Hypnotherapy Society holds the first and only current hypnotherapy register to be accredited by the Professional Standards Authority](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/accredited-register-programme-and-regulation) [### Code of Ethics Ethical considerations are more than polarised judgements of right and wrong. They involve exploring principles, morals and values behind a particular intent, intervention and action.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/code-of-ethics) [### Policies Our functional and administrative policies, such as those that affect website users, our members, and our team at the Society.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies) [### Governance We commit to providing good governance and leadership by understanding our role.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance) --- # Publication Policy for members The Society’s complaints procedures seek to be open, transparent and proportionate. Sanctions issued by either the Assessment Panel or by the Independent Complaints Panel following a complaints hearing will be published on the Society’s website The publication of such decisions provides information about the standards expected of registrants (and members); assists clients to make informed choices, and helps to maintain public confidence in the Accredited Register programme. We aim to strike a balance and consider the rights of both clients and registrants and take account of the risk of any harm that may arise from the disclosure or non-disclosure of information Details of sanctions will appear as an annotation to a registrant’s online register entry. In addition, an outline of the case will be placed on the ‘Outcomes of Complaints’ section of the website. A note of the complaint will be added to the member’s file. Upon completion of the sanction, the Society will change the online register entry to reflect that the sanction has been met. The Society will display the “Sanction Met” annotation and the outline of the case under Outcomes of Complaints section for a further period of 2 months after completion of sanction. The members file will be updated. If a sanction is not met, the Society will change the online register entry to “Sanction Not Met” and information on Outcomes of Complaint will be published on the Society website for a period of five years. In cases where a member is removed from the register, or accepts Voluntary Removal following a panel hearing, the published decision will remain on the website for a period of five years. If there is no sanction then no information will be published on the Society's website. --- # Registration Application Review The Society is required to ensure that successful applicants to our Accredited Register, and to grades within the Register, meet the relevant criteria and standards. We operate an assessment process with an appropriately trained team in a fair and transparent manner, drawing where required on a significant amount of expertise. Where an applicant has not provided the required evidence for registration, we give them every opportunity to provide it, and when an application is unsuccessful, we can explain the remaining requirements that would be needed for the application to proceed. We recognise that not all applicants will have followed a standard route and so, for complex applications, we provide an assessment by our Senior Review Team; where for example, the applicant has studied overseas or has followed an atypical route to professional practice. We recognise that, not only should any applicant have the right to have an unsuccessful application reviewed; but that also no assessment process is perfect, and that review gives us the opportunity to correct any errors and create learning points to improve the process. The Application Review Policy is as follows: ## 1. The Assessment Team The Society’s Assessment Team is drawn from suitably-trained colleagues within our Membership Services Department. It processes all incoming applications for registration in the first instance. The team has the authority to reject an application where basic standard, objective criteria for registration have not been evidenced by the applicant. An example of this would be where the applicant provides no evidence of having completed appropriate hypnotherapy training but had studied entirely online. The Assessment Team can, at its sole discretion, refer any application for review by the Society’s Senior Review Team. It can do this, for example, where the qualification evidenced by the applicant is unknown to the Assessment Team. If an application is rejected, an applicant can request a review of the Assessment Team’s decision, provided they request this within 14 days of receipt of said decision. The review will be conducted by the Society’s Senior Review Team. ## 2. The Senior Review Team The Society’s Senior Review Team consists of two or more people, one of which is normally a senior professional hypnotherapist, with a high level of experience in application assessment. It processes applications referred by the Assessment Team, complex applications, and applications failed by the Assessment Team where the applicant has requested a review. The Senior Review Team has the authority to make decisions on complex applications; to ask for further and additional clarification from applicants, and to reject an application where criteria for registration, including qualitative or complex criteria, have not been evidenced by the applicant. It will provide the applicant with the reason for its decision. An applicant can request an appeal of the Senior Review Team’s decision, provided they request this within 14 days receipt of said decision. The appeal will be sent to the next available meeting of the Society’s Professional Standards Committee. ## 3. The Professional Standards Committee The Professional Standards Committee consists of highly experienced and qualified professionals who hold regular committee meetings and have the responsibility to uphold the Society’s standards. The Professional Standards Committee hears appeals of the Senior Review Team’s decision where the application is unsuccessful, and the applicant wishes to appeal. The Professional Standards Committee will examine the evidence provided by the applicant and the Senior Review Team’s decision. They may at their discretion seek further evidence from either party. A majority decision of the Professional Standards Committee will be taken by vote on each application appeal. In the event of a tie, the Chair of the meeting shall have the casting vote. The decision of the Professional Standards Committee on any application shall be final and binding on the Society and applicant. There are no further rights of review or appeal. On an annual basis the Society’s Independent Assessor may sample decisions made by the Professional Standards Committee for their annual report. --- # Restoration to the Register Policy A former registrant who has been removed from the Society's Register following the outcome of a disciplinary hearing may apply to rejoin the Register. Applications for re-joining should be made in writing to the Registrar who will in turn refer the matter to the Professional Standards Committee. An application for restoration cannot be made until five years have elapsed since the removal, except in circumstances where, as part of the original complaints process, a Society panel varied this condition. In addition, a former Registrant may not make more than one application for restoration in any twelve months. If a former Registrant makes two applications for restoration which are refused the Professional Standards Committee may also direct that the applicant’s right to make further application is suspended indefinitely- this is known as a “Barring Order”. In applying for restoration to the Register the burden of proof is on the applicant to prove that they are suitable to be returned to the Register. The Professional Standards Committee will have sight of the original complaint file before considering the application. At its sole discretion, the Committee may require the applicant to attend an interview. Possible outcomes of Application for Restoration are: - The application is successful and registration is unconditionally restored - The application is successful and registration is restored, but with conditions on registration - The application is conditionally successful, subject to either a further re-assessment, further conditions prior to registration, or both The application is unsuccessful and the applicant is not restored to the Register --- # Retirement Policy A Registrant of the Society who wishes to retire can opt to become a lifetime non-Registrant Member of the Society, to continue to receive newsletters, updates and invitations to Society events. By agreeing to this policy you will be given lifetime non-Registrant membership with the Society. - "Registrant" refers to Accredited or Registrant members. - ‘Retiring’ registrants are those who have ceased to practice. - Retiring Registrants who participate in this scheme agree to be bound by the Society’s Code of Ethics. - Retiring registrants will notify the Society at any time should their status change, for example, should they start to practice again (part-time practice, voluntary practice, and private practice are all included in this). - Retiring members must not use the Society logo or advertise that they are a member. --- # Safeguarding Policy ## Guidance for the Therapist in safeguarding vulnerable adults and children The Society Code of Ethics gives the following guidance to all registrants about client confidentiality: *“Confidentiality, Maintenance of Records and Recording of Sessions”* All Practitioners undertake to: Maintain strict confidentiality within the client/therapist relationship, always provided that such confidentiality is neither inconsistent with the therapist’s own safety or the safety of the client, the client’s family members or other members of the public nor in contravention of any legal action (i.e. criminal, coroner or civil court cases where a court order is made demanding disclosure) or legal requirement (e.g. Children’s Acts).” In this document, we give further details about: - (a) Confidentiality within the client-therapist relationship - (b) The Law - (c) The rights of the client - (d) The duties of the therapist – exceptions to confidentiality ## a) Confidentiality within the client therapist relationship Confidentiality is considered to be one of the foundations of the therapeutic relationship. Clients may share / disclose personal information with a therapist and they will feel more confident to do this if they are reassured that their personal information will be discussed and recorded in confidence. There are ethical and legal frameworks about the protection of sensitive information and there are also legal and ethical frameworks for the protection of the public and individuals. There may be occasions when there is a perceived conflict between the professional and moral duty of confidentiality and the need to disclose information that is considered to be in the public interest or individual protection. ## b) The Law Legal rights to confidentiality are enforceable by legal orders e.g. injunctions or actions for breach of contract, damages, orders for compensation. Common law (decisions made by the courts) which imposes a duty of confidentiality where information is disclosed in confidence or in circumstances where a reasonable person ought to know that the information ought to be confidential. Statutory provisions (e.g. Data Protection Act 1998, Human Rights Act 1998 Article 8 – right to private life) Contracts i.e. between: Therapist and client and/or Therapist and agency These rights are enforceable by a complaints procedure and investigation process, disciplinary proceedings, and in the case of actions by public bodies, possibly legal action for judicial review of administrative or other actions challenged. For someone with a complaint about an issue relating to confidentiality, these procedures often involve less financial risk than court proceedings and sometimes the outcomes from a disciplinary hearing are more likely to prevent a repetition by the therapist. ## c) The rights of the client At the outset of therapy it is the responsibility of the therapist to explain to the client (and ensure they understand) about confidentiality: - To know the extent and limitations of the confidentiality - To be told the circumstances in which the therapist may wish to breach confidentiality - To have a clear therapeutic contract with terms which they fully understand, accept and support - To know who will make, keep and have access to their notes and records, how they will be kept, for how long they will be retained and for what purposes they may be retained/destroyed/disclosed. - To be informed of circumstances when the therapist may have to or is about to breach their confidentiality (unless there are defensible reasons why this cannot be the case, in cases of certain child protection or mental incapacity) - To know how, why and to whom information will be given by the therapist - To know the import of and/or see what is being said about the client if that client so wishes ## d) The duties of the therapist – exceptions to confidentiality ### **Crime** A counsellor cannot be legally bound to confidentiality about a crime. Courts have concluded that it is defensible to breach confidence, in good faith, in order to assist the prevention or detection of a crime. However, there is no general duty to report crime except in specific circumstances. There is also no general obligation to answer police questions about a client. A polite refusal on the grounds of confidentiality is sufficient if this is considered appropriate, but deliberately giving misleading information is likely to constitute an offence. (There is specific home office guidance for counsellors working with addicts or offenders). ### **Prevention of serious harm to the client or to others** The Department of Health offers the following guidance on what counts as serious crime. ‘Murder, manslaughter, rape, treason, kidnapping, child abuse or other cases where individuals have suffered serious harm may all warrant breaching confidentiality. Serious harm to the security of the state or to public order and crimes that involve substantial financial gain and loss will generally fall within this category'. ### **Statutory obligations to disclose** The Terrorism Act 2000 makes it a criminal offence for a person to fail to disclose, without reasonable excuse, any information which they either know or believes might help prevent another person carrying out an act of terrorism or might help in bringing a terrorist to justice in the UK. ### **Court orders** A court may order disclosure, or order the therapist to attend court and to bring notes and records with them. Refusal to answer the questions of the court may constitute contempt of the court. Therapists may be asked to produce a report for court relating to work with a client. Consent should be obtained direct from the client wherever possible and in writing. Clients may ask to see the reports written about them, and in accordance with the legislation on Human Rights, Data Protection, Freedom of Information clients should have access to their reports in the same way as records, unless there is a cogent reason in their interest or that of the public not to do so. ### **Requirements to produce counselling records** Family courts dealing with child protection cases have different rules of evidence from other civil and criminal courts. They may order the production of documents including personal medical reports which would otherwise have been protected from disclosure. The police acting on behalf of the Crown Prosecution Service and usually with the written consent of the client, may seek access to therapy and counselling notes. This is most likely to happen if they contain reports of allegations of rape or sexual abuse. ### **Disclosures to enhance the quality of service provided** Technically, it may constitute a breach of confidence when counsellors discuss cases in counselling supervision, training and research. ### **Child protection** A ‘child’ is defined as a person under the age of eighteen. The Children Act 1989 (CA 1989) in conjunction with subsequent legislation including the Children Act 2004, places a statutory duty on health, education and other services to co-operate with local authorities in child protection. There is a statutory duty to work together, including information sharing, in conducting initial investigations of children who may be in need or subject to abuse. Further information at [Every Child Matters.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/assets/uploads/docs/Every-child-matters.pdf) Therapists working with children and young people should have supervision with a person suitably qualified and experienced in child protection matters. If there is a concern that a child may be at risk of serious harm and the therapist does not have consent from the child or from a person with parental responsibility for the child to make a referral, then the therapist will have to decide whether to make a referral anyway, without consent. Those working within government, organisational or agency settings should already have policies and procedures in place to follow. For those that work independently, this is a matter for supervision, and where necessary for expert professional advice on child protection law and practice, which should be available from the legal department of the local authority, the department of social services, or specialist lawyers. ### **Clients at risk of suicide or serious self-harm** Responding appropriately to suicidal clients creates one of the most challenging situations encountered by counsellors. As there is no general duty to rescue in British law, counsellors need to be explicit about reserving the power to breach confidentiality for a suicidal adult client. To do so without explicit agreement may constitute an actionable breach of confidence. A therapist who knows that a client is likely to harm himself or others but who will not give consent for referral must carefully consider the ethics of going against the client’s known wishes and also the possible consequences for their client of either referral or non-referral. Discuss with the client if appropriate, and ideally also discuss in supervision these issues: - What has the client given me permission to do? - Does that permission include referral? - If I refer, what is likely to happen? - If I do not refer, what is likely to happen? - Do the likely consequences of non-referral include serious harm to the client or others? - Are the likely consequences preventable? - Is there anything I (or anyone else) can do to prevent serious harm? - What steps would need to be taken? - How could the client be helped to accept the proposed action? - Does my client have the mental capacity to give explicit informed consent at this moment in time? - If the client does not have mental capacity, then what are my professional responsibilities to the client and in the public interest? - If the client has mental capacity, but does no consent to my proposed action (e.g. referral to a GP), what is my legal situation if I go ahead and do it anyway? Counsellors’ professional responsibility requires that they must act within the area of their personal expertise, and should consider their own limitations. The implication of this is that when they reach the limits of their expertise, consideration should be given to referral on with the client’s consent. If the client does not consent to referral on and if the client or others may be at risk of harm, the therapist should address the issues listed above in supervision and with their professional organisation and/or other professional advice. If a client consents to referral on or to a change in the confidentiality agreed with them at the outset of the work with their therapist, then there is little likelihood of any ground for legal or other action against the therapist if the actions then taken are with the full knowledge and consent of the client. If possible, obtain the client’s explicit consent. Implicit or implied consent may be relied upon by the therapist, but it can be nebulous and is rather more difficult to prove. In the event of a complaint or legal action, both therapist and client are best protected by a therapeutic contract with terms including explicit consent, which are evidenced in writing. ### **Mental capacity and consent** Mental capacity is a legal concept of a person’s ability to make rational, informed decisions. It is presumed in law that adults and children over the age of sixteen have the mental capacity and legal power to give or withhold consent in medical and health care matters. ### **Children and young people under the age of eighteen** Therapists working with children and young people will need to have valid consent to enter into the therapeutic contract. ‘Parental responsibility’ is the legal basis for making decisions about a child, including consent for medical or therapeutic treatment. It is advisable to take all issues of potential breach of confidentiality to supervision, whenever possible, and to discuss them fully and openly with the supervisor. **If you require specific legal advice, then you should contact your insurance company, as they will have access to qualified legal advisors** --- # Whistleblowing This document gives advice for members who have seen or discover something within their professional lives that they believe falls into the following categories: - Criminal offences (this may include, for example, types of financial impropriety such as fraud) - Failure to comply with an obligation set out in law - Miscarriages of justice - Endangering of someone’s health and safety - Damage to the environment - Covering up wrongdoing in the above categories - Make the disclosure in good faith (which means with honest intent and without malice) - Reasonably believe that the information is substantially true - Reasonably believe you are making the disclosure to the right ‘prescribed person’ - The time and date that the issue took place, and the time and date that you became aware of it (if different) - The place(s) in which the incident(s) occurred - The people involved - Anything said and by whom - Details of other people present Whistleblowing is the commonly used term for making a disclosure, passing on information, concerning wrongdoing. Whistleblowing law (Employment Rights Act 1996) gives workers rights to take their employer to tribunal if they have been victimized at work or lost their job because they have ‘blown the whistle’. This makes it what is known as a ‘protected disclosure’. The concern that the employee is disclosing can have happened in the past, be happening currently, or could be something that they believe is likely to happen in the future. It is important to note that the wrongdoing disclosed must relate to an element of public safety as outlined in the bullet points above; it is not enough for it to be a personal matter for the individual disclosing, such as a disagreement, or any other personal grievance. These should be covered by a grievance policy, rather than under Whistleblowing Law. ## Who should I blow the whistle to? You can tell your employer, a regulator or regulatory body, a customer, an MP, the Civil Aviation Authority, the police, or the media: whichever is most appropriate. If you have witnessed wrongdoing that falls outside of your working environment, you should report to the police or the relevant authority. If the wrongdoing you have witnessed is related to or impacts upon your work, you should raise this with your employer or – in the event that the issue pertains to, for example, another therapist in private practice with whom you share an office – you should report to the police or other relevant authority, such as their professional body. ## Whistleblowing in an Organisation The organisation you work in may have their own whistleblowing policy and procedures in place; this may be published in your handbook, on the organisation’s internal communication platform, or available via your line manager or HR department. You should follow the steps that they outline – reporting to the right person in the right way. This makes it a ‘protected disclosure’. ## Whistleblowing in Private Practice If you become aware of a serious issue related to those listed above whilst in private practice with another colleague, you can choose either to raise it with the police if it is a serious criminal matter, or with that person’s relevant regulatory body. In terms of Whistleblowing Law, the protection is there to stop you from being treated negatively by your employer if you disclose wrongdoing. While this applies if you are contracted to work for an agency, for example, it doesn't protect you from issues relating to other private practitioners or those from whom you rent premises, or others. ## Anonymity You have every right to make your disclosure anonymously, however, it is worth bearing in mind that this may have an impact on the ability to fully investigate any wrongdoing. ## What might I need to share? If you are making a disclosure of wrongdoing, you may wish to keep a note of the following (maintaining confidentiality where necessary): - [You can find out more about Whistleblowing here.](https://www.gov.uk/whistleblowing) - [https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment\_data/file/415175/bis-15-200-whistleblowing-guidance-for-employers-and-code-of-practice.pdf](https://assets.publishing.service.gov.uk/government/uploads/system/uploads/attachment_data/file/415175/bis-15-200-whistleblowing-guidance-for-employers-and-code-of-practice.pdf) - --- Become A hypnotherapist # Start your career in hypnotherapy Training as a hypnotherapist is a significant investment, so choosing the right course matters. With many options available, our directory helps you navigate your choices with confidence. [Find a course](https://www.search-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) ## Find recognised courses Recognised training means trusted standards — giving you the qualifications you need to become a hypnotherapist. ## Meet the standards for Society membership Courses we recognise have been independently assessed to ensure they are safe, ethical, and delivered to a high standard. ## Easy to use directory Use our directory to explore recognised training providers and find the right course for you. ## Course types and qualifications We have various types of course recognition. In order to become a fully qualified hypnotherapist, you will need to enrol on an Accredited course that has been through a full assessment and inspection and meets our Standards of Training. [Find a course](https://www.search-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) ## Quality Checked A shorter or more specialised course which does not in itself provide a route to our Register but which offers valuable experience and may in some cases be used for Continuing Professional Development. ## Accredited Course Accredited Courses have been through a full assessment and inspection and meets our Standards of Training and Educations. Graduates will have fulfilled the training requirements to join our Accredited Register. [## Student Membership with the National Hypnotherapy Society Many courses require students to join a professional body while they are training. We offer reduced fees for students. Learn more](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/become-a-member/individual) ## FAQs about training All the courses listed in this section have been either quality checked or accredited by the National Hypnotherapy Society. The Society cannot recommend a specific training provider or course and we advise you to take time to research all courses to help you make a decision. We would advise you to contact the training provider you are interested in – they can advise on any grants or funding that may be available. There are many different routes to becoming a hypnotherapist. Do take time to look at the content of each course and ensure it ties in with your future plans. If you know what you want to do in the future find out what qualifications you will ultimately need and then work back from there. Hypnotherapy is not regulated in the UK – and there are currently no plans for statutory regulation. The National Hypnotherapy Society holds an accredited register under the Professional Standards Authority Accredited Registers programme. ## Not found the answer you were after? Get in touch with a member of our team who will be happy to guide you. [Get in touch](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) --- Individual membership # Join the National Hypnotherapy Society Membership with the National Hypnotherapy Society is a partnership ### Join the only hypnotherapy body to hold a register accredited by the [Professional Standards Authority](https://www.professionalstandards.org.uk). We're here to listen to, to support, and to work hard on behalf of our members. Our members are our expertise, and one of the fundamental principles both upon which the Society was founded as well as continuing to this day is that of being member-led, which is why we consult our members and ensure they have the final say on all key decisions. ## Why become a member? Our primary purpose is the advancement of hypnotherapy, and of course the support and encouragement of all our members. ## Professional recognition Our Accredited Register is recognised by the Professional Standards Authority as well as being recognised by thousands of organisations both large and small across the UK. ## Affordable membership costs We keep our membership costs as low as possible. ## Free directory listing There is no extra charge to be listed on our directory, making it easier for potential clients to find you. ## Have your voice heard Our members have a direct voice in shaping the Society's policies, and are consulted on all key decisions we make. Our members are our expertise, and we're proud to be a member-led organisation. [Grades and criteria ## Unsure which membership level is right for you? Discover our different membership grades and check your eligibility. Grades and criteria](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/become-a-member/individual/grades-and-criteria) Membership fees ## Find the right membership for you Whether you have just started your studies or have been practising hypnotherapist for years — you will be guided to the appropriate membership category. [### Membership £95 Per year Registrant and Non-Registrant Membership for those in training and those who have completed their studies. Apply Now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) [### Reduced membership £Reduced Per year Reduced fee membership for those who are currently on benefits. Apply Now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) ## Membership benefits designed with you in mind We work hard to uphold and promote the Professional Standards Authority's Accredited Register programme to demonstrate to Government, employers, and members of the public, advocating for hypnotherapy and hypnotherapists and ensuring greater opportunities for paid work. ### Exclusive member discounts and resources Discounts on insurance, services, online CPD, books and a wealth of resources including a our magazine. ### Support when you need it Access ethical advice and professional guidance at every stage of your career. ### Find a Therapist listing on our website Helping potential clients find you. ## The membership journey We recognise the experience and skills that each individual can bring to our profession, and you'll find that this is reflected in our application process. Step 1 ## Complete your application online You'll need to create an account in our Member Portal, from here you will be able to apply for the right membership category for you. Step 2 ## Your application is reviewed The team will review your application and come back to you if any further information is required but rest assured, we'll give you all the guidance we can to support you. Step 3 ## Enjoy the benefits of being a member Once we've confirmed your membership level, then you can advertise your membership, and enjoy all the benefits of your membership. ## FAQs about Individual Membership Yes of course – it is your choice to belong to as many professional bodies as you choose. If you are a member of a relevant professional body that holds an Accredited Register then we may be able to offer an equivalent route to register for your membership application. It is very important that we carry out rigorous checks backed up by relevant evidence when processing membership applications. Do contact us to discuss this and we will do our best to help you – for example you may be able to get alternative proof of your qualifications. If you already hold membership of an appropriate professional body (such as an organisation that holds an accredited register) your application will be fast tracked at the equivalent grade. Yes, we offer reduced rates of membership for those on a low income – if you are in receipt of state benefit including state pension or unwaged with no personal income (tax credits not included) we can offer reduced fees. We will require written proof of the benefit. The Society cannot recommend one course over another. There are a wide variety of different training providers and courses on offer that have been assessed and in the opinion of the Society the training offered is safe, ethical and delivered in a competent fashion. We advise potential students to take as much care in choosing their course as they would in choosing an individual hypnotherapist. Ensure the ethos and philosophy of the training provider is right for you; don’t be afraid to ask questions and certainly look at as many courses as possible before making a choice. The contact details and website links are provided and so you should take time to read through all the information about both the training provider and the courses you are interested in. Search our course directory to find a recognised course. [Search for a course](https://www.search-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/search?category=FindaTrainingCourse) Yes, you can still apply. The National Hypnotherapy Society recognises the experience, skills and qualifications that each individual can bring to our profession and this is reflected in our application process. Whether you have just started on a course to study hypnotherapy, have further developed your skills, or are an experienced practitioner — you will be guided to the appropriate membership level. If you are already a member of another relevant professional body we may be able to fast track your application and offer you a similar membership grade. As a registrant of The National Hypnotherapy Society it is obligatory that you have current professional insurance. Although you can choose to use any insurance company that offers appropriate cover, the Society has negotiated preferential rates with select insurers for all of our members. As a registrant member of the Society, you must demonstrate a commitment to supervised practice. Supervision should be appropriate to the number of client hours and type of practice essential for the award and maintenance of professional membership. **Hypnotherapists should now belong to an Accredited Register** Clients will increasingly become aware of the programme and will wish to choose the added public safeguards of seeing a therapist on such a register. In addition, it will be a mark of your professional standing and commitment, as well as a useful way to inform potential clients of your regulated status. The National Hypnotherapy Society's register is the first and only current hypnotherapy register to be accredited by the Professional Standards Authority under its Accredited Register programme. We believe that the Accreditation Mark will set a bench mark for professional standards in Hypnotherapy. --- Individual membership # Join the National Hypnotherapy Society Membership with the National Hypnotherapy Society is a partnership ### Join the only hypnotherapy body to hold a register accredited by the [Professional Standards Authority](https://www.professionalstandards.org.uk). We're here to listen to, to support, and to work hard on behalf of our members. Our members are our expertise, and one of the fundamental principles both upon which the Society was founded as well as continuing to this day is that of being member-led, which is why we consult our members and ensure they have the final say on all key decisions. ## Why become a member? Our primary purpose is the advancement of hypnotherapy, and of course the support and encouragement of all our members. ## Professional recognition Our Accredited Register is recognised by the Professional Standards Authority as well as being recognised by thousands of organisations both large and small across the UK. ## Affordable membership costs We keep our membership costs as low as possible. ## Free directory listing There is no extra charge to be listed on our directory, making it easier for potential clients to find you. ## Have your voice heard Our members have a direct voice in shaping the Society's policies, and are consulted on all key decisions we make. Our members are our expertise, and we're proud to be a member-led organisation. [Grades and criteria ## Unsure which membership level is right for you? Discover our different membership grades and check your eligibility. Grades and criteria](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/become-a-member/individual/grades-and-criteria) Membership fees ## Find the right membership for you Whether you have just started your studies or have been practising hypnotherapist for years — you will be guided to the appropriate membership category. [### Membership £95 Per year Registrant and Non-Registrant Membership for those in training and those who have completed their studies. Apply Now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) [### Reduced membership £Reduced Per year Reduced fee membership for those who are currently on benefits. Apply Now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) ## Membership benefits designed with you in mind We work hard to uphold and promote the Professional Standards Authority's Accredited Register programme to demonstrate to Government, employers, and members of the public, advocating for hypnotherapy and hypnotherapists and ensuring greater opportunities for paid work. ### Exclusive member discounts and resources Discounts on insurance, services, online CPD, books and a wealth of resources including a our magazine. ### Support when you need it Access ethical advice and professional guidance at every stage of your career. ### Find a Therapist listing on our website Helping potential clients find you. ## The membership journey We recognise the experience and skills that each individual can bring to our profession, and you'll find that this is reflected in our application process. Step 1 ## Complete your application online You'll need to create an account in our Member Portal, from here you will be able to apply for the right membership category for you. Step 2 ## Your application is reviewed The team will review your application and come back to you if any further information is required but rest assured, we'll give you all the guidance we can to support you. Step 3 ## Enjoy the benefits of being a member Once we've confirmed your membership level, then you can advertise your membership, and enjoy all the benefits of your membership. ## FAQs about Individual Membership Yes of course – it is your choice to belong to as many professional bodies as you choose. It is very important that we carry out rigorous checks backed up by relevant evidence when processing membership applications. Do contact us to discuss this and we will do our best to help you – for example you may be able to get alternative proof of your qualifications. Yes. All applicants must complete the full application Yes, we offer reduced rates of membership for those on a low income – if you are in receipt of state benefit including state pension or unwaged with no personal income (tax credits not included) we can offer reduced fees. We will require written proof of the benefit. The Society cannot recommend one course over another. There are a wide variety of different training providers and courses on offer that have been assessed and in the opinion of the Society the training offered is safe, ethical and delivered in a competent fashion. We advise potential students to take as much care in choosing their course as they would in choosing an individual hypnotherapist. Ensure the ethos and philosophy of the training provider is right for you; don’t be afraid to ask questions and certainly look at as many courses as possible before making a choice. The contact details and website links are provided and so you should take time to read through all the information about both the training provider and the courses you are interested in. Search our course directory to find a recognised course. [Search for a course](https://www.search-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/search?category=FindaTrainingCourse) Yes, you can still apply. The National Hypnotherapy Society recognises the experience, skills and qualifications that each individual can bring to our profession and this is reflected in our application process. Whether you have just started on a course to study hypnotherapy, have further developed your skills, or are an experienced practitioner — you will be guided to the appropriate membership level. If you are already a member of another relevant professional body we may be able to fast track your application and offer you a similar membership grade. As a registrant of The National Hypnotherapy Society it is obligatory that you have current professional insurance. Although you can choose to use any insurance company that offers appropriate cover, the Society has negotiated preferential rates with select insurers for all of our members. As a registrant member of the Society, you must demonstrate a commitment to supervised practice. Supervision should be appropriate to the number of client hours and type of practice essential for the award and maintenance of professional membership. **Hypnotherapists should now belong to an Accredited Register** Clients will increasingly become aware of the programme and will wish to choose the added public safeguards of seeing a therapist on such a register. In addition, it will be a mark of your professional standing and commitment, as well as a useful way to inform potential clients of your regulated status. The National Hypnotherapy Society's register is the first and only current hypnotherapy register to be accredited by the Professional Standards Authority under its Accredited Register programme. We believe that the Accreditation Mark will set a bench mark for professional standards in Hypnotherapy. --- Individual membership # A unique and flexible approach to membership Your career as a hypnotherapist evolves over time — so should your membership. Explore our membership levels to find the one that’s right for you. ## Membership Grades We believe that membership of a professional association is essential as it gives confirmation of your professional standing to both your peers and clients - and gives you a voice in the future of our profession. In recognition of the different training and experience levels of a hypnotherapist we offer the following levels of membership. Registrant ## Registrant Member (MHS) A practitioner who has met the standards for registration. Registrant ## Accredited Member (MHS Accred) A practitioner who has met the standards for Registrant membership, and has further qualifications and/or experience. Registrant ## Fellow Registrant (FHS) A practitioner who has met the standards for Accredited membership and who has significant further professional experience which has made a notable contribution to the profession. (This grade cannot be applied for.) Non-Registrant ## Student Member A non-registrant member who is on a training course to become a hypnotherapist. ## Membership Criteria You must have successfully completed **one** of the following: - A Society Accredited Course. - An Ofqual RQF Level 3 Certificate in Hypnotherapy Practice or equivalent, which complies with the Skills for Health National Occupational Standards for Hypnotherapy and the Society’s currently published [standards of training](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/HS-Standards-of-Training-and-Education-for-Accredited-Courses-and-for-Registrant-Membership.pdf) for MHS. **Complex applications** Applications which contain complex information; for example, from long standing practitioners where historical training routes show a marked difference from current training routes, may be referred to the Professional Standards Committee for a complex case review. The committee will ensure that the application meets the Society’s published standards and decide at what level to place the successful applicant on the register; unsuccessful applicants will be assisted with clear guidance about suitable routes for registration. **Please note that training that is conducted purely online is not accepted for Registration.** There are two routes to Accredited Membership: **1) Training and Qualification** Under this route, Accredited Membership is awarded to a practitioner who, having met the requirements for Registrant Member status has completed **one** of the following: - A Society Accredited Course at minimum Ofqual RQF Level 4 or equivalent. - A qualification in hypnotherapy practice at minimum Ofqual RQF Level 4 which complies with the Society’s currently published [standards of training](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/HS-Standards-of-Training-and-Education-for-Accredited-Courses-and-for-Registrant-Membership.pdf) for MHS Accred. **2) Post-Qualification Experience & Training** Holders of a practitioner qualification in hypnotherapy at Ofqual RQF Level 3 (or one deemed equivalent by the Society) can gain Accredited membership by providing evidence: - Three years on an Accredited Register - Completion of 100 hours of post qualifying clinical experience evidenced by a client hours log, verified by a supervisor - [Written Statement](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Upgrade-to-HS-Accredited-Written-Statement-Guidelines.pdf) - [Supervisor’s report](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/HS-Accredited_Supervisor_Report_Guidelines.pdf) - A professional reference - Evidence of **30** hours of CPD - A minimum of 120 Guided Learning Hours (GLH) must have been completed in a physical classroom. **Complex applications** Applications which contain complex information; for example, from long standing practitioners where historical training routes show a marked difference from current training routes, may be referred to the Professional Standards Committee for a complex case review. The committee will ensure that the application meets the Society’s published standards and decide at what level to place the successful applicant on the register; unsuccessful applicants will be assisted with clear guidance about suitable routes for registration. **Complementary & Natural Healthcare Council (CNHC)** **MHS (Accred)** members are eligible to register their interest to join the [CNHC](https://www.cnhc.org.uk/#gsc.tab=0). Practitioners who have met the requirements for Accredited membership and have significant further professional experience which has made a notable contribution to the profession may be considered by the Society for Fellowship. Fellowship cannot be applied for and is awarded at the discretion of the Society. A non-registrant member who is on a training course to become a hypnotherapist. The criterion for student membership is to demonstrate enrolment on any hypnotherapy training course which is compatible with the Society’s Code of Ethics. This does not have to be a course recognised by the Society. Student Members cannot advertise their membership and insofar as they are seeing clients may only do so as part of their on-going studies under the supervisory arrangements specified by their trainer. They must agree to be bound by the Society’s Code of Ethics. ## Appeals Please see information about our appeals process. [Read more](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Council-meeting-minutes/Registration-Application-Review-Policy.pdf) --- Organisational Membership # Supporting and collaborating with the Society Join our professional Society as an organisation and play a key role in developing our profession [Join us](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) ### Organisational Membership with the National Hypnotherapy Society We welcome enquiries from organisations who wish to support our work, display our logo and agree to abide by our Code of Ethics. It is important to note that organisational membership does NOT in itself provide a route to our Accredited Register. ## Why become a member? Organisation Membership of the Society is a partnership that comes with a range of benefits and opportunities. Create and account in our [Member Portal](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/)to start your application. [Join us](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) ## Amplify your impact in the profession Join a respected professional body to strengthen your role in shaping the future of mental health. ## Collaborating with likeminded organisation Organisational membership allows you to belong to the wider community of hypnotherapists and ensures that you are aware of the different issues that affect our profession. ## Access exclusive resources and support Benefit from the Society's dedicated support, resources and opportunities. ## Enhance your organisations credibility Align with the Society's values and ethos, showcasing your commitment to professional standards. ## Find the right membership for you We recognise the importance of supporting a variety of organisations in the key role they have to play within the development of our profession. Create an account in our [Member Portal](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) to start your application today. [### Not-for-profit Organisation £100 Per year Organisations such as charities, voluntary or not for profit Apply Now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) [### Commercial Organisations £200 per year Commercial/profit making organisations Apply Now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) [### Trusted Resource Various per year For organisations who run a library of hypnotherapy related resources for hypnotherapists Get in touch](mailto:organisations@nationalhypnotherapysociety.org) Create an account in our [Member Portal](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) to start your application today. [Contact us ## Not found what you are looking for? Get in touch with a member of our team who will be happy to guide you Get in touch](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) --- Training Provider membership # Join the professional community that’s raising training standards Our primary role is the advancement of hypnotherapy and a part of this role is the support and encouragement of all our training providers. [Join us](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) [Course Recognition Categories & Criteria](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/become-a-member/training-provider/course-recognition-categories-criteria) ## Why become a Training Provider member? Training Provider membership with the Society comes with a range of benefits and opportunities. ## Stand among trusted providers Gain recognition from one of the UK’s most respects membership bodies. ## Boost your course credibility Display the National Hypnotherapy Society logo to show potential learners that your course meets our professional Training Standards. ## Be part of a professional community Connect with likeminded providers and professionals who share a passion for high-quality education. ## Shape the future of training Have a voice in the development and the future of our profession. ## Help students progress professionally Enable graduates to apply for HS Accredited registration - a valuable step in their career. ## Align with ethical excellence Show your commitment to rigorous, ethical practice with a Society that puts client safety and practitioner development first. ## Find the right course recognition for you We believe that achieving recognition of your courses is essential. To ensure you are applying for the right type of course recognition, please get in touch with the Training Services department at . We look forward to hearing from you. "Please note: Assessment fees are non-refundable" Create an account in our [Member Portal](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) to start you application [### Accredited £250 per year/ per course plus a one-off £250 assessment fee Courses must meet our Standards of Training and Education. Successful graduates will be able to apply to join our Accredited Register. Apply now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) [### Advanced Specialist £150 per year/ per course plus a one-off £150 assessment fee Courses aimed at qualified hypnotherapists in order to advance their qualifications. Apply now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) [### Quality Checked From £50 Per year/per course plus one off assessment fee This type of course recognition can be considered for individual workshops, shorter foundation courses, or CPD. Apply now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) "Please note: Assessment fees are non-refundable" Create an account in our [Member Portal](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) to start you application ## Course Recognition Criteria We accredit courses that meet our [Training Standards](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/MHS-HS-Standards-of-Training-and-Education-for-Accredited-Courses-and-for-Registrant-Membership.pdf) and provide core practitioner training in Hypnotherapy, equipping graduates to be safe, competent and ethical practitioners to work with adult clients who present with a range of commonly encountered issues. The course must demonstrate a commitment to the Society’s Code of Ethics. Accredited status is granted for a period of 5 years and is subject to annual renewal. Successful completion of a National Hypnotherapy Society Accredited course is one of the routes to becoming a Registrant on the Society’s Accredited Register of Hypnotherapists. If you wish to submit your course for assessment then we welcome you to contact us via to arrange an initial, informal discussion. This initial conversation will enable us to determine if the course would meet the Society’s training standards and therefore an application could be submitted. The Society understands the importance of widely recognised standards such as the various relevant National Occupational Standards and Ofqual Levels. (*An officer of the Society helped to write the revised National Occupational Standards for Hypnotherapy working in tandem with the UK Commission for Employment and Skills).* Each application will be examined closely for a balance of items and an overall understanding that your course is safe, competent and ethical to train hypnotherapists to see clients. Applicants should be aware that course Accreditation is a robust process which can take some months to complete. We encourage you to provide the National Hypnotherapy Society with as much information as you can about your organisation and the course(s) you want us to assess. **Additional Criteria** - At least one cohort of students should have graduated from the course to support an application for course recognition. - Training providers should be professionally insured to provide qualifying hypnotherapy training. - It is expected that accredited training courses are delivered in a physical classroom and supported by at least two core members of the teaching staff who are Registrants of the Society (We encourage training providers to support all their tutors to join the Society). - Structured experiences and regular opportunities for observation, practice, feedback (from staff and fellow students), discussion and review should be in place. - Opportunities to practice skills being identified and developed from the models being taught are required to support progressive monitoring and assessment of skills development. - A relevant and current reading list, appropriate to the course, is required. - Continual assessment of course work, feedback, personal and written assessment must be in place and can be supported by an examination. - An external assessor is required to provide an independent report at least once a year that assesses course delivery along with accuracy and standardisation of marked work for students across all cohorts. - Students on National Hypnotherapy Society Accredited courses are required to join the Society as student members and maintain this membership throughout their training. - Training Providers are required to confirm that graduates are ready to practice through the issuance of a relevantly worded qualification certificate. - As part of course recognition, the training provider must agree to abide by the Society's Code of Ethics as well as the Society’s Concerns and Complaints Policy. **Fees** - £250 annually per course. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £250 will be applied. *Please note, the assessment fee is non-refundable.* [Apply Now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) Advanced Specialist training courses are aimed at qualified hypnotherapists who wish to advance their learning and experience in particular fields of work. The general criteria for this category recognition are listed below: The course will offer extensive support to hypnotherapists in developing a specialist area of work by providing a solid grounding in clinical skills and theoretical knowledge for the specialism. It will normally contain at least 50 hours of live training in the room or a blend of such with synchronous online learning. Distance learning courses are not accepted. It will include formal (summative) assessments, which are acceptable to the National Hypnotherapy Society. Examples of such can include, but are not limited to, essays, case studies, examinations, presentations, supervised client hours etc It will normally need to have been completed by at least one cohort of students The course will be delivered by qualified practitioners who have significant experience in the specialist field being taught Providers must make it clear, in the publicity and on qualifications, that courses with Advanced Specialist recognition do not provide a route to the National Hypnotherapy Society Accredited Register Training Providers must demonstrate a commitment to the National Hypnotherapy Society's Code of Ethics to support course recognition. **Fees** - £150 annually per course. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £150 will be applied - *Please note: assessment fees are non-refundable.* [Apply now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) For courses which do not fully meet the requirements to become an accredited course, the Society offers the opportunity to apply for Quality Checked Training recognition. This can be considered for anything from individual workshops, shorter foundation courses, CPD or distance learning courses. You must demonstrate a commitment to the Society's Code of Ethics. For new applications, we require that courses submitted for Quality Checked recognition have been successfully completed by at least one cohort of students. Participant feedback may be requested as part of the application process. - Up to 1 Day: £50 annually. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £50 will be applied. - Between 1 Day and 50 Hours: £100 annually. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £100 will be applied. - More than 50 Hours: £150 annually. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £150 will be applied. - Distance learning: £150 annually per course. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £150 will be applied *Please note, assessment fees are non-refundable.* [Apply Now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) **Qualifications** Tutors and course assessment staff are expected to have qualification levels of at least equal to, or higher than, the level of course being taught and assessed and should be able to demonstrate competency to deliver and/or assess all elements of the course. The same expectation applies to any specialisms taught. It is desirable that tutors have obtained some form of teaching, coaching and/or mentoring qualification. **Practical Experience** Tutors on any course are normally expected to have some practical experience in the field of hypnotherapy. Tutors on introduction courses or courses at, or equal to, Ofqual Level 2 and Level 3, who do not have experience in the field of hypnotherapy will need to evidence how they have familiarity of the practical application of the subject matter being taught. Tutors teaching on courses of Ofqual Level 3 and above (or courses that are equivalent to Ofqual level 3 and above), are expected to have professional hypnotherapy experience post qualification. It is also desirable that tutors on such courses have previously obtained some form of teaching, coaching and/or mentoring experience before becoming tutors on such courses. Tutors on courses that focus on specialisms are expected to have significant experience in the specialist field being taught. The training provider needs to be able to demonstrate the suitability of every staff member employed to provide training and/or assessment services should the Society request this. **Evidence** Evidence of appropriate qualifications and practical experience would need to be included on staff CVs. ## National Occupational Standards The following Learning Outcomes are based on the National Occupational Standards for Hypnotherapy (NOS) and give the minimum standards required in a practitioner: This standard covers hypnotherapy for individuals. Users of this standard will need to ensure that practice reflects up to date information and policies. ### Performance Outcomes Practitioners must be able to do the following: 1. **Select the methodologies that are appropriate for the client which are consistent with the overall therapeutic plan. Discuss with the client the reasons for your choices of methodology at each stage of the therapy. Explain the possible responses to therapy — in an appropriate manner, level and pace to suit client's understanding.** - Explaining the principles of different approaches and their application taking into consideration their method of application and assessment of each individual client including online therapy - Relating the links between case evaluation and selected approaches recognising the connection between different presenting symptoms and appropriate application of a variety of approaches - Demonstrating appropriate therapy planning and understand the importance of initial consultation and structure - Identifying current methodologies, underpinning theories and codes of ethics - Explaining different methodologies employed in the therapy (these may include but are not limited to): 1. the use of formal and informal trance 2. the use of different levels of consciousness 3. the use of direct and indirect approaches 4. the use of direct and indirect suggestions 5. matching different approaches to different clients e.g. permissive or authoritarian 6. the use of mechanistic approaches 7. relationships between different methodologies - Assessing possible contra-indications for particular presenting issues and understanding issues of safety and appropriateness for each individual client. If in doubt, contact client’s GP or other relevant healthcare professional (such as psychiatrist if patient has been referred or is working ‘in conjunction with’) - always with the client’s permission. - Demonstrating the principles of selecting techniques – i.e. matching the therapy to client needs - Recognising the importance of taking a critical approach in relation to methodologies selection 2. **Ensure the client is aware of their role in cooperating and participating in the therapy. Discuss the role the client (and companion if relevant) must take for hypnotherapy to be successful. Encourage them and explain how to:** - monitor their response to therapy and any self care exercises - note any changes in their health and wellbeing - contact the practitioner at an appropriate time if they have any concerns or queries in relation to their therapy - Identifying the importance of being aware of actions, transference, abreactions and reactions and interactions of the client by observation and discussion - Identifying the possible barriers to successful therapy - Explaining how to safely re-orientate the client at the end of the session 3. **Give clear and accurate advice with regard to any relevant aftercare within the scope of the therapist’s expertise. Support the client to make informed choices.** - Restating the factors to consider when selecting methodology tailored to individual needs 4. **Apply the appropriate interventions that are suited to the client's needs** - Relating the links between case evaluation and selected approaches recognising the connection between different presenting symptoms and appropriate application of a variety of approaches - Demonstrating appropriate therapy planning and understand the importance of initial consultation and structure - Identifying current methodologies, underpinning theories and codes of ethics - Demonstrating the variety of content, structure and approach of different methodologies and the benefits and limitations of each - Demonstrating the principles of selecting techniques – i.e. matching the therapy to client needs - Restating the factors to consider when selecting methodology tailored to individual needs - Describing the processes for evaluating information as the therapy proceeds and using this to inform future practice 5. **Evaluate the outcomes and effectiveness of Hypnotherapy to inform future plans and actions** - Recognising the importance of building review, reflection and evaluation into therapeutic planning - Recognising the importance of taking a critical approach in relation to methodologies selection 6. **Accurately record information and reflect upon the rationale for programme of Hypnotherapy.** - Identifying current methodologies, underpinning theories and codes of ethics - Explaining the importance of observation of clients throughout the therapeutic process 7. **Be aware of the importance of working within levels of competence. Understand their own limitations and refer on to another hypnotherapist or healthcare professional if appropriate.** - Maintain awareness of safeguarding with children and vulnerable adults. - Know the importance of confidentiality and where a breach may be required (e.g. for imminent risk). - Understand the risks and limitations of online therapy Explore and establish the client's needs for complementary and natural healthcare. #### Overview Practitioners must show their understanding that all forms of complementary and natural healthcare rely on exploring and establishing the client’s needs and expectations. They recognise that this may take place at the outset, but also during the delivery of complementary and natural healthcare. Identifying this allows the practitioner to consider whether it is appropriate to offer the service to the client, the type of service that should be offered and any required modifications to that service. Users of this competence will need to ensure that practice reflects up to date information and policies. ### Performance Outcomes Practitioners must be able to do the following: 1. **Evaluate requests for complementary and natural healthcare and take the appropriate action. Explain the nature of the service and fee structures to the client** - Defining the nature of the service provided and fee structures - Describing the potential risks (relevant to their discipline) of various courses of action for the client 2. **Provide an appropriate and safe environment for the service. Understand how to make clients feel welcome and ensure they are as comfortable as possible** - Explaining the concept of health and wellbeing that is consistent with the practice, principles and theory underlying their discipline - Explaining the importance of a suitable environment and making clients feel welcome - Having knowledge of the anatomy, physiology and pathology relevant to your discipline 3. **Discuss the client’s needs and expectations, and ask relevant questions. Encourage the client to ask questions, seek advice and express any concerns** - Recognising how the client’s previous and present care may affect their health and wellbeing in relation to their discipline - Illustrating how the psychological and emotional balance, as well as diet and lifestyle of the individual, can affect their health and wellbeing - Identifying how the context in which people live affects their health and wellbeing - Evaluating the conditions for which the discipline is appropriate and those where it must be used with caution - Understanding the anatomy, physiology and pathology relevant to your discipline 4. **Establish the client’s needs in a manner which encourages the effective participation of the client and meets their particular requirements. Determine any contra-indications or restrictions that may be present and take the appropriate action.** - Discussing how to establish valid and reliable information about the client, and determine the priority of need, in order to plan the service - Explaining how to work with clients to determine the appropriate actions - Defining the appropriate actions to take to match identified needs - Understanding the anatomy, physiology and pathology relevant to your discipline 5. **Evaluate the information obtained and determine the appropriate action with the client. Complete and maintain records in accordance with professional and legal requirements.** - Demonstrating how to select and use different methods for exploring clients’ needs - Explaining how to recognise conditions for which your discipline is unsuitable and for which the client should seek advice from other sources - Recognising how to judge whether self-care procedure(s) relevant to your discipline are appropriate for the client - Understanding the anatomy, physiology and pathology relevant to your discipline - Demonstrating the procedures for record keeping in accordance with legal and professional requirements ### Overview Practitioners must recognise how important it is that the planning of complementary and natural healthcare takes place through discussion and agreement with the client and relevant others (e.g. carers). This competence is about developing and agreeing plans that meet the client’s needs. Such plans may be subject to change as the service proceeds. Users of this competence will need to ensure that practice reflects up to date information and policies. ### Performance Outcomes Practitioners must be able to do the following: 1. **Explain the available option(s) which meet the client’s identified needs and circumstances. Explain any restrictions, possible responses and advise on realistic expectations. Advise the client when your discipline is inappropriate and help them to consider other options.** - Describing the range, purpose and limitations of different methods or approaches which may be used for clients’ individual needs - Explaining how to determine the most appropriate method(s) for different clients and their particular needs - Discussing how to recognise those occasions when your discipline may complement other healthcare which the client is receiving - Identifying the alternative options available to clients for whom your discipline is inappropriate 2. **Discuss the approach to be taken, the level of commitment required and the potential outcomes and evaluation with the client. Check the client understands and support them to make informed choices. Obtain the client’s consent and complete records in accordance with professional and legal requirements.** - Demonstrating how to support and advise the client to make informed choices - Exploring how to work with the client and relevant others to plan the approach - Explaining why evaluation methods should be determined at the planning stage and what the client’s role will be in the evaluation - Describing the importance of encouraging and empowering the client to be as actively involved as possible - Illustrating the relationship of the client’s involvement to the promotion of their health and wellbeing - Applying the procedures for record keeping in accordance with legal and professional requirements [Contact us ## Not found what you are looking for? Get in touch with a member of our team who will be happy to guide you Get in touch](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) --- Course recognition categories & criteria # A unique and professional approach to course recognition We have a duty to ensure that any training courses which offer a route to registration are fit for purpose and meet the requirements of our Training Standards. [Read more](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) ## Training recognition categories We believe that achieving recognition of your courses is essential, as it gives confirmation of your professional standing to both your peers and your students and gives your organisation a voice in the future of our profession. Accredited ## £250 per year/ per course plus a one-off £250 assessment fee Courses must meet our Standards of Training and Education. Successful graduates will be able to apply to join our Accredited Register. Advanced Specialist ## £150 per year/ per course plus a one-off £150 assessment fee Courses aimed at qualified hypnotherapists in order to advance their qualifications. Quality Checked ## From £50 Per year/per course plus one off assessment fee This type of course recognition can be considered for individual workshops, shorter foundation courses, or CPD. ## Course recognition requirements We accredit courses that meet our [Training Standards](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/MHS-HS-Standards-of-Training-and-Education-for-Accredited-Courses-and-for-Registrant-Membership.pdf) and provide core practitioner training in Hypnotherapy, equipping graduates to be safe, competent and ethical practitioners to work with adult clients who present with a range of commonly encountered issues. The course must demonstrate a commitment to the Society’s Code of Ethics. Accredited status is granted for a period of 5 years and is subject to annual renewal. Successful completion of a National Hypnotherapy Society Accredited course is one of the routes to becoming a Registrant on the Society’s Accredited Register of Hypnotherapists. If you wish to submit your course for assessment then we welcome you to contact us via to arrange an initial, informal discussion. This initial conversation will enable us to determine if the course would meet the Society’s training standards and therefore an application could be submitted. The Society understands the importance of widely recognised standards such as the various relevant National Occupational Standards and Ofqual Levels. (*An officer of the Society helped to write the revised National Occupational Standards for Hypnotherapy working in tandem with the UK Commission for Employment and Skills).* Each application will be examined closely for a balance of items and an overall understanding that your course is safe, competent and ethical to train hypnotherapists to see clients. Applicants should be aware that course Accreditation is a robust process which can take some months to complete. We encourage you to provide the National Hypnotherapy Society with as much information as you can about your organisation and the course(s) you want us to assess. **Additional Criteria** - At least one cohort of students should have graduated from the course to support an application for course recognition. - Training providers should be professionally insured to provide qualifying hypnotherapy training. - It is expected that accredited training courses are delivered in a physical classroom and supported by at least two core members of the teaching staff who are Registrants of the Society. (We encourage training providers to support all their tutors to join the Society) - Structured experiences and regular opportunities for observation, practice, feedback (from staff and fellow students), discussion and review should be in place. - Opportunities to practice skills being identified and developed from the models being taught are required to support progressive monitoring and assessment of skills development. - A relevant and current reading list, appropriate to the course, is required. - Continual assessment of course work, feedback, personal and written assessment must be in place and can be supported by an examination. - An external assessor is required to provide an independent report at least once a year that assesses course delivery along with accuracy and standardisation of marked work for students across all cohorts. - Students on National Hypnotherapy Society Accredited courses are required to join the Society as student members and maintain this membership throughout their training. - Training Providers are required to confirm that graduates are ready to practice through the issuance of a relevantly worded qualification certificate. - As part of course recognition, the training provider must agree to abide by the Society's Code of Ethics as well as the Society’s Concerns and Complaints Policy. **Fees** - £250 annually per course. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £250 will be applied. *Please note, the assessment fee is non-refundable.* [Apply now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) Advanced Specialist training courses are aimed at qualified hypnotherapists who wish to advance their learning and experience in particular fields of work. The general criteria for this category recognition are listed below: The course will offer extensive support to hypnotherapists in developing a specialist area of work by providing a solid grounding in clinical skills and theoretical knowledge for the specialism. It will normally contain at least 50 hours of live training in the room or a blend of such with synchronous online learning. Distance learning courses are not accepted. It will include formal (summative) assessments, which are acceptable to the National Hypnotherapy Society. Examples of such can include, but are not limited to, essays, case studies, examinations, presentations, supervised client hours etc It will normally need to have been completed by at least one cohort of students The course will be delivered by qualified practitioners who have significant experience in the specialist field being taught Providers must make it clear, in the publicity and on qualifications, that courses with Advanced Specialist recognition do not provide a route to the National Hypnotherapy Society Accredited Register Training Providers must demonstrate a commitment to the National Hypnotherapy Society's Code of Ethics to support course recognition. Fees £150 annually per course. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £150 will be applied Please note: assessment fees are non-refundable. [Apply now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) For courses which do not fully meet the requirements to become an accredited course, the Society offers the opportunity to apply for Quality Checked Training recognition. This can be considered for anything from individual workshops, shorter foundation courses, CPD or distance learning courses. You must demonstrate a commitment to the Society's Code of Ethics. For new applications, we require that courses submitted for Quality Checked recognition have been successfully completed by at least one cohort of students. Participant feedback may be requested as part of the application process. - Up to 1 Day: £50 annually. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £50 will be applied. - Between 1 Day and 50 Hours: £100 annually. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £100 will be applied. - More than 50 Hours: £150 annually. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £150 will be applied. - Distance learning: £150 annually per course. In addition, a one-off assessment fee of £150 will be applied *Please note, assessment fees are non-refundable.* [Apply now](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) **Qualifications** Tutors and course assessment staff are expected to have qualification levels of at least equal to, or higher than, the level of course being taught and assessed and should be able to demonstrate competency to deliver and/or assess all elements of the course. The same expectation applies to any specialisms taught. It is desirable that tutors have obtained some form of teaching, coaching and/or mentoring qualification **Practical Experience** Tutors on any course are normally expected to have some practical experience in the field of hypnotherapy. Tutors on introduction courses or courses at, or equal to, Ofqual Level 2 and Level 3, who do not have experience in the field of hypnotherapy will need to evidence how they have familiarity of the practical application of the subject matter being taught. Tutors teaching on courses of Ofqual Level 3 and above (or courses that are equivalent to Ofqual level 3 and above), are expected to have professional hypnotherapy experience post qualification and be listed on a relevant [PSA Accredited Register](https://www.professionalstandards.org.uk/organisations-we-oversee/find-a-register?page=1). It is also desirable that tutors on such courses have previously obtained some form of teaching, coaching and/or mentoring experience before becoming tutors on such courses. Tutors on courses that focus on specialisms are expected to have significant experience in the specialist field being taught. The training provider needs to be able to demonstrate the suitability of every staff member employed to provide training and/or assessment services should the Society request this. **Evidence** Evidence of appropriate qualifications and practical experience would need to be included on staff CVs. ## National Occupational Standards The following Learning Outcomes are based on the National Occupational Standards for Hypnotherapy (NOS) and give the minimum standards required in a practitioner: This standard covers hypnotherapy for individuals. Users of this standard will need to ensure that practice reflects up to date information and policies. ### Performance Outcomes Practitioners must be able to do the following: 1. **Select the methodologies that are appropriate for the client which are consistent with the overall therapeutic plan. Discuss with the client the reasons for your choices of methodology at each stage of the therapy. Explain the possible responses to therapy — in an appropriate manner, level and pace to suit client's understanding.** - Explaining the principles of different approaches and their application taking into consideration their method of application and assessment of each individual client including online therapy - Relating the links between case evaluation and selected approaches recognising the connection between different presenting symptoms and appropriate application of a variety of approaches - Demonstrating appropriate therapy planning and understand the importance of initial consultation and structure - Identifying current methodologies, underpinning theories and codes of ethics - Explaining different methodologies employed in the therapy (these may include but are not limited to): 1. the use of formal and informal trance 2. the use of different levels of consciousness 3. the use of direct and indirect approaches 4. the use of direct and indirect suggestions 5. matching different approaches to different clients e.g. permissive or authoritarian 6. the use of mechanistic approaches 7. relationships between different methodologies - Assessing possible contra-indications for particular presenting issues and understanding issues of safety and appropriateness for each individual client. If in doubt, contact client’s GP or other relevant healthcare professional (such as psychiatrist if patient has been referred or is working ‘in conjunction with’) - always with the client’s permission. - Demonstrating the principles of selecting techniques – i.e. matching the therapy to client needs - Recognising the importance of taking a critical approach in relation to methodologies selection 2. **Ensure the client is aware of their role in cooperating and participating in the therapy. Discuss the role the client (and companion if relevant) must take for hypnotherapy to be successful. Encourage them and explain how to:** - monitor their response to therapy and any self care exercises - note any changes in their health and well-being - contact the practitioner at an appropriate time if they have any concerns or queries in relation to their therapy. - Identifying the importance of being aware of actions, transference, abreactions and reactions and interactions of the client by observation and discussion. - Identifying the possible barriers to successful therapy - Explaining how to safely re-orientate the client at the end of the session 3. **Give clear and accurate advice with regard to any relevant aftercare within the scope of the therapist’s expertise. Support the client to make informed choices.** - Restating the factors to consider when selecting methodology tailored to individual needs 4. **Apply the appropriate interventions that are suited to the client's needs** - Relating the links between case evaluation and selected approaches recognising the connection between different presenting symptoms and appropriate application of a variety of approaches - Demonstrating appropriate therapy planning and understand the importance of initial consultation and structure - Identifying current methodologies, underpinning theories and codes of ethics - Demonstrating the variety of content, structure and approach of different methodologies and the benefits and limitations of each - Demonstrating the principles of selecting techniques – i.e. matching the therapy to client needs - Restating the factors to consider when selecting methodology tailored to individual needs - Describing the processes for evaluating information as the therapy proceeds and using this to inform future practice 5. **Evaluate the outcomes and effectiveness of Hypnotherapy to inform future plans and actions** - Recognising the importance of building review, reflection and evaluation into therapeutic planning - Recognising the importance of taking a critical approach in relation to methodologies selection 6. **Accurately record information and reflect upon the rationale for programme of Hypnotherapy.** - Identifying current methodologies, underpinning theories and codes of ethics - Explaining the importance of observation of clients throughout the therapeutic process 7. **Be aware of the importance of working within levels of competence. Understand their own limitations and refer on to another hypnotherapist or healthcare professional if appropriate.** - Maintain awareness of safeguarding with children and vulnerable adults. - Know the importance of confidentiality and where a breach may be required (e.g. for imminent risk). - Understand the risks and limitations of online therapy Explore and establish the client's needs for complementary and natural healthcare. #### Overview Practitioners must show their understanding that all forms of complementary and natural healthcare rely on exploring and establishing the client’s needs and expectations. They recognise that this may take place at the outset, but also during the delivery of complementary and natural healthcare. Identifying this allows the practitioner to consider whether it is appropriate to offer the service to the client, the type of service that should be offered and any required modifications to that service. Users of this competence will need to ensure that practice reflects up to date information and policies. ### Performance Outcomes Practitioners must be able to do the following: 1. **Evaluate requests for complementary and natural healthcare and take the appropriate action Explain the nature of the service and fee structures to the client** - Defining the nature of the service provided and fee structures - Describing the potential risks (relevant to their discipline) of various courses of action for the client 2. **Provide an appropriate and safe environment for the service. Understand how to make clients feel welcome and ensure they are as comfortable as possible** - Explaining the concept of health and well-being that is consistent with the practice, principles and theory underlying their discipline. - Explaining the importance of a suitable environment and making clients feel welcome - Having knowledge of the anatomy, physiology and pathology relevant to your discipline 3. **Discuss the client’s needs and expectations, and ask relevant questions. Encourage the client to ask questions, seek advice and express any concerns** - Recognising how the client’s previous and present care may affect their health and well-being in relation to their discipline - Illustrating how the psychological and emotional balance, as well as diet and lifestyle of the individual, can affect their health and well being - Identifying how the context in which people live affects their health and well-being - Evaluating the conditions for which the discipline is appropriate and those where it must be used with caution - Understanding the anatomy, physiology and pathology relevant to your discipline 4. **Establish the client’s needs in a manner which encourages the effective participation of the client and meets their particular requirements. Determine any contra-indications or restrictions that may be present and take the appropriate action.** - Discussing how to establish valid and reliable information about the client, and determine the priority of need, in order to plan the service. - Explaining how to work with clients to determine the appropriate actions. - Defining the appropriate actions to take to match identified needs - Understanding the anatomy, physiology and pathology relevant to your discipline 5. **Evaluate the information obtained and determine the appropriate action with the client Complete and maintain records in accordance with professional and legal requirements** - Demonstrating how to select and use different methods for exploring clients’ needs - Explaining how to recognise conditions for which your discipline is unsuitable and for which the client should seek advice from other sources - Recognising how to judge whether self-care procedure(s) relevant to your discipline are appropriate for the client - Understanding the anatomy, physiology and pathology relevant to your discipline - Demonstrating the procedures for record keeping in accordance with legal and professional requirements ### Overview Practitioners must recognise how important it is that the planning of complementary and natural healthcare takes place through discussion and agreement with the client and relevant others (e.g. carers). This competence is about developing and agreeing plans that meet the client’s needs. Such plans may be subject to change as the service proceeds. Users of this competence will need to ensure that practice reflects up to date information and policies. ### Performance Outcomes Practitioners must be able to do the following: 1. **Explain the available option(s) which meet the client’s identified needs and circumstances. Explain any restrictions, possible responses and advise on realistic expectations. Advise the client when your discipline is inappropriate and help them to consider other options** - Describing the range, purpose and limitations of different methods or approaches which may be used for clients’ individual needs - Explaining how to determine the most appropriate method(s) for different clients and their particular needs - Discussing how to recognise those occasions when your discipline may complement other healthcare which the client is receiving - Identifying the alternative options available to clients for whom your discipline is inappropriate 2. **Discuss the approach to be taken, the level of commitment required and the potential outcomes and evaluation with the client. Check the client understands and support them to make informed choices. Obtain the client’s consent and complete records in accordance with professional and legal requirements** - Demonstrating how to support and advise the client to make informed choices - Exploring how to work with the client and relevant others to plan the approach - Explaining why evaluation methods should be determined at the planning stage and what the client’s role will be in the evaluation - Describing the importance of encouraging and empowering the client to be as actively involved as possible - Illustrating the relationship of the client’s involvement to the promotion of their health and well-being - Applying the procedures for record keeping in accordance with legal and professional requirements [## Not found what you're looking for? Get in touch with a member of our team who will be happy to guide you Get in touch](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) --- Complaints # Hypnotherapy Society Complaints & Concerns We take all concerns seriously. We're committed to ensuring that everyone is treated fairly, ethically and with respect. ## Have a concern? As a professional association for hypnotherapists, The National Hypnotherapy Society is committed to promoting and providing high standards in the practice of hypnotherapy. We understand that the people using the services of hypnotherapists who are members of the Society may have a range of different issues and a range of experiences of working with these members. We welcome all comments from people using the hypnotherapy services provided by our members and see them as helpful to our continuing improvement of standards. We are interested in all experiences of clients, both positive and not so positive and believe that this information can help us plan positive future guidance for all of our members - and for clients. If you have a concern, please get in touch. ## Our complaints and concerns procedure As a professional association, and holder of an Accredited Register for hypnotherapists, the Society is committed to promoting and providing high standards in the practice of hypnotherapy. We understand that the people using the services of hypnotherapists, who are members of the Society, may have a range of different issues and a range of experiences of working with our members. We encourage constructive feedback about these experiences, and we invite people, especially including our members’ clients, to tell us about their experiences. We believe in listening to the voices of both clients and of therapists and in the sharing of these viewpoints and opinions. We believe that each group has much to learn, both from the positive experiences of therapy as well as from times when things have not worked out as planned or hoped. We seek to avoid an unnecessarily ‘legalistic’ approach to dealing with complaints. We are also aware that therapists can overstep therapeutic boundaries and breach our Code of Ethics, and this needs to be addressed proportionately, fairly, and transparently and in a way that protects the public. Ideally every effort should be made to resolve the issue with the member before raising a formal complaint, but only if the circumstances are appropriate and you feel comfortable in doing so. We are also aware of the stress caused by any party involved in a complaints process. In addition, processes which become formal can be time consuming and last many months due to the need to follow proper evidential procedures. Where possible, therefore, we will see whether an informal resolution of your complaint or concern is appropriate. This could include our informally discussing your concern or complaint with the member, or a referral to mediation. In addition, we employ in many complaints something called ‘Consensual Disposal’. This happens where one of our Panels looks at the evidence and offers the member the chance to admit they have breached our Code of Ethics and accept appropriate sanctions. It should be stressed that this is not a ‘plea bargain’. The member is only offered those sanctions which the Panel believes would have been imposed at a formal complaints hearing. Consensual Disposal is offered purely to allow both parties to reach an appropriate ending to the proceedings in the least stressful way possible. "Consensual disposal" can include "Voluntary Removal" where a member is offered the chance to admit they have breached the Code of Ethics and be removed from their membership of the society. Of course, there is still the possibility for certain complaints that a full, formal process is required and for this we use an Independent Complaints Panel. More details about that can be found below. You don’t have to understand our Code of Ethics or procedures to make a complaint or raise a concern. Our Professional Conduct Officers are here to listen to you and discuss with you what kind of steps are likely to happen. If appropriate, you will be given choices, such as trying an informal resolution or mediation. Let’s set out the steps in our process. Of course, your complaint may not follow all of these steps. **Your Role in Our Process** If you wish to raise a complaint or concern, your role in our process is primarily as a witness, who provides us with information that’s relevant to one of our member’s roles as a hypnotherapist. You’re not expected to know or understand our Code of Ethics, and you don’t have to try and ‘make a case’ by using any legal arguments. You just have to provide us with information in good faith and let us follow our process. If your complaint goes as far as a formal Panel hearing, you don’t have to take a role in ‘prosecuting’ your complaint – that’s the job of the Society. We will support you as much as possible, and as appropriate, throughout the process. **A. Contacting the Society** The quickest way to contact us is to email . If you would like to speak to us by phone, you can call the department on 01903 213 683. Please note this is likely to be an answerphone message and you will be encouraged to leave an email address, where, if necessary, we can arrange a call. You may also write to the Professional Conduct Department, 19 Grafton Road, Worthing, BN11 1QT. Our Professional Conduct Managers (PCMs) deal with all aspects of raising a complaint or concern. In the first instance, they are here to listen to what you have to say. It’s up to you whether you write to the Society, or phone. If you have any difficulties communicating or wish another person to act on your behalf or support you, that’s fine. You don’t have to fill in a particular form. Please note that anything you write to the Society could be disclosed to the member. Also, please note that if you disclose a significant safeguarding risk or risk to the public, we may have to act on this in a way that could reveal your identity. Please speak with a PCM if you have any concerns about protecting your anonymity. Kindly note we cannot offer a crisis service. **B. The PCM will perform a basic membership check** We can always consider complaints or concerns where the person you wish to complain about is a member of the Society, and also that they were a member at the time your complaint covers. We may be able to consider complaints if the person you’re wishing to complain about is no longer a member but was at the time your complaint covers. For this to happen, we have to decide that it would be in the public interest to pursue your complaint and that there was a reasonable chance of being able to gather evidence given that the person is no longer a member. If the person being complained about was not a member at the time of the behaviour being complained about, but they are a current member, the PCM will determine whether it would be reasonable and in the public interest to consider the complaint. An example of this might be serious professional misconduct, such as a sexual relationship with a client. However, if they were a member of another professional association at the time of the behaviour being complained about, you may be asked to contact the relevant organisation instead. We would not normally consider a complaint which relates to anything over three years old. However, in some cases the complaint will be investigated if the PCM determines that it is in the public interest to do so and there is a reasonable prospect of gathering evidence. If the person you’re complaining about isn’t a registrant (a fully professional member of the Society), but another kind of member, for example, a student, we may follow a different process – for example, by referring your complaint to their training school. If the person complained about is not a current member, we may not be able to make a final decision about whether we can proceed with the complaint until it progresses to Step 2. You will be informed if this is the case. **C. The PCM will investigate the issue of other memberships** For example, where the person you wish to complain about is not a member, we may be able to direct you elsewhere. In addition, where the person is both a member of the Society and another body, a decision will have to be made as to where is the best place to hear your complaint. For legal reasons, the Society cannot hear a complaint where you have lodged the same complaint elsewhere. As a general rule, if the member has been on another Accredited Register longer than the Society or has seniority in membership elsewhere, we may advise you as to the best way to proceed. **D. The PCM will record the basic details of your concern or complaint** Either by talking with you or in writing, the PCM will listen to your complaint and take down the basic facts. It’s a good idea if you’re able to provide us with essential details like name, dates, location, and the basic information about what you feel went wrong. At this stage you don’t have to write a detailed complaint, but you can do so if you wish. Here the PCM will also determine your ‘standing’ in relation to the complaint. Are you a client of the member, or a colleague, for example a supervisor, manager or work colleague, or a third party? They will also want to know if you’ve raised your complaint or concern elsewhere, for example with another Accredited Register, at work, or with a statutory authority, **E. The PCM will determine what you want to do and gain consent to communicate with the member** You’ll be asked if you want to proceed to the next step of the process, assuming that the basic membership check (Step 1 B) has been passed. If you do, the Professional Conduct Manager will tell you what further information they need to go on to the next step. Y, and you don’t have to make a decision straight away. The PCM will also ask for your consent to communicate with the member. This will include both speaking to the member about your complaint, and disclosing your written complaint to the member if appropriate. **Ending the Process at Step 1** A PCM may decide that your complaint can’t go forward, and your case will end at this stage. This may be because: - The case is about someone who has never been a member of the Society. - The case is not about a current member of the Society. - The case is about a current member, but refers to something that happened before they joined. - The case is over three years old. - There’s no case to answer as there’s no indication of a possible breach of the Code of Ethics. - You have complained to another professional body or should do so. - There’s no prospect of gathering sufficient evidence to proceed, or the evidence provided is insufficient or can’t be used. - You withhold consent to communicate with or disclose information to the member, and this would prejudice the case continuing. **Reviewing Ending at Step 1** If a PCM decides to end the process for one of the reasons above, the Society will always have their decision reviewed by a Senior Manager. This is to ensure that the PCM has reached a fair and impartial decision based upon the evidence that you’ve provided. When you are informed of the Society’s decision to end the process, you can be confident that a Senior Manager has read and signed off on this decision. As an additional check, our decisions to end the complaints process are reviewed annually by the Society’s Independent Assessor. This additional check helps ensure that we never end a complaints process incorrectly. You cannot request a review or appeal the Society’s decision to end the process at Step 1. If your case now proceeds, it will move to Step 2. In this step, the PCM will review your complaint or concern in more detail, to make sure that it can proceed further. This might take a little time. The Professional Conduct Manager will apply a number of checks to determine whether the Society can go forward with your complaint. **Your Evidence and its Disclosure** The PCM at any time during this step may request from you a full, detailed, written, disclosable statement together with any evidence you wish to disclose before they can proceed with your complaint. If this is not provided, the PCM may end the complaints process. Your statement, together with evidence you provide, may be disclosed to the member you are complaining about at any stage during this process. You will be asked to provide your consent to disclose your statement and evidence to the member. If there is a significant public protection issue, your statement and evidence could be disclosed without your consent. If you have concerns about this, please talk to the PCM prior to providing us with your information. The member may also wish to disclose evidence about their client relationship which could include a detailed discussion of that relationship including the disclosure of client notes. You may be asked to consent to this and in the absence of your consent, it may be deemed that there is insufficient evidence for your case to proceed. If you are intending to provide information anonymously then please note that disclosing it could lead to your identification (for example, the member works out who has sent the information from its content or context). It could also mean that we can’t follow our complaints process and that, while we may use the information you provide to safeguard our Register, you will not be informed of any further steps we may wish to take. **A. Has a criminal offence been committed, or likely to have been committed?** If there is evidence of criminality, the Professional Conduct Manager may advise you to contact the police. In certain circumstances they will also do so themselves. As part of this process, the Professional Conduct Manager may immediately apply a Suspension Order on the member to protect the public quickly. Their decision to suspend the member then has to be ratified by a Senior Manager within two weeks for the suspension to continue. If at any stage of the complaints procedure, the Society becomes aware that criminal proceedings are likely or ongoing, our complaints procedure will be paused to await the outcome. If criminal proceedings result in a conviction, the member may be removed from our Register on conviction as they will no longer meet the terms and conditions of registration. Please note that notification of a Police report is unlikely, in isolation, to indicate that criminal proceedings are likely or ongoing. **Custodial Sentences** Where a member is given a custodial sentence, this means that they no longer meet the requirements for registration or membership, and both their registration and membership will be revoked. Disclosure of any custodial sentence being served to the Society is required by any member so convicted. On receipt of evidence that a member is serving a custodial sentence, the Professional Conduct Manager shall immediately suspend the member and then shall provide this evidence to the Chair of the Assessment Panel who will authorise the permanent removal of registration and membership. A member serving a custodial sentence may not appeal this decision as they no longer meet the requirements for Society membership. **B. Should another process be followed first, or instead?** The Professional Conduct Manager will determine if there are other processes that should be followed before the Society’s complaints procedures. This is because it might not be appropriate for the Society to get involved in a complaint before another process is complete. Examples of this include, but are not limited to: 1. **A complaint has already been made to another Accredited Register or professional association.** It would not be appropriate to run two complaints processes at the same time. In the case where complaints are submitted simultaneously, the Professional Conduct Manager may decide to allow another process to complete first, and to talk to the other organisation about how best to proceed. **Standard 2 (a)(5)** of the Professional Standards Authority’s Accredited Registers programme means that the Society is required to take into account the decisions of other registers. If your complaint is heard by another register, it is likely that we will follow the decision of the other Register. **The law**, following a High Court decision, states that we cannot hear the same complaint if it has gone before another professional association as this would violate the legal rights of the member not to be ‘tried twice’ for the same issue. 2. **A complaint has been, or should be, made to a statutory authority**. If a complaint has already been made to such an authority, then the Society will await the outcome of that process. If it should be made to a statutory authority, the Professional Conduct Manager will advise you accordingly. 3. **A complaint has been, or should be, made to an employer, agency, EAP, line manager, or similar.** If such a complaint has been made, then the Society will await the outcome of that process. If it should be, the Professional Conduct Manager will advise you accordingly. 4. **The member is a student**, and the matter should be referred to their placement provider and/or training provider first. 5. **The complaint is about a social media post or posts** , in which case the Society will use our Social Media Concern Process as follows: **Social Media Concern Process** The Society recognises that social media is a valuable tool for discussion and debate, and that disagreements on social media about a range of issues are common. It is also recognised that said disagreements can become contentious and problematical. The Society’s Code of Ethics sets out the standards expected of members but protects our members’ rights to free speech. The Society’s complaints process should not be used as a way of settling or progressing online disputes, and we do not have the resources to do so. Where the Society receives a complaint about a member's social media posts, we will advise the complainant to report the post to the social media platform and, if appropriate, the Police. If relevant, due consideration should also be given to disengagement from online debate with the member and/or blocking their online profiles. We will not consider complaints about the social media use of members unless they directly relate to client work or, in exceptional circumstances, where they appear likely to meet the high threshold of bringing the profession into disrepute. Where, at our sole discretion, the Society does decide to consider a complaint about a member's social media posts, the Society will follow the Complaints Procedure with the following additional steps: - At Step 1B, the Society will verify that the posts were made by a member of the Society and establish a timeframe. - At Step 2, when determining whether the complaint should proceed to Step 3, the Society will, in addition to the screening questions at Step 2: - consider whether the member was exercising their reasonable rights to free speech and whether the posts relate to the expression of a protected belief; - take into account whether the complainant has taken any action to remove the posts, for example by contacting the social media platform or, if appropriate, the relevant authorities including the Police; - consider whether the Society should share the posts with the member and invite them to discuss the matter with us, including to help us establish the context of the posts and to understand if the member wishes to remove the posts or otherwise take action to mitigate any issues arising from the posts, if appropriate; - consider whether the posts were made as part of the member’s private life or whether they were made in their professional capacity; - consider whether the complainant appears to have acted in a vexatious or antagonistic manner in their interactions with the member and whether there is evidence of the coordination of complaints. - At any stage of the process (including as an alternative to engaging the Complaints Procedure or to proceeding to Step 3 of the Complaints Procedure where this procedure has been engaged), the Society may , issue an informal Letter of Advice to the member and cease further consideration of the complaint. **C. Is this within the scope of our Code of Ethics?** The Professional Conduct Manager will make an initial determination on whether your complaint is within the scope of our Code of Ethics. It’s not their role to decide that there has been a breach or that this has been proved – that would be for our Panels to decide. The PCM will give due consideration as to whether your complaint would be the kind of thing which falls under our Code of Ethics. Our Code is primarily designed to deal with the member’s actions with a client. There are limited times when we could consider hearing a complaint not connected with client work, for example, something ‘likely to bring the profession into disrepute’. We do not, however, as a general rule, follow a complaints process unless there has been direct impact on a member’s actual client work, other than in specific circumstances. **‘Bringing the profession into disrepute’** is a high threshold. What we mean by this is, for example, just because a member was rude to you in their personal life does not mean that they would ‘bring the profession into disrepute’. It generally means that their actions, if known, would be considered to be so seriously inappropriate for a hypnotherapist that it would undermine how the public views hypnotherapy as a profession. An example of this might be domestic abuse. Another example is things members may say or opinions they may hold on social media. Generally, these are outside of the scope of our Code of Ethics unless there is clear evidence of, for example, hate speech, libel or criminality. **D. Would this be an ‘excluded category’?** There are some issues which our complaints process does not handle because it is not equipped to do so, or because it would not be appropriate to do so. Examples of excluded categories include, but are not limited to: 1. **Adjunctive Therapies.** This is where the complaint is about a member, but there was no element of hypnotherapy or one of the therapies we register in your experience as a client. For example, if you went to see a member for aromatherapy treatment, we could not hear your complaint about the quality of that treatment. If, however, your client sessions involved both aromatherapy and hypnotherapy, we could. The only exception to this rule would be if the member’s aromatherapy work would ‘bring the profession into disrepute’. For example, if you saw them for pure aromatherapy work but they crossed significant professional boundaries. We would normally expect under such circumstances for your primary complaint to be to the professional association for the treatment you received. 2. **Private Life.** We do not normally hear complaints about a member when they are acting outside of their professional role. If for example, you have a legal or custodial dispute with a member, we would refer you back to use the appropriate legal remedies. Private social media posts, as detailed in our Social Media Concern Policy above, which are separate from the member’s online profile as a hypnotherapist are also normally excluded. Again, ‘bringing the profession into disrepute’ would be relevant here. 3. **Financial Disputes and Debts.** Whereas we may be able to act as an informal ‘go-between’ if you feel, for example, that you deserve a refund for poor services from one of our members, and are happy to discuss that with them, we are not able to hear complaints relating to financial matters, disputes or debts. Our complaints process can’t rule, for example, that you should get a refund. Our PCM can discuss other approaches you could take. 4. **Disputes Between Therapists.** Our process is not designed to deal with disputes between therapists; for example, an argument over how another hypnotherapist is running their practice. The exception to this is where, as another therapist, you have evidence of client harm. 5. **Third Party Complaints.** We cannot hear complaints made by or on behalf of another professional body, as part of a professional dispute, or where complaints are made as part of wider litigation. Complaints about clients who do not agree with the complaint proceeding or who have no knowledge of the complaint may fall into this category on a case-by-case basis. 6. **On going Custody Disputes.** Complaints made about members working with minors in the context of an on going custody or access dispute will be referred back to the Court. 7. **Family Disputes Without a Legal Element.** We cannot hear complaints based upon family disputes over therapy provided to another family member; for example, where parents are in dispute over therapy provided to a minor in their care. 8. **No Client Impact.** We cannot hear complaints which have no direct impact on past, present or future clients, with the exception of ‘bringing the profession into disrepute’. 9. **Overseas Practice**. Overseas practice may be excluded at the discretion of the Society; for example, if a foreign professional body should hear the complaint in lieu of the Society. 10. **Ending Therapy.** The member was exercising their right to end the therapeutic relationship in a professional manner. 11. **Advertising.** We deal with member advertising issues by approaching the member and, if advertising appears to be inaccurate or misleading, giving them a set time to change their advertising. If your complaint is about a member’s advertising, this is what we’ll do. We may also advise you to report the advert to the Advertising Standards Authority. If a member knowingly and repeatedly conducts false advertising then the Society could suspend their registration. 12. **Freedom of Speech.** Our Code of Ethics protects our members’ rights to free speech. 13. **Vexatious.** A complaint is ‘vexatious’ when it is being done for inappropriate reasons; for example, by a complainant who submits multiple complaints against members they don’t know, or where there is evidence that the complaint is submitted as part of a wider picture of harassment, or when the complainant communicates in an unreasonable manner with the Society in line with our inappropriate communication policy. A complaint can also be deemed vexatious as part of a welfare concern for the complainant. 14. **Safeguarding.** Where the Society has concerns about safeguarding the member, the complainant or our own team, we reserve the right to suspend or end the complaint or impose conditions on communication as part of the complaints process at our sole discretion. 15. **Breaching Confidentiality.** Where a complainant breaches the confidentiality of an on going complaint; for example, by commenting about the complaint on social media, the Society reserves the right to end the complaints process. **A. Is there a reasonable prospect of gathering evidence?** The Professional Conduct Manager will make sure that there is a reasonable prospect of gathering the evidence they would need for your case to go ahead. This is because, for example, should your complaint go to an Assessment Panel they will want to see what evidence there is and whether this is sufficient for them to make a decision. A complaint can proceed just with a written statement, but the Professional Conduct Manager will need to make sure the basic facts are sufficient should your complaint go ahead. **B. Is this affected by anonymity?** If you wish to remain anonymous, the PCM will decide what to do. If your anonymity would prevent there being a reasonable prospect of the case proceeding then your complaint may not be able to proceed. For example, if a member can’t ask who the client was or be able to ask questions in a complaints hearing, it is unlikely that the hearing could uphold the complaint. We can still take anonymous concerns forward under a different route, which we call **Acting on Evidence (AOE).** This is where you are no longer the complainant because you wish to remain anonymous. However, this might risk disclosing information to the member that reveals your identity and the PCM will discuss the implications of this with you, especially any safeguarding concerns. If you choose to remain anonymous, we will not involve you in any further steps we take on the basis of your evidence. **C. Are there Equality Act implications?** If your complaint involves being discriminated against for a protected characteristic, such as race, gender, religion, age or ability, we will ensure you are supported. You may be advised to contact the Equality Advisory Support Service on 0800 800 0082 for further advice on the options available to you, and we will make sure that this aspect of your concern or complaint is dealt with properly. **D. Is this suitable for an informal resolution?** The last check which the Professional Conduct Manager will apply is to determine whether your complaint would be appropriate for informal resolution. This would only be done with your consent and could involve an informal discussion between the Professional Conduct Manager and the member, or an external mediation process. Informal resolution has to be agreed by both parties. For example, you may decide that you want a refund and an apology. The member may agree to this and that will close the matter. The member, however, may not agree to this and will instead exercise their rights to a full complaints process. The PCM’s role is to decide whether informal resolution is appropriate. There are situations where you may wish to seek informal resolution but the PCM determines that the member’s behaviour is likely too serious (if agreed by a Panel) for this to be appropriate. You will be advised whether informal resolution is something you’d like to consider. **E. Should the member be suspended?** In cases where the PCM has received evidence of a very serious breach of our Code of Ethics, and forms the view that continued registration risks causing public harm, they may issue a Suspension Order to the member and remove them temporarily from the Society’s Register and suspend their membership. Issuing a suspension order is a precautionary measure and does not mean a member has been found guilty of any breach of the Code. The PCM will need their suspension order ratified by a Senior Manager within two weeks of their decision, in which case it will remain in place until the conclusion of the complaints process. (The PCM may issue a Suspension Order at any step of this process.) A suspension may also occur where a member has been practising as if they are a registrant (fully professional member) when they’re not – for example, where they hold student membership but are seeing private clients as if they’re a registrant. In addition, a member who contacts or refers to a complainant (whether directly or indirectly, for example on social media) without their prior consent, or breaks the confidentiality of the complaints process by commenting on a live complaint may be suspended at the discretion of the Society. A member who continues to practise while under suspension could face additional sanctions by the Society if it is deemed that their continued practice is a risk to the public. We will address this on a case-by-case basis. After performing these screening steps, the PCM will contact you to explain their decision about if, and how, your complaint or concern can proceed. This concludes Step 2. **F. Is further information required?** The Professional Conduct Manager may, at their sole discretion, seek further information before determining whether the Society can go forward with your complaint. This may include seeking initial information and/or clarification from the member, which can include disclosure of some, or all of the evidence you have provided if deemed necessary. (Without your consent to disclose this evidence your complaint may not be able to proceed.) **Ending the process at Step 2** A PCM may decide that your complaint can’t go forward, and your complaint may end at this stage. This may be because: - There’s no case to answer and there’s no identifiable potential breach of our Code of Ethics. - There is insufficient evidence to proceed (Step 2, Section E). - Your complaint is not within the scope of our Code of Ethics (Step 2, Section C). - Your complaint is in an excluded category (Step 2, Section D). - Anonymity means the complaint can’t proceed (Step 2, Section F). - Your case falls into a criminal category requiring us to pause the complaint (Step 2, Section A). - Your case should follow another process (Step 2, Section B). **Reviewing Step 2** If a PCM decides to end the process for one of the reasons above, the Society will always have their decision reviewed by a Senior Manager. This is to ensure that the PCM has reached a fair and impartial decision based upon the evidence that you’ve provided. When you are informed of the Society’s decision to end the process, you will be assured that a Senior Manager has read and signed off on this decision. As an additional check, our decisions to end the complaints process are reviewed annually by the Society’s Independent Assessor. This additional check helps ensure that we never end a complaints process incorrectly. You cannot request a review or appeal the Society’s decision to end the process at Step 2. If your case now proceeds, the Society will move to Step 3. **A.** If your complaint does now proceed, the PCM will contact the member and disclose the full details of your complaint. The member will be required to respond to your complaint in writing, even if you just want an informal resolution. This is because if the informal resolution isn’t successful, their response can be included in further steps. On receipt of the member's response, the Professional Conduct Manager will give further consideration to whether the Society can go forward with the complaint and may consider the screening criteria at Step 2 when making this assessment. The complaint could be ended at this stage if, in the light of the information provided by the member, it becomes clear that the Step 2 screening criteria apply. **B.** The PCM will tell the member if you wish to attempt an informal resolution to your complaint (if appropriate) and talk to them about whether they wish to accept an informal resolution or whether they wish to use a formal process. (Both parties have to agree to an informal resolution.) **C**. If both parties do not agree to an informal resolution (or one is not appropriate) then your complaint will proceed to Step 3, Section E if it is a complaint about social media posts (or similar); or Step 3, Section F for all other matters. **D. Informal Resolution:** **How Informal Resolution Works:** - Your complaint is put to the member, who must respond in writing. The member will also be sent your request for informal resolution. - The member can choose to accept your offer of informal resolution, in which case this process will come to an end and your case has been finalised. - The member can, once and once only, make a counter proposal to your offer. If you accept their counter proposal, then this process will come to an end. If you do not accept their counter proposal, the Society will end informal resolution and your complaint will continue. - In more complex cases, at our discretion the Society may use appropriate informal mediation processes if both parties consent. - Neither party can revisit informal resolution if ended by the Society. - Informal resolution decisions are not subject to review and the Society’s decision is final. Example: You had 10 sessions with a member who cancelled with short notice and rearranged two appointments as they had car trouble, which caused you inconvenience. They also seemed distracted and uninterested in your issues as a client. You believe that the therapy you received was not good value for money and it cost £50 a session. You request an apology from your therapist and a full refund of £500 as informal resolution. The PCM agrees that your case would be suitable and puts this to the member. The member exercises their right to a once-only counter proposal. They propose to apologise to you for not providing a good enough service, but they feel that you did make several positive comments about the service you received. They believe that offering you a partial refund of £250 is appropriate. You then have to make a decision as to whether to accept this or continue with your complaint. **Refunds** The only way of determining whether a refund is appropriate (whether in part or in full) is via a complainant’s exercising their consumer rights in court. The Society cannot, whether as part of an informal resolution process or in any other way, suggest or determine an appropriate level of refund. **E. Pre-Panel Review:** At this stage, in the absence of informal resolution, the Professional Conduct Manager will review the information they’ve received from you and the member to determine whether all, or part of the complaint can proceed to an Assessment Panel. They will now have both your complaint and the member’s response to take into consideration. The PCM will decide whether the evidence demonstrates that there may have been potential breaches of the Code of Ethics such that a Panel should consider the case. The PCM may examine issues such as, but not limited to: - Whether the complaint reflects an experience of hypnotherapy which did not satisfy the client but was not ethically or professionally unsound (for example, because the practitioner was not ‘the right fit’ for the client or because there was a rupture in the therapeutic process which would not be reasonable to expect the member to be able to resolve). - Whether all or parts of the complaint are relevant matters for the Panel. - Whether all or parts of the complaint could clearly indicate a breach of the Code of Ethics if upheld. - Any other relevant issues which could affect the reliability or suitability of the case proceeding to an Assessment Panel. - Whether there was a minor and technical breach of the Code best handled by a Letter of Advice rather than a Panel hearing. - Whether previous sanctions or a previous Letter of Advice are still on the member’s file. - Whether the member was exercising, or attempting to exercise, their right to end the therapeutic relationship and did so to the best of their abilities given the context (for example, when the client did not want to end the relationship). **Letters of Advice** For minor potential breaches of the Code of Ethics, the PCM may write to the member advising them on how to improve their practice. If the member has previously received a Letter of Advice about a similar issue, then the PCM will refer the matter to an Assessment Panel. If the member accepts the Letter of Advice, the letter will be kept on record for three years and can be taken into account if further similar complaints are submitted, and the case will be closed. If they choose not to accept the Letter of Advice, then your case will be sent to an Assessment Panel. Where a previous Letter of Advice has been issued and is still on the member’s file, a further Letter of Advice will not be issued and the matter must be referred to the Assessment Panel. Where the member has previously received sanctions and these are still on the member’s file, the matter must be referred to the Assessment Panel. **Disclosure at Step 3** The member’s response is not disclosed to you at Step 3. If the Society decides that your complaint cannot proceed to an Assessment Panel, you will be sent a summary of the reason for this decision. **Reviewing Step 3** If a PCM decides to end the process for one of the reasons above, the Society will always have their decision reviewed by a Senior Manager. This is to ensure that the PCM has reached a fair and impartial decision based upon the evidence that you’ve provided. When you are informed of the Society’s decision to end the process, you can be assured that a Senior Manager has read and signed off on this decision. As an additional check, our decisions to end the complaints process are reviewed annually by the Society’s Independent Assessor. This additional check helps ensure that we never end a complaints process incorrectly. You cannot request a review or appeal the Society’s decision to end the process at Step 2. If your case now proceeds, the Society will move to Step 4. **What is an Assessment Panel?** The Society’s Assessment Panel usually consists of three people. They weren’t previously aware of your complaint, and have no connection with you or the member. The Chair of the Panel is normally a very experienced counsellor, hypnotherapist or psychotherapist, and there will usually be at least one ‘lay member’ of the Panel – someone who isn’t a practising professional therapist and so who can bring a different perspective. It’s the role of the Panel to examine what both you and the member have said about the case, and to examine any evidence either of you has submitted. They can then make a decision about whether the member has breached our Code of Ethics, and if so, offer a solution. The Assessment Panel process allows us to address concerns and complaints as quickly as possible, minimising the impact on both complainant and member. The Panel assesses the evidence ‘on the balance of probabilities’ and makes a decision. Neither you nor the member attend an Assessment Panel hearing which are usually conducted online. Unlike a more formal Independent Complaints Panel hearing, there is no ‘cross examination’ of each other’s evidence or live hearing where either side could, for example, bring legal representation. In using an Assessment Panel system, the Society hopes to be able to bring many complaints to a successful conclusion more quickly, and so prevent prolonged stress for both parties. The process works as follows: **A. The Professional Conduct Manager may do a compliance check or audit of the member.** A compliance check is where the member is asked to send in details of their supervision, insurance and CPD (Continuing Professional Development) to assure the Society that their practice is being undertaken in line with our Terms & Conditions. An audit is a more complex process where we may examine the member’s qualifications and experience in more detail, as a way of providing valuable insight to our Panel. There is a threshold for whether the Professional Conduct Manager will audit the member. This is whether an audit would assist a Panel in understanding any public assurance risk in the member’s practice, given the nature of your complaint. For example, if your complaint states that the member didn’t seem to understand your particular issues during therapy, an audit may help us decide whether the member was properly trained and supervised to deal with your particular concerns, or whether they should have referred you to another therapist. If the PCM does conduct an audit, this may delay the Assessment Panel process. **B. The PCM will send your complaint and the member’s response to the Panel, together with any supporting evidence.** The Panel will then consider both sides very carefully. You won’t see the member’s response to your complaint. This is because, if you wished to reply to that response, the member may wish to reply further and so the complaint could last an unreasonable amount of time with each party wanting to respond to the last thing which was written by the other side. (Should your complaint progress to a full formal hearing, both sides will have further opportunities to respond.) Where the member has previously received sanctions or a Letter of Advice, the PCM will disclose details of the breach to the Panel immediately after their decision, but this information shall not be available to the Panel before this decision. **C. The Panel may ask for further information or clarification, or may seek an expert opinion.** After reading your case file, the Panel may decide to ask either you, the member, or both, for more information before they can reach a decision. In addition, they may delay proceedings while asking for an expert report – for example, on whether the member had the expertise to treat your condition. **D. The Panel will then make its decision, which can be one of the following outcomes:** 1. **Letter of Advice.** The Panel may decide that there were potential breaches of the Code of Ethics or concerns about a member’s practice, but these were of a minor nature and, as such, it would be appropriate to offer a Letter of Advice rather than sanctioning the member. In such circumstances, the member must accept the advice and that, if relevant, they breached the Code of Ethics. The Letter of Advice will not be published or shared but will remain on their file for up to two years. 2. **Complaint Upheld: Consensual Disposal.** The Assessment Panel often seeks to reach a decision by using something called Consensual Disposal. This is where a Panel finds that the member did breach our Code of Ethics, sets out what these breaches are, and applies sanctions. Sanctions are consequences for breaching our Code of Ethics and can range from removal or suspension from our register, to things like being instructed to do some retraining or undertake more supervision. The Panel asks the Member to admit that they breached the Code, and accept the sanctions offered. (A full explanation of sanctions can be found in our [Indicative Sanctions Policy](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Indicative_Sanctions_Guidance-reviewed-140521.pdf).) The highest sanction an Assessment Panel can offer under Consensual Disposal is ‘Voluntary Removal’. This is where the Panel offers the member the chance to admit their breach of the Code of Ethics and be removed from membership of the Society. Voluntary Removal is reserved for the most serious breaches of the Code of Ethics. Consensual Disposal is not like a ‘plea bargain’ where, if you admit to something, you get a ‘lesser sentence’. The job of the Assessment Panel is to ask the question, ‘what would the outcome be if this went to a full Independent Complaints Panel (ICP) hearing and the ICP Panel found the member had breached the Code of Ethics in this way?’. They then offer what they believe to be the same outcome, but without the necessity of a full formal process. The member may reject the Panel’s offer of Consensual Disposal, in which case your case will be referred to a full ICP hearing. A Panel may uphold all, or only part, of your complaint in making an offer of Consensual Disposal. 3. **Complaint Not Upheld.** The Assessment Panel may decide, having looked at both sides, that the complaint should be declined. This is because they believe that the member did not breach the Code of Ethics. They will give their reasons for this. A Panel may not uphold all, or just part, of your complaint. 4. **Membership Terms Breached.** The Panel may find that the member was not meeting the terms of membership (for example, not being adequately supervised) and may impose appropriate sanctions. This can happen whether all or part of your complaint is upheld. 5. **Referral to a full Independent Complaints Panel Hearing.** The Assessment Panel may decide that they cannot reach a firm decision over your case, or that your case for other reasons requires a full ICP hearing, at their sole discretion. **Disclosure at Step 4** After the Assessment Panel has concluded their findings and the member has responded, you will be sent a summary of those findings. **Reviewing Step 4** If the Assessment Panel writes a Letter of Advice or an offer of Consensual Disposal which is accepted by the member; or finds that the terms of membership have been breached; or refers the matter to a full Independent Complaints Panel hearing; there is no right to request a review of their decision which shall be final. If the Assessment Panel rejects your complaint entirely, you may request a review of this decision by a Case Review Manager, whose decision shall be final. If the Case Review Manager disagrees with the Assessment Panel decision, then a fresh Assessment Panel hearing will be convened to reassess your complaint. Its decision shall be final and not subject to further review. You must request a review within seven days of your receipt of notification of the Assessment Panel’s decision. **Concluding Step 4** In the absence of a review, Step 4 will conclude with either the complaints process ending, or referral to an Independent Complaints Panel. If a member, once offered Consensual Disposal, does not complete the agreed sanctions, and has not exercised their right of appeal, they will be removed from membership. **What is the ICP?** The Independent Complaints Panel (ICP) exists to hear complaints via a formal process, in cases where informal resolution or Consensual Disposal have not been successful – for example, if the member appeals the findings of the Assessment Panel. Full details of how the ICP works will be sent to you if your case progresses to an ICP. This is a headline summary of what to expect. The Panel normally consists of a ‘Lay Chair’ – i.e. someone who is not a counsellor, hypnotherapist or psychotherapist, but who usually has other expertise, for example, a legal background – and two other Panel members, usually experienced therapists. The Panel cannot have any previous connection with your case. The Panel can hold different types of hearing, as follows: - A Professional Practice Review (PPR). This is a hearing that you don’t attend, and is held where there is no prospect of the member being suspended or removed from membership. - A Professional Conduct Hearing, (PCH). This is a formal, in-person hearing where you are entitled to attend and give evidence. It’s held where your case could lead to the member being suspended or removed from membership. - A Member Welfare Hearing (MWH). This is a hearing where there are concerns about the member’s ability to practise because of their mental or physical health. You don’t attend this kind of hearing. Your role in an ICP hearing is purely as a witness. The Society presents the case regarding the member’s conduct on your behalf and if you attend a hearing, you will be supported. **Disclosure at Step 5** If your complaint proceeds to an ICP, the member’s submission to the Society will be disclosed to you in full and you will be invited to respond. The member has a right to see any updated submission from you and to respond to that updated submission. An exception to this may be during a Member Welfare Hearing, where a member has become unwell and it would be inappropriate to discuss their medical situation with you. The ICP proceeds in the following way: **A. The PCM will review and prepare the evidence. You may view the member’s response to your complaint and reply to it. The member will see your reply.** The PCM will then create a case file for the ICP. The Manager will apply some rules of evidence; for example, they may withhold evidence from the Panel which breaches third party confidentiality, or which is repetitive. This work will involve laying out which sections of the Code of Ethics may have been breached. **B. The PCM will advise you what kind of hearing the ICP will hold.** Only if this is a Professional Conduct Hearing, where the member could risk suspension or removal from the register, will you be asked to attend. **C. The ICP reviews the case file.** This is usually done initially by the ICP Chair, who will check everything before discussing the case with the wider Panel. They may ask either you, the member, or both, for additional information, or ask either party to clarify anything you have submitted. The Chair will then inform the Professional Conduct Manager they are ready for the hearing. **D. The ICP holds its hearing.** **E. The ICP will make its decision, which can be one of the following outcomes:** 1. **Complaint Upheld.** The Panel finds that the member has breached the Code of Ethics for either part of, or the whole of your complaint. If your complaint is upheld, the Panel will impose sanctions on the member which could range from removal from the register to ‘action points’ such as making different supervision arrangements. Where an Assessment Panel has previously made a ruling, the ICP may decide to uphold that decision, in which case the original offer of Consensual Disposal will become mandatory sanctions. (For a full explanation of sanctions, please refer to our [Indicative Sanctions Policy](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Indicative_Sanctions_Guidance-reviewed-140521.pdf).) 2. **Complaint Not Upheld.** The Panel may not uphold all, or just part, of your complaint, in which case, no further action will be taken against the member in regard to aspects of your complaint which are not upheld. 3. **Membership Terms Breached.** The Panel may find that the member was not meeting the terms of membership (for example, not being adequately supervised) and may impose appropriate sanctions. This can happen whether all or part of your complaint is upheld. You will be informed of the outcome of the ICP hearing once it is known whether the member wishes to exercise their right of appeal. (This may not be possible in some cases of a Member Welfare Hearing.) **Appealing Step 5** If your case was dealt with by way of a full Professional Conduct Hearing, the Society has the right to appeal the ICP’s decision and will take your views into account when deciding whether to exercise its right to appeal. The PCM will ask for your views as to the outcome of the hearing after it has taken place. You may be asked to put your views about the outcome in writing. The Society can appeal on the following grounds: 1. **Sanctions Insufficient** The Society can appeal the sanctions that have been imposed on the member, if it feels they are inappropriate or insufficient. For example, the Panel may have recommended the member the opportunity to do some retraining as a sanction, but the Society believes that the member should be removed from the register, and has taken into account your views on the matter. The member may appeal sanctions which they believe to be too harsh or unwarranted. **2. Complaint Not Upheld** The Society can appeal any part of your complaint which the ICP didn’t uphold. For example, the Panel found that the member didn’t do anything wrong, but the Society disagrees. The member can also appeal the Panel’s decision on sanctions and on any parts of the complaint that were upheld. **3. Terms and Conditions of Membership** The Society can appeal the Panel’s decision where the Panel rules that Terms and Conditions of Membership have not been breached, but the Society believes that they have. Your views will not be sought regarding an appeal on these grounds as the Terms and Conditions of Membership are a technical matter. **If there is no appeal** If neither the Society nor the member appeals, your case comes to a conclusion at Step 5. Any appeals are heard under Step 6. If a member does not complete sanctions imposed by the ICP, and has not exercised their right of appeal of said sanctions, they will be removed from membership. If the Society or the member appeals the ICP’s decision, then your case will go to appeal. If the member wishes to appeal a Professional Practice Hearing (where the case does not concern potential suspension or removal of membership) then the appeal shall be heard by an **Appeals Officer**. This is an appointed professional who has no previous connection with the case. If the member or Society wish to appeal a Professional Conduct Hearing (where the case does concern potential suspension or removal) then the appeal shall be heard by an Appeals Panel. The Panel is composed of an independent Chair and two suitable professionals with no previous connection with the case. **Disclosure at Step 6** You will be informed if an appeal is taking place but will not otherwise be involved. You will be informed of the outcome of the Appeal once it is concluded by way of a summary. The Society can only appeal an ICP decision where it believes it was too lenient, and the member can only appeal the decision where it believes it was too harsh. You will not normally be involved in this part of the process, unless the Appeals Officer or Appeals Panel feels that hearing from you further is important. If the Society or member wishes to appeal the ICP decision, then the following steps are taken: **A. An Intention to Appeal notice must be lodged .** within seven days of receiving the Panel’s decision by either, or both, sides. **B. The Appeal should be received within 21 days .** of the ICP’s decision. The Society will set out why it believes the sanctions imposed by the ICP were too lenient, or why it believes your complaint should have been upheld if it wasn’t. The member will set out why they believe the sanctions were too harsh, or why they believe your complaint should not have been upheld. The Society or member can include further evidence if relevant, but if this should have been submitted earlier, it may not be taken into account by the Appeals process. **C. The Society’s appeals submission will be shared with the member and they may respond, and/or the member’s submission may be shared with the Society who may respond.** Each side will normally be given 14 days to do this. **D. An Appeals Officer or Appeals Panel will examine the Appeal.** They will carefully consider the decision of the ICP, and try to reach a decision within 28 days. They may ask either party or the PCM for additional information if required, and may also commission an independent expert report if necessary. The Panel will reach a paper decision and there is no need for a further hearing. **E. The Appeals Officer or Panel will make a decision.** The following outcomes are possible: **i. Appeal Upheld – Amended Outcome and/or amended Sanctions.** The Appeals Panel may uphold all or part of the appeal. For example, they may decide that the sanctions imposed by the ICP were too lenient or too harsh; or that the ICP did not make a correct decision when upholding (or declining) the complaint. It will then make a new, final ruling with a new outcome and new sanctions, if appropriate. **ii. Appeal not upheld.** The Appeals Panel may decide to not uphold all or part of an appeal. For example, they may decide that the ICP imposed the correct sanctions, or that that the ICP was correct when they did not find there was a breach of the Code of Ethics. **What happens after an Appeals Panel or Officer Decision?** The decision of the Appeals Panel or Officer is final and binding on both the Society and the member, and this concludes the complaints process for all parties. You will be informed of the Appeal Panel or Officer’s decision. In cases where the member does not complete sanctions required by the Appeals Panel, they will be removed from membership. Contact us ## How to submit your concern If you have any concerns or would like to make a complaint, the fastest way to contact our Conduct Department is to email us at . We want to ensure that everyone is able to communicate with the Society and we will accept different methods that allow you to access the complaints procedure. For example, we can accept an audio file or braille versions of forms or you can nominate another person to communicate on your behalf. An officer of the Society will be pleased to discuss these and other ideas with you. [Contact us](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) ## Also in this section [### Complaints about our team We see complaints as an important tool in continually improving our service.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/complaints/hypnotherapy-society-complaints-concerns-2) [### Professional Conduct Notices We take all concerns seriously. We're committed to ensuring that everyone is treated fairly, ethically and with respect.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/complaints/professional-conduct-notices) [### Restoration to the Register Policy A former registrant who has been removed from the Society's Register following the outcome of a disciplinary hearing may apply to rejoin the Register. Applications for re-joining should be made in writing to the Registrar who will in turn refer the matter to the Professional Standards Committee.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/restoration-to-the-register-policy) --- Complaints # Hypnotherapy Society Complaints & Concerns We take all concerns seriously. We're committed to ensuring that everyone is treated fairly, ethically and with respect. ## Have a concern? As a professional association for hypnotherapists, The National Hypnotherapy Society is committed to promoting and providing high standards in the practice of hypnotherapy. We understand that the people using the services of hypnotherapists who are members of the Society may have a range of different issues and a range of experiences of working with these members. We welcome all comments from people using the hypnotherapy services provided by our members and see them as helpful to our continuing improvement of standards. We are interested in all experiences of clients, both positive and not so positive and believe that this information can help us plan positive future guidance for all of our members - and for clients. If you have a concern, please get in touch. ## Our complaints and concerns procedure As a professional association, and holder of an Accredited Register for hypnotherapists, the Society is committed to promoting and providing high standards in the practice of hypnotherapy. We understand that the people using the services of hypnotherapists, who are members of the Society, may have a range of different issues and a range of experiences of working with our members. We encourage constructive feedback about these experiences, and we invite people, especially including our members’ clients, to tell us about their experiences. We believe in listening to the voices of both clients and of therapists and in the sharing of these viewpoints and opinions. We believe that each group has much to learn, both from the positive experiences of therapy as well as from times when things have not worked out as planned or hoped. We seek to avoid an unnecessarily ‘legalistic’ approach to dealing with complaints. We are also aware that therapists can overstep therapeutic boundaries and breach our Code of Ethics, and this needs to be addressed proportionately, fairly, and transparently and in a way that protects the public. Ideally every effort should be made to resolve the issue with the member before raising a formal complaint, but only if the circumstances are appropriate and you feel comfortable in doing so. We are also aware of the stress caused by any party involved in a complaints process. In addition, processes which become formal can be time consuming and last many months due to the need to follow proper evidential procedures. Where possible, therefore, we will see whether an informal resolution of your complaint or concern is appropriate. This could include our informally discussing your concern or complaint with the member, or a referral to mediation. In addition, we employ in many complaints something called ‘Consensual Disposal’. This happens where one of our Panels looks at the evidence and offers the member the chance to admit they have breached our Code of Ethics and accept appropriate sanctions. It should be stressed that this is not a ‘plea bargain’. The member is only offered those sanctions which the Panel believes would have been imposed at a formal complaints hearing. Consensual Disposal is offered purely to allow both parties to reach an appropriate ending to the proceedings in the least stressful way possible. "Consensual disposal" can include "Voluntary Removal" where a member is offered the chance to admit they have breached the Code of Ethics and be removed from their membership of the society. Of course, there is still the possibility for certain complaints that a full, formal process is required and for this we use an Independent Complaints Panel. More details about that can be found below. You don’t have to understand our Code of Ethics or procedures to make a complaint or raise a concern. Our Professional Conduct Officers are here to listen to you and discuss with you what kind of steps are likely to happen. If appropriate, you will be given choices, such as trying an informal resolution or mediation. Let’s set out the steps in our process. Of course, your complaint may not follow all of these steps. **Your Role in Our Process** If you wish to raise a complaint or concern, your role in our process is primarily as a witness, who provides us with information that’s relevant to one of our member’s roles as a hypnotherapist. You’re not expected to know or understand our Code of Ethics, and you don’t have to try and ‘make a case’ by using any legal arguments. You just have to provide us with information in good faith and let us follow our process. If your complaint goes as far as a formal Panel hearing, you don’t have to take a role in ‘prosecuting’ your complaint – that’s the job of the Society. We will support you as much as possible, and as appropriate, throughout the process. **A. Contacting the Society** The quickest way to contact us is to email . If you would like to speak to us by phone, you can call the department on 01903 213 683. Please note this is likely to be an answerphone message and you will be encouraged to leave an email address, where, if necessary, we can arrange a call. You may also write to the Professional Conduct Department, 19 Grafton Road, Worthing, BN11 1QT. Our Professional Conduct Managers (PCMs) deal with all aspects of raising a complaint or concern. In the first instance, they are here to listen to what you have to say. It’s up to you whether you write to the Society, or phone. If you have any difficulties communicating or wish another person to act on your behalf or support you, that’s fine. You don’t have to fill in a particular form. Please note that anything you write to the Society could be disclosed to the member. Also, please note that if you disclose a significant safeguarding risk or risk to the public, we may have to act on this in a way that could reveal your identity. Please speak with a PCM if you have any concerns about protecting your anonymity. Kindly note we cannot offer a crisis service. **B. The PCM will perform a basic membership check** We can always consider complaints or concerns where the person you wish to complain about is a member of the Society, and also that they were a member at the time your complaint covers. We may be able to consider complaints if the person you’re wishing to complain about is no longer a member but was at the time your complaint covers. For this to happen, we have to decide that it would be in the public interest to pursue your complaint and that there was a reasonable chance of being able to gather evidence given that the person is no longer a member. If the person being complained about was not a member at the time of the behaviour being complained about, but they are a current member, the PCM will determine whether it would be reasonable and in the public interest to consider the complaint. An example of this might be serious professional misconduct, such as a sexual relationship with a client. However, if they were a member of another professional association at the time of the behaviour being complained about, you may be asked to contact the relevant organisation instead. We would not normally consider a complaint which relates to anything over three years old. However, in some cases the complaint will be investigated if the PCM determines that it is in the public interest to do so and there is a reasonable prospect of gathering evidence. If the person you’re complaining about isn’t a registrant (a fully professional member of the Society), but another kind of member, for example, a student, we may follow a different process – for example, by referring your complaint to their training school. If the person complained about is not a current member, we may not be able to make a final decision about whether we can proceed with the complaint until it progresses to Step 2. You will be informed if this is the case. **C. The PCM will investigate the issue of other memberships** For example, where the person you wish to complain about is not a member, we may be able to direct you elsewhere. In addition, where the person is both a member of the Society and another body, a decision will have to be made as to where is the best place to hear your complaint. For legal reasons, the Society cannot hear a complaint where you have lodged the same complaint elsewhere. As a general rule, if the member has been on another Accredited Register longer than the Society or has seniority in membership elsewhere, we may advise you as to the best way to proceed. **D. The PCM will record the basic details of your concern or complaint** Either by talking with you or in writing, the PCM will listen to your complaint and take down the basic facts. It’s a good idea if you’re able to provide us with essential details like name, dates, location, and the basic information about what you feel went wrong. At this stage you don’t have to write a detailed complaint, but you can do so if you wish. Here the PCM will also determine your ‘standing’ in relation to the complaint. Are you a client of the member, or a colleague, for example a supervisor, manager or work colleague, or a third party? They will also want to know if you’ve raised your complaint or concern elsewhere, for example with another Accredited Register, at work, or with a statutory authority, **E. The PCM will determine what you want to do and gain consent to communicate with the member** You’ll be asked if you want to proceed to the next step of the process, assuming that the basic membership check (Step 1 B) has been passed. If you do, the Professional Conduct Manager will tell you what further information they need to go on to the next step. Y, and you don’t have to make a decision straight away. The PCM will also ask for your consent to communicate with the member. This will include both speaking to the member about your complaint, and disclosing your written complaint to the member if appropriate. **Ending the Process at Step 1** A PCM may decide that your complaint can’t go forward, and your case will end at this stage. This may be because: - The case is about someone who has never been a member of the Society. - The case is not about a current member of the Society. - The case is about a current member, but refers to something that happened before they joined. - The case is over three years old. - There’s no case to answer as there’s no indication of a possible breach of the Code of Ethics. - You have complained to another professional body or should do so. - There’s no prospect of gathering sufficient evidence to proceed, or the evidence provided is insufficient or can’t be used. - You withhold consent to communicate with or disclose information to the member, and this would prejudice the case continuing. **Reviewing Ending at Step 1** If a PCM decides to end the process for one of the reasons above, the Society will always have their decision reviewed by a Senior Manager. This is to ensure that the PCM has reached a fair and impartial decision based upon the evidence that you’ve provided. When you are informed of the Society’s decision to end the process, you can be confident that a Senior Manager has read and signed off on this decision. As an additional check, our decisions to end the complaints process are reviewed annually by the Society’s Independent Assessor. This additional check helps ensure that we never end a complaints process incorrectly. You cannot request a review or appeal the Society’s decision to end the process at Step 1. If your case now proceeds, it will move to Step 2. In this step, the PCM will review your complaint or concern in more detail, to make sure that it can proceed further. This might take a little time. The Professional Conduct Manager will apply a number of checks to determine whether the Society can go forward with your complaint. **Your Evidence and its Disclosure** The PCM at any time during this step may request from you a full, detailed, written, disclosable statement together with any evidence you wish to disclose before they can proceed with your complaint. If this is not provided, the PCM may end the complaints process. Your statement, together with evidence you provide, may be disclosed to the member you are complaining about at any stage during this process. You will be asked to provide your consent to disclose your statement and evidence to the member. If there is a significant public protection issue, your statement and evidence could be disclosed without your consent. If you have concerns about this, please talk to the PCM prior to providing us with your information. The member may also wish to disclose evidence about their client relationship which could include a detailed discussion of that relationship including the disclosure of client notes. You may be asked to consent to this and in the absence of your consent, it may be deemed that there is insufficient evidence for your case to proceed. If you are intending to provide information anonymously then please note that disclosing it could lead to your identification (for example, the member works out who has sent the information from its content or context). It could also mean that we can’t follow our complaints process and that, while we may use the information you provide to safeguard our Register, you will not be informed of any further steps we may wish to take. **A. Has a criminal offence been committed, or likely to have been committed?** If there is evidence of criminality, the Professional Conduct Manager may advise you to contact the police. In certain circumstances they will also do so themselves. As part of this process, the Professional Conduct Manager may immediately apply a Suspension Order on the member to protect the public quickly. Their decision to suspend the member then has to be ratified by a Senior Manager within two weeks for the suspension to continue. If at any stage of the complaints procedure, the Society becomes aware that criminal proceedings are likely or ongoing, our complaints procedure will be paused to await the outcome. If criminal proceedings result in a conviction, the member may be removed from our Register on conviction as they will no longer meet the terms and conditions of registration. Please note that notification of a Police report is unlikely, in isolation, to indicate that criminal proceedings are likely or ongoing. **Custodial Sentences** Where a member is given a custodial sentence, this means that they no longer meet the requirements for registration or membership, and both their registration and membership will be revoked. Disclosure of any custodial sentence being served to the Society is required by any member so convicted. On receipt of evidence that a member is serving a custodial sentence, the Professional Conduct Manager shall immediately suspend the member and then shall provide this evidence to the Chair of the Assessment Panel who will authorise the permanent removal of registration and membership. A member serving a custodial sentence may not appeal this decision as they no longer meet the requirements for Society membership. **B. Should another process be followed first, or instead?** The Professional Conduct Manager will determine if there are other processes that should be followed before the Society’s complaints procedures. This is because it might not be appropriate for the Society to get involved in a complaint before another process is complete. Examples of this include, but are not limited to: 1. **A complaint has already been made to another Accredited Register or professional association.** It would not be appropriate to run two complaints processes at the same time. In the case where complaints are submitted simultaneously, the Professional Conduct Manager may decide to allow another process to complete first, and to talk to the other organisation about how best to proceed. **Standard 2 (a)(5)** of the Professional Standards Authority’s Accredited Registers programme means that the Society is required to take into account the decisions of other registers. If your complaint is heard by another register, it is likely that we will follow the decision of the other Register. **The law**, following a High Court decision, states that we cannot hear the same complaint if it has gone before another professional association as this would violate the legal rights of the member not to be ‘tried twice’ for the same issue. 2. **A complaint has been, or should be, made to a statutory authority**. If a complaint has already been made to such an authority, then the Society will await the outcome of that process. If it should be made to a statutory authority, the Professional Conduct Manager will advise you accordingly. 3. **A complaint has been, or should be, made to an employer, agency, EAP, line manager, or similar.** If such a complaint has been made, then the Society will await the outcome of that process. If it should be, the Professional Conduct Manager will advise you accordingly. 4. **The member is a student**, and the matter should be referred to their placement provider and/or training provider first. 5. **The complaint is about a social media post or posts** , in which case the Society will use our Social Media Concern Process as follows: **Social Media Concern Process** The Society recognises that social media is a valuable tool for discussion and debate, and that disagreements on social media about a range of issues are common. It is also recognised that said disagreements can become contentious and problematical. The Society’s Code of Ethics sets out the standards expected of members but protects our members’ rights to free speech. The Society’s complaints process should not be used as a way of settling or progressing online disputes, and we do not have the resources to do so. Where the Society receives a complaint about a member's social media posts, we will advise the complainant to report the post to the social media platform and, if appropriate, the Police. If relevant, due consideration should also be given to disengagement from online debate with the member and/or blocking their online profiles. We will not consider complaints about the social media use of members unless they directly relate to client work or, in exceptional circumstances, where they appear likely to meet the high threshold of bringing the profession into disrepute. Where, at our sole discretion, the Society does decide to consider a complaint about a member's social media posts, the Society will follow the Complaints Procedure with the following additional steps: - At Step 1B, the Society will verify that the posts were made by a member of the Society and establish a timeframe. - At Step 2, when determining whether the complaint should proceed to Step 3, the Society will, in addition to the screening questions at Step 2: - consider whether the member was exercising their reasonable rights to free speech and whether the posts relate to the expression of a protected belief; - take into account whether the complainant has taken any action to remove the posts, for example by contacting the social media platform or, if appropriate, the relevant authorities including the Police; - consider whether the Society should share the posts with the member and invite them to discuss the matter with us, including to help us establish the context of the posts and to understand if the member wishes to remove the posts or otherwise take action to mitigate any issues arising from the posts, if appropriate; - consider whether the posts were made as part of the member’s private life or whether they were made in their professional capacity; - consider whether the complainant appears to have acted in a vexatious or antagonistic manner in their interactions with the member and whether there is evidence of the coordination of complaints. - At any stage of the process (including as an alternative to engaging the Complaints Procedure or to proceeding to Step 3 of the Complaints Procedure where this procedure has been engaged), the Society may , issue an informal Letter of Advice to the member and cease further consideration of the complaint. **C. Is this within the scope of our Code of Ethics?** The Professional Conduct Manager will make an initial determination on whether your complaint is within the scope of our Code of Ethics. It’s not their role to decide that there has been a breach or that this has been proved – that would be for our Panels to decide. The PCM will give due consideration as to whether your complaint would be the kind of thing which falls under our Code of Ethics. Our Code is primarily designed to deal with the member’s actions with a client. There are limited times when we could consider hearing a complaint not connected with client work, for example, something ‘likely to bring the profession into disrepute’. We do not, however, as a general rule, follow a complaints process unless there has been direct impact on a member’s actual client work, other than in specific circumstances. **‘Bringing the profession into disrepute’** is a high threshold. What we mean by this is, for example, just because a member was rude to you in their personal life does not mean that they would ‘bring the profession into disrepute’. It generally means that their actions, if known, would be considered to be so seriously inappropriate for a hypnotherapist that it would undermine how the public views hypnotherapy as a profession. An example of this might be domestic abuse. Another example is things members may say or opinions they may hold on social media. Generally, these are outside of the scope of our Code of Ethics unless there is clear evidence of, for example, hate speech, libel or criminality. **D. Would this be an ‘excluded category’?** There are some issues which our complaints process does not handle because it is not equipped to do so, or because it would not be appropriate to do so. Examples of excluded categories include, but are not limited to: 1. **Adjunctive Therapies.** This is where the complaint is about a member, but there was no element of hypnotherapy or one of the therapies we register in your experience as a client. For example, if you went to see a member for aromatherapy treatment, we could not hear your complaint about the quality of that treatment. If, however, your client sessions involved both aromatherapy and hypnotherapy, we could. The only exception to this rule would be if the member’s aromatherapy work would ‘bring the profession into disrepute’. For example, if you saw them for pure aromatherapy work but they crossed significant professional boundaries. We would normally expect under such circumstances for your primary complaint to be to the professional association for the treatment you received. 2. **Private Life.** We do not normally hear complaints about a member when they are acting outside of their professional role. If for example, you have a legal or custodial dispute with a member, we would refer you back to use the appropriate legal remedies. Private social media posts, as detailed in our Social Media Concern Policy above, which are separate from the member’s online profile as a hypnotherapist are also normally excluded. Again, ‘bringing the profession into disrepute’ would be relevant here. 3. **Financial Disputes and Debts.** Whereas we may be able to act as an informal ‘go-between’ if you feel, for example, that you deserve a refund for poor services from one of our members, and are happy to discuss that with them, we are not able to hear complaints relating to financial matters, disputes or debts. Our complaints process can’t rule, for example, that you should get a refund. Our PCM can discuss other approaches you could take. 4. **Disputes Between Therapists.** Our process is not designed to deal with disputes between therapists; for example, an argument over how another hypnotherapist is running their practice. The exception to this is where, as another therapist, you have evidence of client harm. 5. **Third Party Complaints.** We cannot hear complaints made by or on behalf of another professional body, as part of a professional dispute, or where complaints are made as part of wider litigation. Complaints about clients who do not agree with the complaint proceeding or who have no knowledge of the complaint may fall into this category on a case-by-case basis. 6. **On going Custody Disputes.** Complaints made about members working with minors in the context of an on going custody or access dispute will be referred back to the Court. 7. **Family Disputes Without a Legal Element.** We cannot hear complaints based upon family disputes over therapy provided to another family member; for example, where parents are in dispute over therapy provided to a minor in their care. 8. **No Client Impact.** We cannot hear complaints which have no direct impact on past, present or future clients, with the exception of ‘bringing the profession into disrepute’. 9. **Overseas Practice**. Overseas practice may be excluded at the discretion of the Society; for example, if a foreign professional body should hear the complaint in lieu of the Society. 10. **Ending Therapy.** The member was exercising their right to end the therapeutic relationship in a professional manner. 11. **Advertising.** We deal with member advertising issues by approaching the member and, if advertising appears to be inaccurate or misleading, giving them a set time to change their advertising. If your complaint is about a member’s advertising, this is what we’ll do. We may also advise you to report the advert to the Advertising Standards Authority. If a member knowingly and repeatedly conducts false advertising then the Society could suspend their registration. 12. **Freedom of Speech.** Our Code of Ethics protects our members’ rights to free speech. 13. **Vexatious.** A complaint is ‘vexatious’ when it is being done for inappropriate reasons; for example, by a complainant who submits multiple complaints against members they don’t know, or where there is evidence that the complaint is submitted as part of a wider picture of harassment, or when the complainant communicates in an unreasonable manner with the Society in line with our inappropriate communication policy. A complaint can also be deemed vexatious as part of a welfare concern for the complainant. 14. **Safeguarding.** Where the Society has concerns about safeguarding the member, the complainant or our own team, we reserve the right to suspend or end the complaint or impose conditions on communication as part of the complaints process at our sole discretion. 15. **Breaching Confidentiality.** Where a complainant breaches the confidentiality of an on going complaint; for example, by commenting about the complaint on social media, the Society reserves the right to end the complaints process. **A. Is there a reasonable prospect of gathering evidence?** The Professional Conduct Manager will make sure that there is a reasonable prospect of gathering the evidence they would need for your case to go ahead. This is because, for example, should your complaint go to an Assessment Panel they will want to see what evidence there is and whether this is sufficient for them to make a decision. A complaint can proceed just with a written statement, but the Professional Conduct Manager will need to make sure the basic facts are sufficient should your complaint go ahead. **B. Is this affected by anonymity?** If you wish to remain anonymous, the PCM will decide what to do. If your anonymity would prevent there being a reasonable prospect of the case proceeding then your complaint may not be able to proceed. For example, if a member can’t ask who the client was or be able to ask questions in a complaints hearing, it is unlikely that the hearing could uphold the complaint. We can still take anonymous concerns forward under a different route, which we call **Acting on Evidence (AOE).** This is where you are no longer the complainant because you wish to remain anonymous. However, this might risk disclosing information to the member that reveals your identity and the PCM will discuss the implications of this with you, especially any safeguarding concerns. If you choose to remain anonymous, we will not involve you in any further steps we take on the basis of your evidence. **C. Are there Equality Act implications?** If your complaint involves being discriminated against for a protected characteristic, such as race, gender, religion, age or ability, we will ensure you are supported. You may be advised to contact the Equality Advisory Support Service on 0800 800 0082 for further advice on the options available to you, and we will make sure that this aspect of your concern or complaint is dealt with properly. **D. Is this suitable for an informal resolution?** The last check which the Professional Conduct Manager will apply is to determine whether your complaint would be appropriate for informal resolution. This would only be done with your consent and could involve an informal discussion between the Professional Conduct Manager and the member, or an external mediation process. Informal resolution has to be agreed by both parties. For example, you may decide that you want a refund and an apology. The member may agree to this and that will close the matter. The member, however, may not agree to this and will instead exercise their rights to a full complaints process. The PCM’s role is to decide whether informal resolution is appropriate. There are situations where you may wish to seek informal resolution but the PCM determines that the member’s behaviour is likely too serious (if agreed by a Panel) for this to be appropriate. You will be advised whether informal resolution is something you’d like to consider. **E. Should the member be suspended?** In cases where the PCM has received evidence of a very serious breach of our Code of Ethics, and forms the view that continued registration risks causing public harm, they may issue a Suspension Order to the member and remove them temporarily from the Society’s Register and suspend their membership. Issuing a suspension order is a precautionary measure and does not mean a member has been found guilty of any breach of the Code. The PCM will need their suspension order ratified by a Senior Manager within two weeks of their decision, in which case it will remain in place until the conclusion of the complaints process. (The PCM may issue a Suspension Order at any step of this process.) A suspension may also occur where a member has been practising as if they are a registrant (fully professional member) when they’re not – for example, where they hold student membership but are seeing private clients as if they’re a registrant. In addition, a member who contacts or refers to a complainant (whether directly or indirectly, for example on social media) without their prior consent, or breaks the confidentiality of the complaints process by commenting on a live complaint may be suspended at the discretion of the Society. A member who continues to practise while under suspension could face additional sanctions by the Society if it is deemed that their continued practice is a risk to the public. We will address this on a case-by-case basis. After performing these screening steps, the PCM will contact you to explain their decision about if, and how, your complaint or concern can proceed. This concludes Step 2. **F. Is further information required?** The Professional Conduct Manager may, at their sole discretion, seek further information before determining whether the Society can go forward with your complaint. This may include seeking initial information and/or clarification from the member, which can include disclosure of some, or all of the evidence you have provided if deemed necessary. (Without your consent to disclose this evidence your complaint may not be able to proceed.) **Ending the process at Step 2** A PCM may decide that your complaint can’t go forward, and your complaint may end at this stage. This may be because: - There’s no case to answer and there’s no identifiable potential breach of our Code of Ethics. - There is insufficient evidence to proceed (Step 2, Section E). - Your complaint is not within the scope of our Code of Ethics (Step 2, Section C). - Your complaint is in an excluded category (Step 2, Section D). - Anonymity means the complaint can’t proceed (Step 2, Section F). - Your case falls into a criminal category requiring us to pause the complaint (Step 2, Section A). - Your case should follow another process (Step 2, Section B). **Reviewing Step 2** If a PCM decides to end the process for one of the reasons above, the Society will always have their decision reviewed by a Senior Manager. This is to ensure that the PCM has reached a fair and impartial decision based upon the evidence that you’ve provided. When you are informed of the Society’s decision to end the process, you will be assured that a Senior Manager has read and signed off on this decision. As an additional check, our decisions to end the complaints process are reviewed annually by the Society’s Independent Assessor. This additional check helps ensure that we never end a complaints process incorrectly. You cannot request a review or appeal the Society’s decision to end the process at Step 2. If your case now proceeds, the Society will move to Step 3. **A.** If your complaint does now proceed, the PCM will contact the member and disclose the full details of your complaint. The member will be required to respond to your complaint in writing, even if you just want an informal resolution. This is because if the informal resolution isn’t successful, their response can be included in further steps. On receipt of the member's response, the Professional Conduct Manager will give further consideration to whether the Society can go forward with the complaint and may consider the screening criteria at Step 2 when making this assessment. The complaint could be ended at this stage if, in the light of the information provided by the member, it becomes clear that the Step 2 screening criteria apply. **B.** The PCM will tell the member if you wish to attempt an informal resolution to your complaint (if appropriate) and talk to them about whether they wish to accept an informal resolution or whether they wish to use a formal process. (Both parties have to agree to an informal resolution.) **C**. If both parties do not agree to an informal resolution (or one is not appropriate) then your complaint will proceed to Step 3, Section E if it is a complaint about social media posts (or similar); or Step 3, Section F for all other matters. **D. Informal Resolution:** **How Informal Resolution Works:** - Your complaint is put to the member, who must respond in writing. The member will also be sent your request for informal resolution. - The member can choose to accept your offer of informal resolution, in which case this process will come to an end and your case has been finalised. - The member can, once and once only, make a counter proposal to your offer. If you accept their counter proposal, then this process will come to an end. If you do not accept their counter proposal, the Society will end informal resolution and your complaint will continue. - In more complex cases, at our discretion the Society may use appropriate informal mediation processes if both parties consent. - Neither party can revisit informal resolution if ended by the Society. - Informal resolution decisions are not subject to review and the Society’s decision is final. Example: You had 10 sessions with a member who cancelled with short notice and rearranged two appointments as they had car trouble, which caused you inconvenience. They also seemed distracted and uninterested in your issues as a client. You believe that the therapy you received was not good value for money and it cost £50 a session. You request an apology from your therapist and a full refund of £500 as informal resolution. The PCM agrees that your case would be suitable and puts this to the member. The member exercises their right to a once-only counter proposal. They propose to apologise to you for not providing a good enough service, but they feel that you did make several positive comments about the service you received. They believe that offering you a partial refund of £250 is appropriate. You then have to make a decision as to whether to accept this or continue with your complaint. **Refunds** The only way of determining whether a refund is appropriate (whether in part or in full) is via a complainant’s exercising their consumer rights in court. The Society cannot, whether as part of an informal resolution process or in any other way, suggest or determine an appropriate level of refund. **E. Pre-Panel Review:** At this stage, in the absence of informal resolution, the Professional Conduct Manager will review the information they’ve received from you and the member to determine whether all, or part of the complaint can proceed to an Assessment Panel. They will now have both your complaint and the member’s response to take into consideration. The PCM will decide whether the evidence demonstrates that there may have been potential breaches of the Code of Ethics such that a Panel should consider the case. The PCM may examine issues such as, but not limited to: - Whether the complaint reflects an experience of hypnotherapy which did not satisfy the client but was not ethically or professionally unsound (for example, because the practitioner was not ‘the right fit’ for the client or because there was a rupture in the therapeutic process which would not be reasonable to expect the member to be able to resolve). - Whether all or parts of the complaint are relevant matters for the Panel. - Whether all or parts of the complaint could clearly indicate a breach of the Code of Ethics if upheld. - Any other relevant issues which could affect the reliability or suitability of the case proceeding to an Assessment Panel. - Whether there was a minor and technical breach of the Code best handled by a Letter of Advice rather than a Panel hearing. - Whether previous sanctions or a previous Letter of Advice are still on the member’s file. - Whether the member was exercising, or attempting to exercise, their right to end the therapeutic relationship and did so to the best of their abilities given the context (for example, when the client did not want to end the relationship). **Letters of Advice** For minor potential breaches of the Code of Ethics, the PCM may write to the member advising them on how to improve their practice. If the member has previously received a Letter of Advice about a similar issue, then the PCM will refer the matter to an Assessment Panel. If the member accepts the Letter of Advice, the letter will be kept on record for three years and can be taken into account if further similar complaints are submitted, and the case will be closed. If they choose not to accept the Letter of Advice, then your case will be sent to an Assessment Panel. Where a previous Letter of Advice has been issued and is still on the member’s file, a further Letter of Advice will not be issued and the matter must be referred to the Assessment Panel. Where the member has previously received sanctions and these are still on the member’s file, the matter must be referred to the Assessment Panel. **Disclosure at Step 3** The member’s response is not disclosed to you at Step 3. If the Society decides that your complaint cannot proceed to an Assessment Panel, you will be sent a summary of the reason for this decision. **Reviewing Step 3** If a PCM decides to end the process for one of the reasons above, the Society will always have their decision reviewed by a Senior Manager. This is to ensure that the PCM has reached a fair and impartial decision based upon the evidence that you’ve provided. When you are informed of the Society’s decision to end the process, you can be assured that a Senior Manager has read and signed off on this decision. As an additional check, our decisions to end the complaints process are reviewed annually by the Society’s Independent Assessor. This additional check helps ensure that we never end a complaints process incorrectly. You cannot request a review or appeal the Society’s decision to end the process at Step 2. If your case now proceeds, the Society will move to Step 4. **What is an Assessment Panel?** The Society’s Assessment Panel usually consists of three people. They weren’t previously aware of your complaint, and have no connection with you or the member. The Chair of the Panel is normally a very experienced counsellor, hypnotherapist or psychotherapist, and there will usually be at least one ‘lay member’ of the Panel – someone who isn’t a practising professional therapist and so who can bring a different perspective. It’s the role of the Panel to examine what both you and the member have said about the case, and to examine any evidence either of you has submitted. They can then make a decision about whether the member has breached our Code of Ethics, and if so, offer a solution. The Assessment Panel process allows us to address concerns and complaints as quickly as possible, minimising the impact on both complainant and member. The Panel assesses the evidence ‘on the balance of probabilities’ and makes a decision. Neither you nor the member attend an Assessment Panel hearing which are usually conducted online. Unlike a more formal Independent Complaints Panel hearing, there is no ‘cross examination’ of each other’s evidence or live hearing where either side could, for example, bring legal representation. In using an Assessment Panel system, the Society hopes to be able to bring many complaints to a successful conclusion more quickly, and so prevent prolonged stress for both parties. The process works as follows: **A. The Professional Conduct Manager may do a compliance check or audit of the member.** A compliance check is where the member is asked to send in details of their supervision, insurance and CPD (Continuing Professional Development) to assure the Society that their practice is being undertaken in line with our Terms & Conditions. An audit is a more complex process where we may examine the member’s qualifications and experience in more detail, as a way of providing valuable insight to our Panel. There is a threshold for whether the Professional Conduct Manager will audit the member. This is whether an audit would assist a Panel in understanding any public assurance risk in the member’s practice, given the nature of your complaint. For example, if your complaint states that the member didn’t seem to understand your particular issues during therapy, an audit may help us decide whether the member was properly trained and supervised to deal with your particular concerns, or whether they should have referred you to another therapist. If the PCM does conduct an audit, this may delay the Assessment Panel process. **B. The PCM will send your complaint and the member’s response to the Panel, together with any supporting evidence.** The Panel will then consider both sides very carefully. You won’t see the member’s response to your complaint. This is because, if you wished to reply to that response, the member may wish to reply further and so the complaint could last an unreasonable amount of time with each party wanting to respond to the last thing which was written by the other side. (Should your complaint progress to a full formal hearing, both sides will have further opportunities to respond.) Where the member has previously received sanctions or a Letter of Advice, the PCM will disclose details of the breach to the Panel immediately after their decision, but this information shall not be available to the Panel before this decision. **C. The Panel may ask for further information or clarification, or may seek an expert opinion.** After reading your case file, the Panel may decide to ask either you, the member, or both, for more information before they can reach a decision. In addition, they may delay proceedings while asking for an expert report – for example, on whether the member had the expertise to treat your condition. **D. The Panel will then make its decision, which can be one of the following outcomes:** 1. **Letter of Advice.** The Panel may decide that there were potential breaches of the Code of Ethics or concerns about a member’s practice, but these were of a minor nature and, as such, it would be appropriate to offer a Letter of Advice rather than sanctioning the member. In such circumstances, the member must accept the advice and that, if relevant, they breached the Code of Ethics. The Letter of Advice will not be published or shared but will remain on their file for up to two years. 2. **Complaint Upheld: Consensual Disposal.** The Assessment Panel often seeks to reach a decision by using something called Consensual Disposal. This is where a Panel finds that the member did breach our Code of Ethics, sets out what these breaches are, and applies sanctions. Sanctions are consequences for breaching our Code of Ethics and can range from removal or suspension from our register, to things like being instructed to do some retraining or undertake more supervision. The Panel asks the Member to admit that they breached the Code, and accept the sanctions offered. (A full explanation of sanctions can be found in our [Indicative Sanctions Policy](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Indicative_Sanctions_Guidance-reviewed-140521.pdf).) The highest sanction an Assessment Panel can offer under Consensual Disposal is ‘Voluntary Removal’. This is where the Panel offers the member the chance to admit their breach of the Code of Ethics and be removed from membership of the Society. Voluntary Removal is reserved for the most serious breaches of the Code of Ethics. Consensual Disposal is not like a ‘plea bargain’ where, if you admit to something, you get a ‘lesser sentence’. The job of the Assessment Panel is to ask the question, ‘what would the outcome be if this went to a full Independent Complaints Panel (ICP) hearing and the ICP Panel found the member had breached the Code of Ethics in this way?’. They then offer what they believe to be the same outcome, but without the necessity of a full formal process. The member may reject the Panel’s offer of Consensual Disposal, in which case your case will be referred to a full ICP hearing. A Panel may uphold all, or only part, of your complaint in making an offer of Consensual Disposal. 3. **Complaint Not Upheld.** The Assessment Panel may decide, having looked at both sides, that the complaint should be declined. This is because they believe that the member did not breach the Code of Ethics. They will give their reasons for this. A Panel may not uphold all, or just part, of your complaint. 4. **Membership Terms Breached.** The Panel may find that the member was not meeting the terms of membership (for example, not being adequately supervised) and may impose appropriate sanctions. This can happen whether all or part of your complaint is upheld. 5. **Referral to a full Independent Complaints Panel Hearing.** The Assessment Panel may decide that they cannot reach a firm decision over your case, or that your case for other reasons requires a full ICP hearing, at their sole discretion. **Disclosure at Step 4** After the Assessment Panel has concluded their findings and the member has responded, you will be sent a summary of those findings. **Reviewing Step 4** If the Assessment Panel writes a Letter of Advice or an offer of Consensual Disposal which is accepted by the member; or finds that the terms of membership have been breached; or refers the matter to a full Independent Complaints Panel hearing; there is no right to request a review of their decision which shall be final. If the Assessment Panel rejects your complaint entirely, you may request a review of this decision by a Case Review Manager, whose decision shall be final. If the Case Review Manager disagrees with the Assessment Panel decision, then a fresh Assessment Panel hearing will be convened to reassess your complaint. Its decision shall be final and not subject to further review. You must request a review within seven days of your receipt of notification of the Assessment Panel’s decision. **Concluding Step 4** In the absence of a review, Step 4 will conclude with either the complaints process ending, or referral to an Independent Complaints Panel. If a member, once offered Consensual Disposal, does not complete the agreed sanctions, and has not exercised their right of appeal, they will be removed from membership. **What is the ICP?** The Independent Complaints Panel (ICP) exists to hear complaints via a formal process, in cases where informal resolution or Consensual Disposal have not been successful – for example, if the member appeals the findings of the Assessment Panel. Full details of how the ICP works will be sent to you if your case progresses to an ICP. This is a headline summary of what to expect. The Panel normally consists of a ‘Lay Chair’ – i.e. someone who is not a counsellor, hypnotherapist or psychotherapist, but who usually has other expertise, for example, a legal background – and two other Panel members, usually experienced therapists. The Panel cannot have any previous connection with your case. The Panel can hold different types of hearing, as follows: - A Professional Practice Review (PPR). This is a hearing that you don’t attend, and is held where there is no prospect of the member being suspended or removed from membership. - A Professional Conduct Hearing, (PCH). This is a formal, in-person hearing where you are entitled to attend and give evidence. It’s held where your case could lead to the member being suspended or removed from membership. - A Member Welfare Hearing (MWH). This is a hearing where there are concerns about the member’s ability to practise because of their mental or physical health. You don’t attend this kind of hearing. Your role in an ICP hearing is purely as a witness. The Society presents the case regarding the member’s conduct on your behalf and if you attend a hearing, you will be supported. **Disclosure at Step 5** If your complaint proceeds to an ICP, the member’s submission to the Society will be disclosed to you in full and you will be invited to respond. The member has a right to see any updated submission from you and to respond to that updated submission. An exception to this may be during a Member Welfare Hearing, where a member has become unwell and it would be inappropriate to discuss their medical situation with you. The ICP proceeds in the following way: **A. The PCM will review and prepare the evidence. You may view the member’s response to your complaint and reply to it. The member will see your reply.** The PCM will then create a case file for the ICP. The Manager will apply some rules of evidence; for example, they may withhold evidence from the Panel which breaches third party confidentiality, or which is repetitive. This work will involve laying out which sections of the Code of Ethics may have been breached. **B. The PCM will advise you what kind of hearing the ICP will hold.** Only if this is a Professional Conduct Hearing, where the member could risk suspension or removal from the register, will you be asked to attend. **C. The ICP reviews the case file.** This is usually done initially by the ICP Chair, who will check everything before discussing the case with the wider Panel. They may ask either you, the member, or both, for additional information, or ask either party to clarify anything you have submitted. The Chair will then inform the Professional Conduct Manager they are ready for the hearing. **D. The ICP holds its hearing.** **E. The ICP will make its decision, which can be one of the following outcomes:** 1. **Complaint Upheld.** The Panel finds that the member has breached the Code of Ethics for either part of, or the whole of your complaint. If your complaint is upheld, the Panel will impose sanctions on the member which could range from removal from the register to ‘action points’ such as making different supervision arrangements. Where an Assessment Panel has previously made a ruling, the ICP may decide to uphold that decision, in which case the original offer of Consensual Disposal will become mandatory sanctions. (For a full explanation of sanctions, please refer to our [Indicative Sanctions Policy](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Indicative_Sanctions_Guidance-reviewed-140521.pdf).) 2. **Complaint Not Upheld.** The Panel may not uphold all, or just part, of your complaint, in which case, no further action will be taken against the member in regard to aspects of your complaint which are not upheld. 3. **Membership Terms Breached.** The Panel may find that the member was not meeting the terms of membership (for example, not being adequately supervised) and may impose appropriate sanctions. This can happen whether all or part of your complaint is upheld. You will be informed of the outcome of the ICP hearing once it is known whether the member wishes to exercise their right of appeal. (This may not be possible in some cases of a Member Welfare Hearing.) **Appealing Step 5** If your case was dealt with by way of a full Professional Conduct Hearing, the Society has the right to appeal the ICP’s decision and will take your views into account when deciding whether to exercise its right to appeal. The PCM will ask for your views as to the outcome of the hearing after it has taken place. You may be asked to put your views about the outcome in writing. The Society can appeal on the following grounds: 1. **Sanctions Insufficient** The Society can appeal the sanctions that have been imposed on the member, if it feels they are inappropriate or insufficient. For example, the Panel may have recommended the member the opportunity to do some retraining as a sanction, but the Society believes that the member should be removed from the register, and has taken into account your views on the matter. The member may appeal sanctions which they believe to be too harsh or unwarranted. **2. Complaint Not Upheld** The Society can appeal any part of your complaint which the ICP didn’t uphold. For example, the Panel found that the member didn’t do anything wrong, but the Society disagrees. The member can also appeal the Panel’s decision on sanctions and on any parts of the complaint that were upheld. **3. Terms and Conditions of Membership** The Society can appeal the Panel’s decision where the Panel rules that Terms and Conditions of Membership have not been breached, but the Society believes that they have. Your views will not be sought regarding an appeal on these grounds as the Terms and Conditions of Membership are a technical matter. **If there is no appeal** If neither the Society nor the member appeals, your case comes to a conclusion at Step 5. Any appeals are heard under Step 6. If a member does not complete sanctions imposed by the ICP, and has not exercised their right of appeal of said sanctions, they will be removed from membership. If the Society or the member appeals the ICP’s decision, then your case will go to appeal. If the member wishes to appeal a Professional Practice Hearing (where the case does not concern potential suspension or removal of membership) then the appeal shall be heard by an **Appeals Officer**. This is an appointed professional who has no previous connection with the case. If the member or Society wish to appeal a Professional Conduct Hearing (where the case does concern potential suspension or removal) then the appeal shall be heard by an Appeals Panel. The Panel is composed of an independent Chair and two suitable professionals with no previous connection with the case. **Disclosure at Step 6** You will be informed if an appeal is taking place but will not otherwise be involved. You will be informed of the outcome of the Appeal once it is concluded by way of a summary. The Society can only appeal an ICP decision where it believes it was too lenient, and the member can only appeal the decision where it believes it was too harsh. You will not normally be involved in this part of the process, unless the Appeals Officer or Appeals Panel feels that hearing from you further is important. If the Society or member wishes to appeal the ICP decision, then the following steps are taken: **A. An Intention to Appeal notice must be lodged .** within seven days of receiving the Panel’s decision by either, or both, sides. **B. The Appeal should be received within 21 days .** of the ICP’s decision. The Society will set out why it believes the sanctions imposed by the ICP were too lenient, or why it believes your complaint should have been upheld if it wasn’t. The member will set out why they believe the sanctions were too harsh, or why they believe your complaint should not have been upheld. The Society or member can include further evidence if relevant, but if this should have been submitted earlier, it may not be taken into account by the Appeals process. **C. The Society’s appeals submission will be shared with the member and they may respond, and/or the member’s submission may be shared with the Society who may respond.** Each side will normally be given 14 days to do this. **D. An Appeals Officer or Appeals Panel will examine the Appeal.** They will carefully consider the decision of the ICP, and try to reach a decision within 28 days. They may ask either party or the PCM for additional information if required, and may also commission an independent expert report if necessary. The Panel will reach a paper decision and there is no need for a further hearing. **E. The Appeals Officer or Panel will make a decision.** The following outcomes are possible: **i. Appeal Upheld – Amended Outcome and/or amended Sanctions.** The Appeals Panel may uphold all or part of the appeal. For example, they may decide that the sanctions imposed by the ICP were too lenient or too harsh; or that the ICP did not make a correct decision when upholding (or declining) the complaint. It will then make a new, final ruling with a new outcome and new sanctions, if appropriate. **ii. Appeal not upheld.** The Appeals Panel may decide to not uphold all or part of an appeal. For example, they may decide that the ICP imposed the correct sanctions, or that that the ICP was correct when they did not find there was a breach of the Code of Ethics. **What happens after an Appeals Panel or Officer Decision?** The decision of the Appeals Panel or Officer is final and binding on both the Society and the member, and this concludes the complaints process for all parties. You will be informed of the Appeal Panel or Officer’s decision. In cases where the member does not complete sanctions required by the Appeals Panel, they will be removed from membership. ## Related Documents [### Complaints Process Public 372 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/HS-Complaints-Process-Public-30.10.25-V2-pdf.pdf) [### Complaint Process Member 284 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/HS-Complaints-Process-Member-30.10.25-V2-PDF.pdf) ## Concerns about a Training Provider? **We review information you send us only when you’ve completed your training provider complaints process in full.** We are unable to hear a complaint about your Training Provider but, what we can do, after you have been through their complaints process, is check that they have followed their process correctly, as well as pass any concerns onto our Standards team to review when the Training Provider is being re-accredited. You can find out more detailed information regarding our process in the Training Provider Reviews Policy linked below. [### Training Provider Concerns Process 725 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/HS-Training-Provider-Concerns-Process-Review.pdf) Contact us ## How to submit your concern If you have any concerns or would like to make a complaint, the fastest way to contact our Conduct Department is to email us at . We want to ensure that everyone is able to communicate with the Society and we will accept different methods that allow you to access the complaints procedure. For example, we can accept an audio file or braille versions of forms or you can nominate another person to communicate on your behalf. An officer of the Society will be pleased to discuss these and other ideas with you. [Contact us](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) ## Also in this section [### Complaints about our team We see complaints as an important tool in continually improving our service.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/complaints/hypnotherapy-society-complaints-concerns-2) [### Professional Conduct Notices We take all concerns seriously. We're committed to ensuring that everyone is treated fairly, ethically and with respect.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/complaints/professional-conduct-notices) [### Restoration to the Register Policy A former registrant who has been removed from the Society's Register following the outcome of a disciplinary hearing may apply to rejoin the Register. Applications for re-joining should be made in writing to the Registrar who will in turn refer the matter to the Professional Standards Committee.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/restoration-to-the-register-policy) --- Complaints # Have a concern about a member of the Society team? We see complaints as an important tool in continually improving our service. Anyone who comes into contact with our service and is unhappy or dissatisfied can complain. When complaining about a member of our team, we can only handle complaints that are specifically related to direct experience of the execution of their duties, that are made by individuals or organisations that have interacted with our steam while performing said duties. This policy also covers members of Council and committees. We do not accept complaints made about our team concerning issues related to their personal lives, nor do we accept complaints about our team made by competitor organisations or similar. In the first instance, please address your complaint to the Society’s Head of Membership Services at the Society’s headquarters. They will forward your complaint to the appropriate line manager of the member of staff concerned. (If your complaint is about the Head of Membership Services, please address your complaint to the Society’s Chief Executive.) Once you have made a complaint to the Society, we aim to send you an acknowledgement within five working days. We expect to respond to the majority of complaints within 28 working days of receiving the complaint. The time taken to respond will vary depending on the urgency and complexity of the complaint. If we are unable to respond within 28 working days because, for example, the matters you raise require more detailed work, we will let you know. Complaints are dealt with by the appropriate line manager of the member of our team complained about. Once the Society has considered your complaint and sent you a response, the decision is final. We may acknowledge any further correspondence from you but, unless it raises new issues that we consider significant, we will not send further replies. Contact us ## How to submit your concern If you have any concerns or would like to make a complaint, the fastest way to contact our Conduct Department is to email us at . You may also book a call with us using our calendar below or call us on 01903 213683 where you may leave a message. We want to ensure that everyone is able to communicate with the Society and we will accept different methods that allow you to access the complaints procedure. For example, we can accept an audio file or braille versions of forms or you can nominate another person to communicate on your behalf. An officer of the Society will be pleased to discuss these and other ideas with you. [Contact us](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) --- Complaints # Professional conduct notices In this section the Society gives details of the outcomes of any complaints made against members ## Professional Conduct Notices No current suspension orders Contact us ## How to submit your concern If you have any concerns or would like to make a complaint, the fastest way to contact our Conduct Department is to email us at . You may also book a call with us using our calendar below or call us on 01903 213683 where you may leave a message. We want to ensure that everyone is able to communicate with the Society and we will accept different methods that allow you to access the complaints procedure. For example, we can accept an audio file or braille versions of forms or you can nominate another person to communicate on your behalf. An officer of the Society will be pleased to discuss these and other ideas with you. [Contact us](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) ## Also in this section [### Publication Policy for members The Society’s complaints procedures seek to be open, transparent and proportionate. Sanctions issued by either the Assessment Panel or by the Independent Complaints Panel following a complaints hearing will be published on the Society’s website](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/publication-policy-for-members) [### Complaints Information can be found here on complaints.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/complaints) [### Complaints and Concerns procedure We take all concerns seriously. We're committed to ensuring that everyone is treated fairly, ethically and with respect.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/complaints/hypnotherapy-society-complaints-concerns) --- Find a therapist # Find a qualified professional If you have decided to seek hypnotherapy, it is important to choose a therapist from an Accredited Register. [Find a therapist](https://www.search-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) ## Types of Registrants Our therapist directory lists thousands of therapists who practice all over the UK as well as online. For your peace of mind, all our therapists on the Register are qualified, supervised, insured and subject to a Code of Ethics and Complaints Policy. [Use our directory](https://www.search-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) to search for a therapist by name, location or specialism to find support today. ## Registrant Member (MHS) A practitioner who has met the standards for registration. ## Accredited Registrant (MHS Accred) A practitioner who has met the standards for Registrant membership, and has further qualifications and/or experience ## Fellow Registrant (FHS) A practitioner who has met the standards for Accredited membership and has significant further experience and qualifications. ## Our Accredited Register Members of the public are encouraged to choose a practitioner who belongs to an Accredited Register. Our Accredited Register is recognised by the [Professional Standards Authority](https://www.professionalstandards.org.uk/what-we-do/accredited-registers)to ensure that the public are able to choose safe, ethical and competent professionals when looking for support. [Learn more](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/accredited-register-programme-and-regulation) ## FAQs and information on seeking hypnotherapy It's important when seeking a hypnotherapist that you first seek the advice of a medical professional, including to establish a diagnosis and for the discussion of a treatment plan, prior to seeking treatment with hypnotherapy, for any condition which is related to your physical or mental health. Hypnotherapy can enhance the well-being of individuals diagnosed with medical conditions, but should not take the place of medical treatment and advice. If you have been diagnosed with - or suspect you may have -any condition normally considered appropriate for medical treatment, please speak to your doctor before starting hypnotherapy. Hypnotherapy is the use of hypnosis in the treatment of a psychological disorder or concern, where hypnosis is defined as: *"A state of consciousness involving focused attention and reduced peripheral awareness characterised by an enhanced capacity for response"* (Advancing research and practice: The revised APA Division 30 definitions of hypnosis.Elkins,G.R.,Barbaraz,A.F.,Council,J.R.,& Speigel,D. 2015, International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 63(1), pp1-9) The Professional Standards Authority for Health and Social Care promotes the health, safety and wellbeing of patients, service users and the public by raising standards of regulation and voluntary registration of people working in health and care. They are an independent body, accountable to the UK Parliament. They oversee the work of ten statutory bodies that regulate health professionals in the UK and social workers in England. They review the regulators’ performance and audit and scrutinise their decisions about whether people on their registers are fit to practise. Read more about the [Professional Standards Authority](http://www.professionalstandards.org.uk/). The Authority also sets standards for organisations that hold registers for those who work in unregulated health and care occupations and accredits the registers of those organisations that meet the Authority’s standards. There are three things organisations must show in order to be eligible to apply to have their Registers Accredited by the Authority: - They must hold a register for people in health and care occupations that are not regulated by the state. - They must demonstrate to us that they are focussed on public protection. - They must be able to afford the accreditation fee. The Authority deliberately set the bar for accreditation high, at the level of good practice, so that gaining accreditation is a significant achievement and registers are proud to display the Accredited Register Quality Mark. Read more about the [Accredited Register Programme](https://www.professionalstandards.org.uk/what-we-do/accredited-registers). **If you're looking for a therapist, you should now only choose one on an Accredited Register approved by the Professional Standards Authority.** The National Hypnotherapy Society's register has been accredited under a programme set up by the Department of Health and administered by an independent body, accountable to Parliament. The Accreditation Mark is recognisable to the general public to enable them to identify a competent therapist. As a member of the public, the National Hypnotherapy Society's Accredited Register offers you a way to search and contact therapists who are on our Accredited Register. This means we are responsible for ensuring that the accredited therapists on our register meet our high standards and offers peace of mind and enhanced protection to you the client, that the therapist you are seeking is on a register that has been vetted and approved. The National Hypnotherapy Society's Accredited Register will bring hypnotherapists into a broad framework of assurance. It is good for patients, service users and the public, and is the best way to promote quality within the sector. For a hypnotherapist to be able to claim that they can treat you - i.e. offer a treatment that has been shown to be effective for your condition, they are required to hold robust evidence that the treatment works, and to comply with the rulings of the Advertising Standards Authority (ASA) and Committee for Advertising Practice (CAP.) It is accepted by the ASA & CAP that hypnotherapy can be used to: - relieve anxiety - aid sleep - help with bed wetting - help with confidence - help with eating problems (but not eating disorders) - help with minor skin conditions (e.g. conditions made worse by stress) - help with perceived pain control and perceived pain reduction (provided the hypnotherapist holds robust clinical evidence about this and provided that no claim is made to treat the underlying causes of pain) - help with minor addictions and bad habits with commitment and determination from the client (hypnotherapists claiming they can treat addictions and bad habits without you making an effort must hold robust evidence about this claim) - help with quitting smoking - (there are specific rules about what hypnotherapists can claim about this- see below). Success stories by other clients can't be taken to mean that a hypnotherapist can claim that their *treatment* is effective at stopping smoking - it just seemed to work for that particular client or clients whose circumstances may be different to yours. Be aware that even if a hypnotherapist has many testimonials on their website from other clients, the therapy may not work for you. Hypnotherapists also cannot use issues such as the number of clients who said they'd quit, clients who didn't take up a money back guarantee, or clients who didn't return for follow up sessions - to claim that their treatment for smoking works. Look out for any claims like this because they don’t prove that the treatment offered works. In addition, you should be aware that if any hypnotherapist claims to be able to help you quit smoking without you making an effort, they would need to hold robust scientific evidence for this claim if challenged. There is some confusion currently about whether hypnotherapy can treat IBS. A hospital study in 2013 suggested that hypnotherapy was effective for IBS. On assessing this study, the ASA concluded that this evidence was not robust enough to say that hypnotherapy could treat IBS. However, current NICE Guidelines, referring to the same study, state that hypnotherapy is an effective treatment for IBS. NICE guidelines can be used by GPs to prescribe treatment. This is a confusing picture, and we are seeking clarification on this issue, but our interim advice is that hypnotherapists should follow the ASA Code and not claim that hypnotherapy is an effective treatment for IBS. ### **Mental Health Conditions** Claims to treat depression, addiction, eating disorders and other serious mental or psychological conditions are likely to be considered claims to treat serious medical conditions and practitioners should not refer to the treatment of these conditions unless that treatment is to be carried out by a suitably qualified health professional. If you suffer from any of the above conditions you should seek advice from your GP or an appropriately qualified mental health professional. ### **Serious Medical Conditions** Claims to offer treatment on conditions for which medical supervision should be sought are likely to be considered to discourage essential treatment unless that treatment is carried out under the supervision of a suitably qualified health professional. The ASA and CAP do not consider that hypnotherapists who do not hold a general medical qualification are likely to be suitably qualified to treat serious medical conditions. You should never let a hypnotherapist discourage you from seeking a medical diagnosis, and always seek medical supervision for serious conditions. Your hypnotherapist should always advise you to seek medical help when appropriate. Hypnobirthing is a complementary therapy which some expectant mothers find valuable in helping them feel confident and calm, encouraging an easier labour with less need for intervention or pain relief. It is likely to include deep relaxation and breathing techniques, visualisation, and self-hypnosis. It is not a substitute for the care and advice a patient is receiving from their medical practitioner. It is important to understand that hypnosis will not necessarily remove the need for pain relief medication during labour and that it cannot remove symptoms or address changes in health which might arise during pregnancy. These must always be referred to a medical practitioner. Further information: Yes, but the hypnotherapist should not claim to be able to offer you an effective treatment without holding robust clinical evidence, and again for any mental or physical condition requiring medical treatment you should always seek medical advice first - and your hypnotherapist should advise you to do so. Your hypnotherapist, for example, may state that they could help enhance your overall wellbeing with a particular condition. An example might be that you present to a hypnotherapist with a serious medical condition. They should not claim to treat the condition, but may be able to treat issues such as anxiety, sleep or pain perception that go along with the condition - provided that you are seeking medical help for the condition itself. You may feel better overall from the issues which the hypnotherapist can treat, but this should not be taken to mean that your medical condition has been treated. Many clients reporting being helped with hypnotherapy do so due to its complementary nature - for example, they report that hypnotherapy promotes a sense of wellbeing, aids relaxation, or improves their energy levels. While clients report these as valuable attributes of the hypnotherapy they are receiving, this should not be seen as an claim to be an effective medical treatment, such as "hypnotherapy could rid you of migraines". It's important to understand that "evidence" for when a treatment works is likely to mean robust scientific study. It can't just mean that your hypnotherapist states that "it worked for other clients". The ASA does not allow hypnotherapists to say a treatment works based on what their clients have told them. So whereas it may be reassuring to be told that other clients have seen successful results, this could be down to their own personal circumstances and can't be taken to mean that the treatment would also work for you. The golden rule is that claiming an individual (or many people) has been helped can't be taken to mean that it's proven the treatment works. Your hypnotherapist may be able to legally offer to treat you for mental or physical health conditions if they hold additional qualifications. However, it's really important that they explain to you, when offering treatment, which of their qualifications and training allow them to offer treatment. Often, practitioners will use a blend of different therapies when helping their clients, but they must be clear with you as to the basis on which they are offering to help. An example might be where a practitioner, who is both a counsellor and hypnotherapist, offers you recognised CfD (Counselling for Depression) to treat your depression because they are qualified to do so as a counsellor, and also offers hypnotherapy to enhance your wellbeing or reduce anxiety levels as part of their overall approach. Another example may be a surgeon who treats a broken limb surgically because they are qualified to do so, and then also uses hypnotherapy techniques for perceived pain reduction and post-operative relaxation. As every person is different the best results will be obtained by utilising the methods that each person will respond to. Your therapist may have studied and/or trained using a specific type of hypnotherapy or they may have studied a number of different models (or modalities). For example: - In "Traditional Hypnosis" the therapist gives direct suggestions to the unconscious mind. This type of hypnosis works well with those who accept what they are told. - In "Ericksonian Hypnosis," the therapist will use metaphors to give suggestions and ideas to your unconscious mind. This can be very effective because it helps to eliminate the resistance to change that may come from the conscious mind. When you first meet with your therapist and discuss the issues you want to work on they will work out a plan of treatment with you and explain what will happen next (If you want to find out more information about the different models of hypnotherapy then do ask your therapist). Most hypnosis audios and videos use "Traditional Hypnosis" techniques. This is the reason why this method has only a partial success rate as it is not very effective for people who are critical or analytical in their thinking processes. It is best to have an initial session and to focus on how comfortable you feel with a potential therapist before making up your mind. There are certain very important guidelines: - Ensure that the therapist is on an **Accredited Register**. This means that their training has met recognized standards and there is a proper **complaints procedure** available should things go wrong - Ask about the **Code of Ethics or ethical framework** they have agreed to observe - Make sure you understand **how many sessions** are available, how often and **at what times** they will be and how it will be decided when it is time to end - Make sure arrangements for **payment and cancellations** are made clear from the start - Bear in mind that your therapist **cannot ‘cure’ you** and should not claim that they can. Remember that you **do not have to stay** with a therapist to whom you cannot relate or feel safe, or whom you cannot trust. If at all possible, though, try to talk to your therapist first about anything you are uncomfortable with. This can often be very helpful. ## Not found the answer you were looking for? Get in touch with a member of our team who will be happy to guide you. [Get in touch](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) Please note that our Register is only for the practice of Hypnotherapy. Some Registrants listed may also offer other types of therapy, however we do not recognise or accredited these. Sometimes these are known as adjunctive therapies, and can include reiki, accupuncture, massage, reflexology, aromatherapy, homeopathy, yoga, counselling, CBT etc. This is not an exhaustive list. They may belong to other Registers for this work - you can ask your therapist for more information. --- # Inappropriate Communications Policy We are committed to providing excellent service in all interactions with our members and the public, although we recognise that sometimes we may get things wrong or are unable to help members or the public in the way they would like. We treat any expressions of dissatisfaction seriously and value feedback from our members and the public which may help us identify learning points and improve our services. We have a process in place to handle complaints about the wide range of services we provide. Most people contacting the Society communicate appropriately, reasonably and professionally. Unfortunately, on occasion, we receive inappropriate communications. These not only can impact the mental health or wellbeing of our team, to whom we have a duty of care; but can also take up disproportionate time and energy that we would like to dedicate to people who communicate with us appropriately. This policy explains our approach to recognising and handling contacts where communication is inappropriate. It applies to all points of contact with the National Hypnotherapy Society, whether member, trainer, organisation, or the general public, either directly or indirectly (for example, ranging from a direct phone call to a post on social media). We will ensure that we meet the requirements of the Equality Act 2010 to make ‘reasonable adjustments’ for our members, or members of the public with protected characteristics (e.g., those with disabilities). In some circumstances, members and the public may have a disability that makes it difficult for them to either express themselves or communicate clearly and/or appropriately. Where there is an indication that this may be the case, we will consider the needs and circumstances of the person contacting us before deciding on how best to manage the situation. ## **Communicating with the National Hypnotherapy Society** There may be occasions where an individual’s (or organisation’s) communication behaviour puts the well-being of the National Hypnotherapy Society’s team at risk. Inappropriate communication could occur in any interaction with any member of our team (over the phone, in person or in writing including emails and letters), and not just in the context of a complaint process. The National Hypnotherapy Society deals with issues that impact the lives of members of the public and the therapeutic professions. We recognise that people will often express themselves strongly and communicate the emotions they are experiencing at the time. We also realise that the matters that people complain about can be set against a background that is distressing. For example, issues relating to bereavement, their mental health, or the potential impact of a decision about them on their livelihood and career. We will not view the behaviour of anyone using our services or contacting us as inappropriate simply because they disagree with us on an issue. Our team are trained to handle interactions with our members and the public appropriately and are expected to make reasonable allowance for anyone wishing to complain or express dissatisfaction or concern. ## **What is inappropriate communication?** On occasion, however, the behaviour of our members and the public may go beyond what is reasonably acceptable. Examples of such inappropriate communication may include (but is not limited to): - Threats, whether major (such as a threat of violence) or minor (such as “do what I say or I will trash you online”) - Verbal abuse - Rudeness - Bullying - Derogatory or insulting personal remarks - Inappropriate pressure for an outcome e.g. “respond within one day or else” - Inappropriate pressure via repeated contact e.g. “I will email you every day until you respond” - Harassment based on their personal characteristics e.g., racist, sexist or homophobic behaviour - Obscene remarks - Making inflammatory statements e.g. “You are incompetent and should be sacked” - Unsubstantiated accusations of corruption e.g. “this process is rigged” - Recording of calls and/or meetings; or sharing our communications online without our written consent - Leaving a negative review during a complaints process which may prejudice the process - Derogatory, libellous, abusive, or insulting comments made about the National Hypnotherapy Society team, or the National Hypnotherapy Society itself, online or in the media - Harassing, abusing, or threatening staff on their personal social networks - Physical intimidation or aggression Some of the behaviours outlined are unlawful and where this is the case we will contact the police. ## **Our duty to our team** These situations are not common, but when they do happen, we will take action to restrict or end our communication and access to our team and offices. We do this because our team must be able to carry out their work without harassment and it is our expectation that they should be treated respectfully and with courtesy - in the same way that we expect them to interact with our members and the public. ## **Violence** We have a duty to protect our team and to be mindful of their welfare and safety. We take any threat of violence seriously and will bring any direct contact with the perpetrator to an end. We will also report such threats to the Police. We consider violence to include any communication or behaviour that may cause a member of staff to feel afraid, threatened or abused. ## **Deciding is a communication is inappropriate** If a team member believes that a communication is inappropriate, they must bring it to the attention of either their line manager or a dedicated Society Officer. The communication will be investigated and an appropriate course of action decided. If, however, a team member encounters inappropriate communication during a live telephone call or live online video call/meeting, they are entitled to bring the call or meeting to an end immediately and without notice. They may, at their discretion, before terminating communication, raise the issue that there has been inappropriate communication and continue with the communication if they feel it is safe and appropriate to do so. Similarly, a team member who encounters such behaviour in a face-to-face, in person meeting is entitled to bring the meeting to a close using their personal judgement as to whether it is appropriate to request that a more appropriate approach be adopted first. If inappropriate communication occurs at an event, the staff member may apply the same discretion and notify the event organiser or appropriate person who may be able to help diffuse the situation. They may also leave the event without notice if they deem this is the appropriate course of action. We expect our team to be mindful at all times of their own personal safety in exercising this discretion. In all cases where a team member has had to take action to deal with unreasonable behaviour or inappropriate communication, a record of the circumstances should be made, and the situation brought to the attention of their manager or appropriate designated Society Officer. ## **Action we may take** Where a decision has been made that inappropriate communication has occurred, the Society will notify the contact of this fact and of the actions we may take. ## **Warning** A first step action may be to warn the person contacting us that future communications with us will be restricted or discontinued if the inappropriate communication continues. ## **Restricting or discounting communication** The Society may, however, consider immediately and without notice discontinuing or restricting contact as considered appropriate. We will clearly communicate this to the person in a manner we deem appropriate to the circumstances. ## **Reconsidering after an apology or undertaking** We may reconsider our actions if someone offers an apology and/or undertaking not to repeat the inappropriate communication. ## **Decision powers** A decision to restrict or discontinue contact can be made by the line manager of the team member raising the issue or by a designated Society Officer at our sole discretion. ## **Examples of restriction** There are a range of options available to us, depending on the circumstances and the type of behaviour. Examples include, but are not limited to: Requiring the complainant to contact a named team member only; - Restricting telephone calls to specified days and times. - Restricting or terminating contact where we are repeatedly asked to re-engage with an issue where we have already made a determination, answered in full or considered the matter closed. - Terminating telephone calls and blocking numbers due to aggressive or threatening communications. - Restricting the issues we will correspond on. - Returning large volumes of irrelevant documents or destroying them in extreme cases. - We will block emails if the number and length of emails sent is considered unreasonable; for example, persistent harassment. - We will not respond to correspondence which is abusive or offensive and we will block emails that are abusive or offensive - If a complainant makes a large number of reports to us which prove to be unfounded, we may ask that in future any further allegations are supported by an independent third party such as the Citizens Advice Bureau, a legal representative or an advocate, to ensure that in future our team resources are used appropriately. We may also decline to receive future complaints from that complainant. ## **Impact on complaints: voiding a complaint** Where a complainant, whether complaining about a member, training provider, organisational member; team member or policy issue, communicates inappropriately we may at our discretion terminate communication and void the complaint. Where we void a complaint relevant to individual registration due to inappropriate communication, our decision will be submitted to the Society’s Independent Assessor for annual review in order to safeguard the integrity of our Accredited Register. ## **Impact on complaints about a team member: internal process** Where our inappropriate communication policy has been activated, and there is either a pre-existing complaint made about a team member; or one is raised subsequently, the Society will use its internal HR processes to handle the team member complaint in line with appropriate Employment Law. We may not communicate with or update the complainant about this at our discretion. ## **Inappropriate communication from members** We hold members to a high standard of professionalism regarding their communications in line with their status as members of the Society and their obligations under our Code of Ethics. Inappropriate communication from members is a breach of the Terms and Conditions of Membership and so can lead in serious cases to the termination of membership. “Members” means individual members, training providers and organisational members. ## **Immediate termination** In extremely serious cases where a member communicates with (or about) the National Hypnotherapy Society in a manner deemed inappropriate enough to warrant immediate termination of membership, a decision may be made to terminate such membership immediately. In cases of immediate termination of a Registrant, the member will be allowed to remain on the Register for up to three months, after which they will be removed from registration and membership and given a pro rata refund of their fees. Non registrant members will be removed without notice. ## **Members on restriction or discontinuations** Once a decision to restrict or discontinue communication has been made regarding a member, further inappropriate communication will lead to termination of membership as above. Where a decision has been made to discontinue or restrict communication, if the recipient of this decision is a member of the National Hypnotherapy Society, they may also be offered a refund of their last fees paid in return for termination of membership by mutual agreement. ## **Decision powers for members** A decision to restrict or discontinue contact; or to offer termination by mutual agreement, can be made by the line manager of the team member raising the issue or by a designated Society Officer at our sole discretion. A decision to terminate membership will be made by the Society’s Registrar. ## **Review** A member subject to restriction or discontinuation of communication may appeal to a designated Review Manager whose decision shall be final. A request for review must be lodged within 7 days. Restrictions will remain in place during the review. A member whose membership is terminated for inappropriate communication may ask for a review by an Inappropriate Communication Assessment Panel (ICAP) consisting of a Chair and two Panel Members, within 7 days receipt of their notice of termination. The decision of such a panel shall be final. Termination of membership shall not come into effect while a decision is under review. ## **Record** We will maintain a register of the restrictions applied, which will be regularly reviewed to ensure that it remains relevant and up-to-date. We will maintain records of membership terminations under this policy which will be assessed by the Society’s Independent Assessor --- About us # Accredited Register Programme And Regulation The National Hypnotherapy Society holds the first and only current hypnotherapy register to be accredited by the Professional Standards Authority ## Also in this section [### Our Society We are a not-for-profit professional Society dedicated to supporting through quality training, Accreditation and ethical practice.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/our-society) [### Code of Ethics Ethical considerations are more than polarised judgements of right and wrong. They involve exploring principles, morals and values behind a particular intent, intervention and action.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/code-of-ethics) [### Policies Our functional and administrative policies, such as those that affect website users, our members, and our team at the Society.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies) [### Governance We commit to providing good governance and leadership by understanding our role.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance) What is the Accredited Register? The **Professional Standards Authority (PSA)** is an independent body accountable to the UK Parliament. It promotes public health, safety, and wellbeing by overseeing statutory regulators of health professionals and accrediting registers of those in unregulated health and care roles. To gain accreditation, organisations must hold a register for unregulated health and care occupations, demonstrate a focus on public protection, and meet the PSA’s high standards. Accredited registers can display the **Quality Mark**, showing they have achieved a recognised level of good practice. The **National Hypnotherapy Society’s register** is accredited by the PSA, meaning we meet all eleven of the Authority’s standards, including public protection, governance, training, complaints handling, and ethical practice. This ensures that when clients choose a hypnotherapist from our register, they can trust that practitioner has been assessed against rigorous standards. Read more about the [Accredited Register Programme](https://www.professionalstandards.org.uk/what-we-do/accredited-registers) [Search our Register](https://www.search-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/) Being accredited under the Accredited Register programme offers enhanced protection to anyone looking for Hypnotherapy services which includes: - Members of the public seeking a Registered Hypnotherapist - Qualified Hypnotherapists seeking to become Registrants Hypnotherapists on our register, also known as **registrants,** will be able to display the Accredited Register quality mark, as a sign that they belong to a register which meets the Authority's rigorous standards. Members of the public will, from now on, be encouraged to choose a practitioner who belongs to a register which has been vetted and approved by the Authority. The Accredited Register programme was set up by the Department of Health to ensure that the public are able to choose safe, ethical and competent professionals for their health and social care needs. The National Hypnotherapy Society believes that all Accredited Registers should be seen as equal. Recognition of the programme is growing: ## The Society's position on standards Hypnotherapy is a unique talking therapy which has much in common with counselling and psychotherapy, although it should be seen as a distinct discipline and profession. We support hypnotherapists who develop knowledge of psychotherapeutic or counselling practice and hypnotherapy training which provides knowledge of these issues. The Society's standards of entry to the Register are now benchmarked against Ofqual levels, where a Level 3 Diploma is required for entry to the Register and further training is required for progression in membership. By benchmarking against Ofqual Levels the Society is demonstrating our commitment to ensuring that hypnotherapy training is independently verifiable as meeting national standards. In addition, standards are benchmarked against Skills for Health National Occupational Standards. Before becoming the first register accredited by the Authority, the Society has been represented at numerous meetings over the years including at the Prince's Foundation for Integrated Health, Skills for Health and others. We co-founded the Working Group for Hypnotherapy Regulation and were central to the establishment of National Occupational Standards. We also have a cooperation agreement with the Royal Society for Public Health. ## Our Register The National Hypnotherapy Society is responsible for ensuring that those individuals who wish to join the Society and have their details listed on the Accredited Register meet the high standards set for the Society by the Professional Standards Authority. All applications are assessed by the Society and as well as providing evidence of educational qualifications, references and professional insurance all registrants are required to be bound by the Society’s [Code of Ethics](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/code-of-ethics)and [Complaints Policy](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/complaints/hypnotherapy-society-complaints-concerns). Full details of the criteria for membership are given in the '[Become a Member](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/become-a-member/individual)' section of the website. Successful applicants are given a membership certificate that is renewed annually and their details are published on the Society’s Accredited Register, found in the '[Find a Therapist](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/find-a-therapist)' section of the website. ### Code of Ethics All Registrants are bound by the Society’s [Code of Ethics](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/code-of-ethics) and [Complaints procedure](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/complaints/hypnotherapy-society-complaints-concerns) throughout the period of their membership/ remaining on the Accredited Register. ### Professional Insurance Society registrants must have current professional insurance. There are a variety of different insurance brokers who provide insurance for those in private/self-employed practice and this information is provided to all registrants by the Society. For those who are in employment or volunteer with an agency that organisation will provide insurance. Evidence of will be required when a registrant first joins the Society and at the time of any audit of practice. ### Supervision Supervision is considered to be vital to the practice of hypnotherapists and is a requirement for those who are on the Accredited Register. In the early years of practice it is one of the best ways in which a new hypnotherapist can seek guidance in their work with clients. It is also the way in which a therapist can be seen, by a more experienced person working in the same field, to be growing and maturing. Supervision is a valuable "checking in" procedure, helping a hypnotherapist stay grounded and centred, maintain professional and personal boundaries, avoid "burnout” and thus provide safe, ethical and competent hypnotherapy for all clients. As a guideline for a hypnotherapist in full time practice we recommend 1.5 hours of supervision every month, each person’s level of experience and also the client group they are working with will affect how much supervision is needed. If a hypnotherapist has any concerns about any aspect of their work with a client then they should refer to their Supervisor for further advice. There should be a provision for emergency advice or consultation with the Supervisor over and above the agreed number of sessions. Registrants are required to keep a record of their supervision hours and evidence of this will be requested during any audit. ### Continuing Professional Development (CPD) In order to remain on the Accredited Register it is important that registrants can demonstrate a continued commitment to safe and ethical practice and they are responsible for their continuing professional development as a practitioner. Registrants should complete a minimum of 30 hours CPD each year to ensure that they keep up to date their theoretical and practical knowledge and skills relating to their work as a professional practitioner, including any new legislative requirements. The Society defines CPD ‘as a range of learning activities through which professional hypnotherapists grow and develop throughout their careers to ensure that they retain their ability to practise safely, ethically and legally within their evolving scope of practice’. Registrants should keep a record of all CPD activities - detailing the number of hours, types of activities, the learning they have gained from each activity. This information and supporting evidence will be required for the Society’s audit process. ### Society Audits The Society is required to verify that those who are on the Accredited Register comply with Standards to remain on the Register. To do this we carry out a random audit of registrants – this is one of the methods that the Society uses to ensure that our register complies with the standards set by the Public Standards Association. As an ongoing process the Society will select a percentage of individual registrants (on a random basis) to participate in the Society’s audit process. Those selected will be sent communications informing them that they have been chosen for audit along with the guidelines on the information that they will need to supply to the Society. Those who are chosen for audit are required to submit all the information required to the Society within a given time scale. ### Breaks in Practice The Society will recognise a 3 year period when an individual can take a break from practice. Within this period a registrant can suspend their membership and automatically re-join the Society when they are ready to continue practice. Any period of non-practice that is longer than 3 year will require an individual to re-apply for membership of the Society. The Society is responsible for the Accredited Register and may have to amend and update those who are on the register for different reasons. These reasons may be: - A Registrant is given sanctions but allowed to remain on the register. - A Registrant is suspended – the suspension is noted on website, then removed if suspension lifted. - A Registrant is removed from register due to upheld [complaints process](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/have-a-concern) - A Registrant doesn’t comply with audit. - A Registrant is no longer practicing (change of personal circumstances e.g. retirement). --- Code of Ethics # The Society's Code of Ethical Practice Ethical considerations are more than polarised judgements of right and wrong. They involve exploring principles, morals and values behind a particular intent, intervention and action. [Join Us](https://www.member-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/account/login) [Find a therapist](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/find-a-therapist) The Code sets out the fundamental principles that inform the National Hypnotherapy Society’s (HS) approach to ethical issues. It also provides expectations of how practitioners will conduct themselves as members of the HS with these principles in mind. Ethics can sometimes be confused with law. Some ethics are beyond the remit of law and say more about our commitment as a Society to our clients and the community we serve. For example, it is not actually unlawful per se to embark on a consensual sexual relationship with a client, but it would contravene the HS Code of Ethical Practice which states that a practitioner will not “cross the boundaries appropriate to the therapeutic relationship”. ## Explore our Code of Ethics The Code sets out the standards expected of all members of the National Hypnotherapy Society, for the guidance of members (individual, supervisor, training provider or organisational). Members of the Society are expected to inform prospective and present clients, as well as former clients who contact a Member following ending hypnotherapy, both of the Code and how to access it online. Clients and former clients who believe that a Member of the Society has failed to provide the standards of service expected by the Society, having raised their concern with the Member and received no satisfaction, may contact the Society for advice on making a formal complaint. [Complaints](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/complaints/hypnotherapy-society-complaints-concerns) Under our complaints procedure, we consider a practitioner’s fitness to practise. Outcomes could be fit to practise (no concerns raised), impaired fitness to practise (for example but not limited to, a lack of CPD and further training needed, or decline in personal health and wellbeing), fit to practise with sanctions (for example but not limited to, further supervision needed and/or report needed), and unfit to practise (serious and/or multiple breaches of the Code of Ethics). As well as abiding by the Code of Ethical Practice and following guidance from the Society, a practitioner must consider their own self-care and wellbeing in remaining fit to practise in accordance with the fifth fundamental principle, integrity and self-responsibility. The ethical principles are set out here to inspire members towards best practice. Ethical decision making is dependent on context which then produces variables and grey areas for consideration. Therefore, there cannot be an obligation to choose one principle above another but rather a framework of principles in which to consider the context of the situation and practitioner involved. Since 1984 this framework has been developed world wide and we particularly reference the work of Kitchener (1984) and Kitchener and Anderson (2011). Although these principles cannot be used to find a ‘right or wrong’ ethical decision they can be used to make a ‘best clinical judgement’ and a practitioner of HS will need to demonstrate that they have considered these principles in their ethical practice and decision making, especially discussing them with their supervisor. **The fundamental principles of this code are:** **1. Working towards the good of clients and doing no harm** (Beneficence and Non-maleficence) Practitioners hold the welfare of clients central to their work and so commit to avoiding harm. **2. Being trustworthy and responsible** (Fidelity) Practitioners endeavour to establish trust with their clients and the community in which they work. Therefore, practitioners not only honour the trust placed in them by their clients and the community but also act in a respectful, professional and ethical manner when representing their profession. **3. Respect for the dignity and rights of the client** (Autonomy) Clients have the right to self-determination and to be shown dignity and respect for making their own lawful decisions. **4. Justice** Practitioners are aware of their own judgements based on their own experiences and need to take precautions (supervision) to provide a service that is not restricted by their own prejudice and limitations of experience. This also means showing respect for diversity of persons, without prejudice to colour, race, belief, gender, sexuality, social context, and mental and physical abilities. **5. Integrity and self-responsibility** Practitioners work to be as honest, truthful and accurate as possible. They are also responsible for looking after their own needs and health. So, a practitioner will only commit to a practice that they can offer being aware of own expertise, training, health and wellbeing and let the client know if anything changes. Only those qualified to do so, being a registrant member of the Society (Registrant, Accredited Registrant or Fellow Registrant), may offer their services to the general public. Students may only offer services in a manner appropriate to their training and in accordance with any guidance set out by their training provider. **All Practitioners undertake to:** 1. Provide a service to clients solely in areas in which they are trained and competent to do so. 2. Ensure that the premises where hypnotherapy takes place and all facilities offered to clients are suitable, appropriate for the service provided and respectful of the clients need for privacy. 3. Discuss with clients the realistic outcomes and limitations of the service offered. 4. Inform clients of the confidentiality of the service offered, including any limitations on confidentiality required by law and for the purpose of supervision. 5. Respect the autonomy of clients to choose whether or not to avail themselves or continue to avail themselves of the service offered. 6. Produce when asked evidence of current professional indemnity insurance. 7. Have a current DBS certificate if working with minors and vulnerable adults, and to produce it when requested. Further details about DBS certificates can be found in the members area of the website. 8. Explain fully to clients in advance of any service: the fee levels, precise terms of payment and any charges which might be imposed for non-attendance or cancelled appointments. 9. Agree clear and transparent contracts and/or terms and conditions, in writing where appropriate, which do not use unreasonable terms or restrict the statutory rights of clients. 10. Ensure that any advertising and promotion of services complies with the Code of Advertising Practice, the CAP Code, ASA Good Practice guidance and Consumer Protection from Unfair Trading Regulations. 11. Not offer clients a therapeutic relationship on the basis of misleading title use (see Appendix A) 12. Inform prospective, present, and former clients if therapy is resumed, of the Society’s Code of Ethics and how to access it. 13. Inform clients wishing to address perceived failures by the Member of any arrangements of independent mediation and also of their right to make a complaint under the Society’s Complaints Procedure. Only those qualified to do so, being a registrant member of the Society (Registrant, Accredited Registrant or Fellow Registrant) may deliver their services to the general public. Students may only offer services in a manner appropriate to their training and in accordance with any guidance set out by their training provider. **All Practitioners undertake to:** 1. Work in ways that promote client autonomy and wellbeing and that maintain respect and dignity for the client. 2. Demonstrate a fully developed, professional awareness of diversity issues; and specifically not permit considerations of religion, nationality, gender, sexual orientation, marital status, age, disability, politics or social standing to adversely influence client treatment. (See Appendix B) 3. Refrain from using their position of trust and confidence to: 1. Cross the boundaries appropriate to the therapeutic relationship. This includes, but not limited to: having sexual relationships with or behaving sexually towards clients, supervisees or trainees; maintaining the confidentiality of hypnotherapy as far as the law allows; or by exploiting them emotionally, financially or in any other way whatsoever. 2. Touch the client in any way that may be open to misinterpretation, for example, but not limited to: a hand on the knee, or a supportive hug. N.B. Before using any touch as a component of hypnotherapy, an explanation should be given, and permission received. This can be verbal permission and should be written in case notes. 4. Decline with explanation, inappropriate gifts, gratuities or favours from a client. Examples include, but are not limited to: financial gifts, event or discount vouchers, objects of substantial monetary value. The offering of any gift in therapy is an important event in the therapist-client relationship, and its implications should be discussed with the client and considered in supervision. 5. Should any relationship (i.e. any enduring personal or professional connection other than the clinical relationship between client and therapist) occur or develop between either hypnotherapist and client, or members of their respective immediate families, the therapist should consult their supervisor at the earliest opportunity. It is likely to be appropriate to cease accepting fees, work towards terminating the therapeutic relationship in an appropriate manner and arranging a carefully considered referral to another suitable therapist at the earliest opportunity. 6. Be consistent with the welfare and expressed wishes of the client and never protract therapy unnecessarily and to terminate therapy at the earliest moment consistent with the welfare and expressed wishes of the client. 7. Remain aware of their own limitations and wherever appropriate, be prepared to refer a client to another practitioner or medical adviser who might be expected to offer suitable support/treatment. 8. Ensure that wherever a client is seeking assistance for the relief of physical symptoms, that unless having already done so, the client is advised to consult a registered medical practitioner. Practitioners should not attempt to diagnose physical symptoms unless they have undergone relevant medical training in diagnostics. 9. Accept that any client referred to them by a registered medical practitioner (or other relevant agency) remains the clinical responsibility of the medical practitioner (or agency). This may involve agreement on any responsibility to agree to keep that medical practitioner (or agency) suitably informed of the client’s progress; i.e. unless the client has given permission for the release of such information, feedback should take the form of general comments as to progress rather than the provision of specific details. Practitioners should also be prepared to share information previously agreed with the client necessary for the continuing support/treatment of clients by other healthcare professionals, where there is an overlap or hand-over of care. 10. Take all reasonable steps to ensure the safety of the client and any person who may be accompanying them 11. Deliver therapeutic services in an appropriate way. Face to face is the preferred methodology of the Society, although we recognise that online mediums can be suitable as long as there is no harm to the client. (See Appendix C) **All Practitioners undertake to:** 1. Ensure that all advertising, no matter in what form or medium it is placed, represents a truthful, honest and accurate picture of themselves, their skill-base, qualifications and facilities and that any claims for the successful outcome of treatments (in whatever format) shall be based upon verifiable, fully documented evidence. 2. Ensure that all advertising shall comply with the UK Code of Broadcast Advertising (BCAP Code), in accord with the Advertising Standards Authority (ASA) and to make available all such literature to the Society on request. 3. Display only valid qualifications and certificates issued in respect of relevant training courses and events or certificates of registration, validation or accreditation as issued or awarded by relevant professional bodies. 4. Refrain from advertising any pending accreditation, approval or membership grade until such accreditation or membership is actually granted. 5. Ensure that an academic doctorate cannot be confused by clients with medical qualification unless the practitioner possesses such qualifications. 6. Follow advertising guidance for therapists when using specific titles (see appendix A). **All Practitioners undertake to:** 1. Maintain strict confidentiality within the client/hypnotherapist relationship, always provided that such confidentiality is neither inconsistent with the therapist’s own safety or the safety of the client, the client’s family members or other members of the public, nor in contravention of any legal action (i.e. criminal, coroner or civil court cases where a court order is made demanding disclosure) or legal requirement (e.g. Children Acts). Further information can be found in our Safeguarding policy. 2. Ensure that client notes and records be kept secure and confidential and that the use of computer records conforms with the terms of the Data Protection Act (GDPR) and guidance from the Information Commissioners Office (ICO). If a member is keeping digital notes or data about anyone they may need to register with the ICO as the person responsible for doing so in the nature of business. Individuals should check whether they are required to register. Manual records should be locked away when not in use and those held on computer should be password protected. 3. Client records (paper files, laptops) should be kept in a locked cabinet/briefcase within a secure property. If transporting client files outside of practice premises this must be done in a locked container. Any client records that have to be left temporarily in a car should be in a secure, locked container and locked in the car boot. Electronic files should be kept secure behind password enabled software, and that password should be changed regularly. 4. Recognise that case notes must be taken, and the maintenance of case notes should include personal details, history, frequency of sessions, session progress notes and a copy of any signed contract. Any referrals, escalations to external parties/supervisor or significant events/concerns should be recorded within case notes. 5. Obtain written permission from the client (or if appropriate, the client's parent/s or legal guardian/s) before either digitally or electronically recording client sessions, or discussing undisguised cases with any person other than a supervisor. A supervisor’s advice must be sought if suitably disguised references to actual clients are to be published in print or online, and where required should be with the client’s permission. With particular reference to the use of CCTV or similar equipment, all clients must be fully informed when such equipment is in operation and as above, written permission must be obtained prior to the commencement of any client session. 6. Advise the client that anonymised cases may sometimes be used for the purposes of academic assessment, individual and peer supervision or the supervision and/or training of hypnotherapists; and refrain from using such material should the client indicate a preference that it should not be used for these purposes. [Safeguarding policy](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/safeguarding-policy) **Regarding CPD, all Practitioners undertake to:** 1. Maintain or improve their level of skills and professional competence in an appropriate manner commensurate with their vocations. 2. Maintain a varied Continuing Professional Development programme and completed to current Society requirements for registrant members. 3. Ensure that their CPD enhances their professional practice and improves the service provided to clients. It is important to keep up to date with new developments relevant to practice. 4. Complete CPD in accordance with current Society guidance per 12-month period, keeping theoretical and practical knowledge and skills up to date by learning more about their discipline and learning more about how to work as a professional practitioner, including any new legislative requirements. 5. Complete CPD in a range of activities. 6. Have formal one to one supervision in place obtained from a suitably qualified and trained supervisor. Attendance should be commensurate with practice hours and/or client group. In addition, peer and group supervision is acceptable depending upon the therapist’s level of experience and/or client group. **Regarding supervision, all practitioners undertake to:** 1. Ensure that clients with presenting issues outside of a practitioner's scope of ability, are discussed in supervision and where appropriate referred to another practitioner. 2. Ensure a written contract is provided from the supervisor. 3. Maintain confidentiality of clients within the arrangement. 4. Not engage in any dual relationship when seeking supervision. Examples of dual relationship can be found in the members area of the website. 5. Keep a record of supervision hours. **All Practitioners undertake to:** 1. Identify when there is a need for another person to be present when you are assessing or caring for a client, and make appropriate arrangements for this to happen. If the client is a child under the age of 16, another person should always be present. This may be someone with parental responsibility. This might also be appropriate if the client is a adult at risk. Clients might also ask to have someone to be with them when they are being assessed or cared for. You also have the right to decide whether, in the best interests of yourself and the client, another person should be present, even if the client has not asked for this. Members must hold a current Full Disclosure DBS certificate if they wish to work with children and young persons. Full details of how to obtain a DBS can be found in the members portal. 2. Ensure that methods of communication are monitored where a client is a child or young person. It is not sufficient to assume that a text message, email or other non-immediate form of communication has been understood or received in a timely manner. Where a client may be at risk, direct communication (face-to-face or by telephone contact) is required. 3. Offer a proactive service which must include following up on any advice or recommendations given to seek further help e.g. medical intervention, and to inform the parents, legal guardian and/or General Practitioner if the client is at risk of harm. 4. Diligently follow any escalation process required for any contracted work. When in private practice, escalate any concern of risk of harm to the parents, legal guardian and/or General Practitioner as appropriate. 5. Obtain further knowledge and training specialised in working with children and young people. 6. Ensure supervision is obtained from a supervisor with experience of, and preferably specific training in working with children and young people. 7. Ensure note taking for clients who are children and young people includes: dates of any significant events, dates of any escalation and referrals (including when taken to supervision), who referrals are made to, and follow up action taken. Expect these notes to be provided to the Society in the event of any complaint. **All Practitioners undertake to:** 1. Conduct themselves at all times in accord with their professional status and in such a way as neither undermines public confidence in the process or profession of hypnotherapy, nor brings it into disrepute, being aware of professional and personal boundaries. 2. Members are required to cooperate with the Society’s complaints process for the time being in force; to provide the Society with evidence requested as part of a complaints process, and to attend and cooperate with complaints hearings when necessary. When suspended by the Society, members should if advised by the Society cease practice and refer current clients elsewhere. Continuing to practice during suspension could result in the removal of membership if deemed a potential risk to the public by a Society complaints panel. 3. Never publicly criticise, malign or professionally obstruct another member of the profession, unless there is an issue of public protection and concern which should be addressed through a properly constituted complaints procedure. 4. Respect the status of all other medical/healthcare professionals and the boundaries of their professional remits. 5. Ensure that they maintain the highest level of communication with clients (avoiding abbreviation and shorthand) whether by telephone; email; text or any other social media messaging service (Facebook; WhatsApp). See (Appendix C). **For all practical purposes, where research directly involves clients or trainees, all clauses within the Code of Ethics are applicable. In addition, researchers should:** 1. Accept that all participation by research subjects is on a purely voluntary basis. No pressure of any type should be exerted in order to secure participation. Payment must not be an inducement if the research involves participants in taking risks beyond that taken in the normal course of the participant’s everyday life. 2. Ensure that proper consent has been obtained prior to the commencement of any research project. This is especially so in the case of minors or persons with special needs. N.B. This does not apply where general research of a purely statistical nature is carried out. In longitudinal research, consent may need to be repeated at intervals. 3. Make clear to the participant at the outset that initial consent does not negate their right to withdraw at any stage of the research. 4. Maintain complete openness and honesty with regard to both the purpose and nature of the research being conducted. 5. Consider any potential adverse consequences to participants as a result of any intended research project and be ready to signpost should support be required. 6. Accept that if, during research, a participant exhibits or presents a condition they seem unaware of, then the researcher has a duty to inform the subject of that, and advise the participant if they believe their continued participation may jeopardise their future well-being. 7. Provide, where relevant, for the ongoing care of participants with regard to any adverse effects that might arise as a consequence of and within a reasonable time period after, their involvement within any research project. 8. Understand and act upon the principle that the privacy and psychological well-being of the individual subject is always more important than the research itself. **All Practitioners and Practices (all members either individual, training provider or organisational) undertake to:** 1. Ensure that any training they offer meets commonly accepted standards, with tutors appropriately qualified to teach the subject matter. Further guidance about general course standards can be found on the website with specific information about training standards for accredited courses. 2. Communicate clearly whether or not the training on offer is in itself sufficient to lead to professional registered status as a hypnotherapist according to the National Hypnotherapy Society Standards, as distinct from specialist further training or continuing professional development. 3. Clearly and honestly communicate and explain any accreditation or approval given to their training courses to their students or potential students. 4. Refrain from advertising any pending accreditation, approval or organisational membership until such accreditation or membership is actually granted. 5. Deliver only a course which is entirely their own intellectual property (unless under specific written licence from the copyright holder), at all times refraining from plagiarism. 6. Not participate directly or indirectly (e.g. as a course tutor, marker, promoter, manager, interviewer etc.) in any training which does not meet all the above Training Ethics criteria. 7. Make students aware of the importance of the Accredited Register programme as the benchmark of safe and ethical practice in order to protect the public. Advice should be given to join an Accredited Register. The Society classes non-registrant members as those that are either a student or non-registrant member. Non-registrants, and those who are not in practice through non-compliance with Society procedures or those taking a career break, should follow all guidance issued by the Society and must not work with clients unless formally supervised during training. **All Practitioners undertake to:** 1. Notify the Society, in writing, of any change in the name, contact address, telephone number or email address, of their practice at the earliest convenient moment and in any event **within 14 days** of the change taking place. 2. Inform the Society, in writing, of any alteration in circumstance which would affect either their position or ability as practitioners. 3. Inform the Society, in writing, of: 1. Any complaint of which they are aware made against them 2. Any disciplinary action taken against them by any other professional body 3. (i) any criminal offence for which they have been arrested, ensuring that the Society is updated as the progress of the case (ii) any criminal convictions 4. Make available all relevant information requested as a result of investigation by any complaints process of which the Society is a signatory or in which it participates, without hindrance (whether implied or actual) or unreasonable delay and comply fully with all reasonable requests. As an Accredited Register holder, the Society may share the above information with other Accredited Register holders in the interest of public safety under the Standard 10e policy. The National Hypnotherapy Society sometimes receives applications from therapists who utilise the titles "Dr."; "Reverend"; or "Professor". Legally, the title "Dr." may be used in the UK EITHER by the holder of a medical "doctorship", i.e. a licensed medical practitioner; OR by the holder of a doctorate – i.e. someone who has been awarded the highest category of academic postgraduate degree, e.g. a D.Phil, PhD, etc., whether from a UK institution or a foreign body. The title "Reverend" may be used by a Minister of Religion, ordained by the internal rules of their religious body, whether UK based or foreign. The title "Professor" may be used by the holder of a Chair in any subject from a UK Chartered University, by someone awarded the title of Visiting Professor, or by an Emeritus Professor. And may also be a lesser title related to someone who teaches any subject in a foreign university or college, i.e. equivalent to "lecturer." However, it is not the job of the Society to enforce the law. **The Society’s concern is how the use of any Special Title is related to ethical practice as a therapist.** There are three fundamental ethical considerations: 1. **Medical Misdirection** The client is led to believe, whether by commission or omission, intended or inadvertent, that the therapist is a licensed medical practitioner in the UK when they are not. This is highly unethical and potentially dangerous, as well as possibly illegal. The Client risks accepting diagnosis and prognosis from the therapist as though it carried the weight of a medical practitioner. 2. **Misdirection by Relevance** The client is led to believe, whether by commission or omission, intended or inadvertent, that the therapist’s title is relevant to the practice of their therapy, when it is not. For example, although the therapist makes plain they are not a licensed medical practitioner, their doctorate is, in fact, in a subject totally unrelated to therapy. 3. **Misdirection by Quality** The client is led to believe, whether by commission or omission, intended or inadvertent, that the therapist’s title fulfils the requirements of widely recognised common UK standards, when it does not. For example, the doctorate has been awarded as an honorary title, on the basis of life experience, or from a foreign institution whose standards are far short of those of a UK Chartered University. The Society cannot, and does not wish to, prevent therapists using Special Titles to which they are legally entitled in their general lives. However, if the therapist wishes to be a professional member of the Society, they must adhere to society guidance for using these titles **in their role as a Hypnotherapist**. This means in all aspects of their clinical practice – initial advertising, business cards, leaflets, websites, and during their consultations. - Is a UK licensed medical practitioner - Holds a doctorate **in a subject directly relevant to therapy** AND if the doctorate is from a UK Chartered University - Holds a doctorate **in a subject directly relevant to therapy** from an academic institution DEEMED EQUIVALENT to that of a UK Chartered University by the Society But **MAY NOT** be used in the role as a hypnotherapist: - If the hypnotherapist holds a doctorate in a subject not relevant to therapy - If the doctorate is from an institution with lower standards than a UK Chartered University. Life Experience, Non-Accredited by the State, Honorary, and Doctorates that utilise less than the equivalent of three years’ full-time study are included in this - If the hypnotherapist holds a non-medical doctorship - If their advertising in any way implies, by omission or commission, that they are a licensed medical practitioner - ONLY if the therapy is being given in a religious context, i.e. as a religious minister, or if the therapist is advertising spiritual or religious therapy **The Title "Reverend"** MAY be used in the role as a hypnotherapist: - ONLY if the therapy is being given in a religious context, i.e. as a religious minister, or if the therapist is advertising spiritual or religious therapy - AND only if the title’s origin is fully explained when requested **The Title "Professor"** MAY be used in the role as a therapist: - ONLY if the title is held by the holder of a Chair from a Chartered UK University or is a visiting professor or an emeritus professor linked to a Chartered UK University, or foreign institution deemed equivalent by the Society AND - ONLY if the title is related to a subject directly relevant to therapy **Advertising Guidance when using special titles** **Short Adverts** (business cards, news & magazine articles, Yellow Pages etc) must EITHER contain the phrases "non-medical doctor" or "not a medical doctorate" OR contain an explanatory phrase such as "doctorate in psychology - non-medical.". **Long Adverts** (pamphlets, leaflets, websites etc) must contain the phrases "non-medical doctor" or "not a medical doctorate" AND must contain an explanatory phrase or description of the title, e.g. "doctorate in psychodynamic psychology from the University of London **Consultations:** Clients must be informed orally at all initial consultations that the therapist is not a medical doctor. Every effort must be made to ensure that the client is not confused about this issue **Biographies:** If longer advertising contains a biography, provided that the heading "Biography" is used, then the following Special Titles may be listed if fully explained: - Doctorates not related to therapy but from UK Chartered Universities or equivalent - Professorships not related to therapy but from UK Chartered Universities or equivalent However, these titles must not be used anywhere else in the advertising other than within the text of the biography. **The Title "Reverend"** must be fully explained in all longer advertising, including the denomination of the award. **The Title "Professor"** must be fully explained in all longer advertising, including the name of the awarding University. We take the view that the practice of conversion therapy has no place in the modern world. It is unethical and harmful and not supported by evidence. Conversion Therapy is the term for therapy that assumes certain sexual orientations or gender identities are inferior to others, and seeks to change or suppress them on that basis. Sexual orientations and gender identities are not mental health disorders, although exclusion, stigma and prejudice may precipitate mental health issues for any person subjected to these abuses. Anyone accessing therapeutic help should be able to do so without fear of judgement or the threat of being pressured to change a fundamental aspect of who they are. 1. The Society respects sexual diversity as part of our approach to diversity, equalities and social responsibility. 2. The Society does not consider homosexuality, bisexuality, transsexual and transgendered states, or asexuality to be pathologies, mental disorders or indicative of developmental arrest. These are not ‘symptoms’ to be treated by hypnotherapists in the sense of attempting to change or remove them. Hypnotherapists must at all times respect the best interests of their clients. 3. Practitioners must recognise the limits of their practice, training and experience in issues of sexuality and if necessary refer the client to an experienced therapist for specific help. 4. If a practitioner’s personal, theoretical or religious beliefs mean that they are unable to work in a non-judgmental way with a lesbian, gay, bisexual or transgender client, or one who identifies as asexual, the client should be referred to another therapist. 5. No member should offer hypnotherapy that seeks to change sexual orientation or influence gender identity (SOCE, reparative, conversion or reorientation therapy, or similar therapies by other names). 6. Hypnotherapy should not be offered that seeks to eliminate or reduce same sex attraction in clients. Please contact the Society for further information if necessary. As a professional association for hypnotherapists the National Hypnotherapy Society is committed to promoting and providing high standards in the practice of hypnotherapy. The Society expects all practitioners to conduct themselves at all times in accord with their professional status and standards. This is principally addressed in the Code of Ethics, but it is recognised that more and more practitioners are using various forms of electronic media including social networking sites; blogs; email, text messaging and SMS; online platforms etc. to communicate with friends, family, professional networks and clients. There is no doubt that this way of working has some huge benefits, not least access for those who are physically unable to travel or geographically not close enough to the therapist for face to face sessions. However, before providing therapy or advice/suggestions via any online platform/text messaging/email the practitioner should have considerations in place to deal with the following: - Crisis prevention planning and frequency of contact etc. along with practical matters such as charge structure within the original contact - The danger that a client may believe they have 24-hour accessibility to the therapist - The potential for a lack of time for reflection on either party before responding to each other - Awareness of potential professional and personal overlap by the careful and restrained use of social media such as Twitter, Facebook etc - When using Facebook or other social media platforms, personal accounts must be kept private from public viewing by making use of privacy levels according to the specific social media platform. Additional and separate user accounts for professional purposes and use, should be used - When using any online platform, software, technology or app to offer client services, it is important only to use platforms which are secure in terms of data protection, breaches of confidentiality, hacking and data storage. Members are required therefore to take all reasonable steps to ensure that client data and confidentiality are secured, and follow all guidance issued by the Information Commissioner's Office *Please note that the Society cannot prescribe, or proscribe, any particular platform due to the large number of platforms available and the constantly changing profile of those platforms* - There is no guarantee of delivery using electronic communications and it is advisable to gain confirmation of receipt Whilst offering or delivering hypnotherapy via any online/social media platform the practitioner must be aware of their duty to follow the Code of Ethics. Practitioners must also be aware that open online platforms and group chats such as forums, are not appropriate for discussing client work and do not replace the need to have formal supervision. Practitioners must be aware clients may still be able to identify themselves even though you may disguise names. Working remotely by practising hypnotherapy online incurs additional responsibility for client welfare and safety, and the guidance below should be followed. **All practitioners should undertake to:** Be able to assess a client’s suitability for remote therapy, and an understanding of any client welfare issues specific to this way of working. Ensure the client is aware of the importance of undertaking therapy in a time and place in which they are unlikely to be disturbed and which maintains their confidentiality. Have an appropriate procedure in place, and agreed with the client, to deal with client emergencies. This procedure should include the provision by the client of an emergency contact number and physical address to which the emergency services could be directed if needed. Have an appropriate procedure in place, and agreed with the client, to deal with unexpected technological disruptions such as disconnection. This procedure should include an agreed back-up phone number for both parties. Ensure that the technology they use is, to the best of their knowledge, fit for purpose in securing client confidentiality. Comply with any Data Protection (GDPR) requirements specific to their chosen method of providing therapy. Have in place professional indemnity insurance which covers their chosen method of providing therapy. ## Got a question about our Code of Ethics? Get in touch with a member of our team who will be happy to guide you. [Contact us](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) --- Governance # Our Commitment to providing good governance and leadership We commit to providing good governance and leadership by understanding our role. ## Also in this section [### Council meeting minutes Here outlines the Council Meeting Minutes.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance/council-meeting-minutes) [### Independent assessor reports The documents on this page are reports by an Independent Assessor as to the running of the Society based upon a site visit to the Society offices.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance/independent-assessor-reports) [### Constitution Here outlines information on Constitution.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance/consitutions) ## Governance Members of the Council will understand their role and responsibilities collectively and individually in relation to: - their legal duties - their stewardship of assets - the provisions of the governing document - the external environment - the total structure of the Society - setting and safeguarding the vision, values and reputation of the Society - overseeing the work of the Society - supporting members of the Society and the profession of Hypnotherapy - recognising the Society’s role in public safety The Society Council will provide good governance and leadership by ensuring delivery of Society’s purpose. The Council will ensure that the Society delivers its stated purposes or aims by: - ensuring Society purposes remain relevant and valid - developing and agreeing a long term strategy - agreeing operational plans and budgets - monitoring progress and spending against plan and budget - evaluating results, assessing outcomes and impact - reviewing and/or amending the plan and budget as appropriate. The Society Council will provide good governance and leadership by working effectively both as individuals and as a team. The Council will have a range of appropriate policies and procedures, knowledge, attitudes and behaviours to enable both individuals and the Council to work effectively. These will include: - finding and recruiting new Council members to meet the Society’s changing needs in relation to skills, experience and diversity - including Lay members on the Council - providing suitable induction for new council members - periodically reviewing their performance both as individuals and as a team The Society Council will provide good governance and leadership by exercising effective control. As the accountable body, the council will ensure that: - the Society understands and complies with all legal and regulatory requirements that apply to it - the Society continues to have good internal financial and management controls - it regularly identifies and reviews the major risks to which the Society is exposed and has systems to manage those risks - delegation to committees, staff and members (as applicable) works effectively and the use of delegated authority is properly supervised The Society Council will provide good governance and leadership by behaving with integrity. The council will: - safeguard and promote the Society’s reputation - act according to high ethical standards - identify, understand and manage conflicts of interest and loyalty - maintain independence of decision making The Society Council will provide good governance and leadership by being open and accountable. The Council will lead the Society in being open and accountable, both internally and externally. This will include: - open communications, informing people about the Society and its work - appropriate consultation on significant changes to the Society’s services or policies - listening and responding to the views of members, clients and the public, and others with an interest in the Society’s work and the profession of Hypnotherapy - handling complaints constructively, impartially and effectively - considering the Society’s responsibilities to the wider community, e.g. its environmental impact Underlying each of the above principles is the additional principle of equality – that of ensuring equality, diversity and equality of treatment for all sections of the community. The Society also recognises the importance of public safety as a fundamental Principle. ## Society Council The Council acts as the central governing body for the Society and uses their overall view of activities to guide the present and future direction of the Society. The Society Council is also responsible for the following: - Strategy - Review of Risk - Professional Ethics - Review of Committee Decisions - Review of Complaint Decisions - Equality & Diversity Policy - **Chair:** Gerry Willmore - **Chief Executive:** Jyles Robillard-Day - **Head of Training Services & Professional Standards and Registrar:** Kate Mahoney - **Head of Engagement and Development:** Faye Blackwell - **Head of Operations:** Camilla Hyland - **Head of Public Affairs & Advocacy:** Meg Moss - **Professional Conduct Officer:** Grace Simpson - **Communications Manager:** Beth Keeling - Ted Sangster - Tina Russell - Harriet Mortimer - Wilson Wong - Chief Executive - Head of Training Services & Professional Standards ## Society Committees The professional conduct committee oversees the Society’s role in responding to all concerns and complaints made against members of the Society. They review all complaints and oversee and advise on how each case will be handled. As well as fulfilling the role of handling specific complaints they will also report to the Society Council about any related issues that may be of relevance to Society policies and procedures – thus ensuring the HS has a constantly evolving approach to all issues relating to public safety. The professional conduct committee will meet as required in response to concerns or complaints. **Registrar:** - Kate Mahoney **Professional Conduct Officer:** - Grace Simpson **Ex officio:** - Professional Conduct Officer The Professional Standards Committee will review and update the Society’s internal processes and procedures where professional standards are concerned and maintain an awareness of all external issues that may impact upon the profession of hypnotherapy. They will review training provider applications and review any queries relating to individual membership applications as needed. They will advise on: - Policy and procedures of applications - Individual member’s audits - Training school audits - Government and regulation issues - Relations with other professional associations **Chair:** - Kate Mahoney, Head of Training Services & Professional Standards **Members:** - Lindsey Cooper - Gerry Willmore - Cemil Egeli - Kate Day - Benedict Eccles **Chair:** - Faye Blackwell **Members:** - Jyles Robillard-Day - Camilla Hyland - Meg Moss - Dr Phillip Rees The role of independent assessor is to review and report to the Chair and Chief Executive of the Society on matters of Society Audit and Governance. [Contact us ## Not found what you are looking for? Get in touch with a member of our team who will be happy to guide you Get in touch](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) --- # Constitution ## Constitution 1. The National Hypnotherapy Society is a Learned Society whose purpose is (1) the advancement of the knowledge of Hypnotherapy and allied professions, which we do through a number of activities such as conferences and newsletters; (2) the fostering of professional expertise through training, accreditation and continued professional development of our members and (3) public assurance by maintaining a voluntary register and by promoting ethical and competent practice from our members and providing a complaints procedure for clients. Membership is mainly restricted to practising, professional counsellors and those in training. The purpose of the National Hypnotherapy Society is to support, protect and promote the vocation of Hypnotherapy and related talking therapies. The Society is to represent, promote and support these vocations in the United Kingdom for the benefit of its members. 2. The Society shall maintain good standards by the promotion of research and education in the field of Hypnotherapy, by the publication of articles, case studies and other related materials, by the recognition of good practice and by the promulgation of information and advice to its members. It shall maintain good standards of training and CPD by setting and administering the accreditation of training courses and CPD. It shall set the context of standards using the litmus test of "safety, competency and ethics" and shall apply qualitative assessment to all procedures, recognising the subjectivity of Hypnotherapy and the personal qualities of counsellors as key elements in the vocation. 3. The Society shall maintain good professional and practical standards by its accreditation of training schools and courses and by its registration of individual counsellors and by other measures deemed necessary by the Society. 4. The Society shall maintain good financial standards by the implementation of clear financial responsibilities for its members, e.g. professional insurance for individual members and training schools; by monitoring the legalities of refund policies of training schools, by giving impartial advice to its members as to the financial implications and responsibility of practice and by other measures deemed necessary by the Society. 5. The Society shall maintain good ethical standards and standards of public protection by the maintenance of a voluntary register overseen by the implementation of a Code of Ethics and Complaints Procedure binding on all members, whether organisational or individual and of whatever grade. As a professional membership organisation it shall be bound by an appropriate procedure and its membership functions and complaints functions shall be separated where appropriate in the interests of public protection. 1. The Society shall not be run for personal profit, all surplus monies to be re-invested in the running of the Society and for the benefit of its members. The Society shall be run as a Not For Profit Company Limited by Guarantee and its accounts shall be publically available via Companies House. 2. The Directors of the Limited Company shall function as a board of trustees bearing responsibility for the enforcement, interpretation and updating of the Constitution. Directors shall be appointed in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Limited Company for the time being in force. 3. Constitutional Amendments can be made by a majority vote of the Society Council and will be added to the Constitution subject to the approval of the board of trustees. 4. Constitutional Amendments can be proposed by a voting member and must be seconded by eight supporting voting members before proceeding to a ballot. A 2/3 majority of the number of votes cast ratifies an Amendment. The Society Council may veto a proposed amendment where it is considered to be contrary to the general purpose of the Society, its aims and interests. 5. The method of elections, ballots, proposal and seconding are the responsibility of the Council who may modify same, by majority vote, provided they adhere to the commonly held principles that all voting members justly and fairly receive due notification of their rights to vote, propose, second, and amend the Constitution. 6. Members and Trainers have no rights or responsibilities beyond those specifically delineated in this Constitution. Acceptance of initial application for membership, designation of membership grade or training member level of membership, and continuation of membership are entirely at the discretion of the Society Council and any membership may be amended or revoked at any time at the discretion of the Society Council, or by the Chair giving good reason to the Council. 7. The Society Council may delegate these powers to the Society's Chief Executive and his or her officers. 1. The Chair shall be appointed by the Society Council (or Directors) and will Chair the Society Council and have the casting vote. The Chair shall be appointed as a Company Director. 2. The Chair will appoint a Chief Executive to oversee the day to day running of the Society and to undertake other such functions as described below. 3. The Chief Executive shall act as the Society Registrar or may delegate this responsibility. 4. The Chief Executive shall appoint and oversee the administration of the Society register(s) and any other professional registers which the Society has agreed to oversee. The Chief Executive shall appoint a Public Protection Officer and Professional Standards Officer. The public facing titles of these officers may vary from their constitutional titles. 5. The Public Protection Officer shall be responsible for the execution of the Society client concern procedure at the time being in force. 6. It is the responsibility of the Chief Executive, reporting to the Chair, to ensure that all Society monies not spent on the running of the Society be disbursed for the furtherance of the Society's aims in accordance with the Memorandum and Articles of Association, and that no distribution of profits can be made. 7. The Chair may appoint such employees or officers of the Society deemed necessary to further the Society's goals in relation to professional membership benefits of the Society. 8. The decisions of the Society Chair and Chief Executive shall be scrutinised in a manner determined by the Society's Independent Assessor who will make their reports available to Society Council. 9. Other Society officers may be created by the Chair and/or Chief Executive at their discretion in order to further the aims of the Society. 1. The Society Council shall consist of the Chair and 8 members and shall be responsible for the good management of the Society and the execution of the aims of Section I of this Constitution. The Council shall fall under Article 10.1 of the Articles of Association in that it uses the delegated powers of the board of trustees. 2. The Society Council may, subject to the approval of the board of trustees, appoint the Society Chair in a manner determined by itself. The Chair will chair meetings of the Council and have the casting vote. 3. The Council shall consist of the Chair, four professional members and four lay members. 4. The Ex Officio professional members of the Society Council shall be: The Registrar; The Membership Services Officer; the Professional Standards Officer and the Public Protection Officer. 5. Four suitable lay members shall also be appointed with due diligence. 6. The Society Council shall establish where possible the following committees: - A Professional Conduct Committee with three officers: A Lay Chair, a Lay Member and the Society Public Protection Officer (ex officio). - A Professional Standards Committee with the Chair as the Professional Standards Officer (ex officio.) - A Membership Services Committee with the Chair as the Membership Services Officer (ex officio) - A Professional Development and Supervision Committee - A Governance & Audit Committee to be chaired by a lay member of the Council - Such other committees as are deemed necessary from time to time by the Council Committees shall be established by an election of the members other than those roles indicated above. In the case where insufficient members stand for election, the Society Council may appoint those members. 1. All Membership is dependent upon paid up dues set by the Society and any variance in amount or payment method will be duly notified to members by the Society. Membership is fully defined in the current Individual Membership Guidelines. Members are Ordinary Members as defined by Article 30.1 of the Articles of Association. Article II, 6 of the Constitution applies to all members. 2. All Members of all Grades are bound by The Society Constitution; The Society Code of Ethics, & The Complaints Procedure. 3. No award of Membership should be taken to imply that the Society is legally responsible for the practice of the practitioner to clients or to the public. 4. Members incur no rights beyond those outlined in the Membership Guidelines as current. 5. A Voting Member is defined in the Society's Articles of Association. Only Voting Members may vote, propose constitutional changes, or stand or be co-opted to Society committees. Voting Members cannot hold membership in another relevant professional association. 6. Honorary Membership may be given by vote of the Society Council or by the Chair for services to the Society or the profession. Honorary Grades should not be considered Professional Members for the purposes of professional insurance, inclusion in the therapist's directory, or any other issue pertaining to professional practice. Honorary Grades should be clearly indicated as such where used. 7. Members may be suspended or excluded as appropriate where (a) their dues are not paid (b) they are in violation of the Code Of Ethics and the Complaints Procedure is applied, including any such suspension or exclusion which the procedure allows, including interim suspension and exclusion for non-compliance with imposed sanctions (c) they act in a manner prejudicial to the Society (d) they fail to meet any terms and conditions of membership. 8. Members who wish to terminate their membership should do so in writing to the Society and must return their membership certificates at their own expense. Members are responsible for cancelling their membership subscriptions with their own banks and if a member terminating or intending to terminate their membership does not cancel their membership dues, they shall be deemed to remain a member in good standing until the period for which those dues fall expires. 9. All Certificates remain the property of the Society and must be returned at the member's expense upon termination of membership or on request. 1. Training School Organisational Membership shall be divided into Accredited and Quality Checked. A further category of Affiliated Organisational Membership (non training school) shall apply. All Membership is dependent upon paid up dues for which due reminder will be given by the Society Administrator. Article II, 11 of the Constitution applies to all Organisational Membership. 2. All Organisational Members are bound by The Society Constitution; The Society Code of Ethics & The Complaints Procedure. 3. No Level of Organisational Membership should be taken to imply that the Society is legally responsible for the practice of the organisation to clients or to the public. 4. Quality Checked and Accredited Status shall be defined by and dependent upon the Organisational Membership Guidelines document of the Society, as current. 5. Organisational Members may be suspended or dismissed as appropriate where (a) their dues are not paid (b) they are in violation of the Code of Ethics and the Complaints Procedure is applied to them (c) they deliberately act in a manner prejudicial to the Society (d) they are shown to be in gross violation of the standards of accreditation or quality checking, and having been served conditions on membership, have not complied with those conditions. 6. Only those Organisational Members current with the Society may advertise as such; no Organisational Member may advertise that any Level of Membership is "pending." unless by permission of the Society. 7. Organisational Members incur no voting rights as such; however, proprietors of organisational members who are Voting Members of the Society may vote in the normal manner. 8. The Society Chair or Society Council may terminate at his or her discretion any organisational membership without prejudice in accordance with Section II,6; however, said termination will allow any students of the organisation currently in training at the time of the termination to be assessed as if the organisational membership was still in force, unless evidence demonstrates that the course could not have met the appropriate standards. 1. Individual and Organisational Members are bound by the Code of Ethics and Independent Complaints Procedure, as current. 2. The Code of Ethics and Independent Complaints Procedure shall be made public. 3. The Society Public Protection Officer shall respond to all initial complaints. 4. The Code of Ethics and Complaints Procedure shall be amended from time to time as necessary by the Professional Standards Committee, as ratified by the Society Council. 5. The Professional Standards Committee shall be responsible for the format of the Code of Ethics and can propose changes to the Code to the Society Council. 6. The Society shall retain robust equality and diversity policies and shall proscribe any course of therapy or treatment which purports to undermine equality or diversity of race, gender, orientation, or disability. 7. Conflicts Of Interest. A Society Council Member in good standing who becomes appointed or elected to a Society Council position (or similar position of responsibility) of competitor organisation automatically honourably suspends their membership of the Society for the period of their office. This suspension is without prejudice to themselves. No current holder of such an office can stand for the Society Council or any Society committees, except at the discretion of the Chair. 8. The Society shall maintain good relations with other appropriate organisations and with government. If the Society affiliates or joins other organisations (for which a majority vote of the Society Council is required), it shall not cede any powers or roles without following the procedures for a Constitutional Change. 9. The Society Council may, at its sole discretion, prohibit applications from members belonging to organisations with which it does not wish to affiliate, and remove members who belong to said organisations, at any time. 1. The Society shall act to conform to relevant legislation. 2. The Society shall maintain a cooperation agreement with the Royal Society For the Promotion Of Health. 3. The Society shall maintain an Accredited Register with the Professional Standards Authority. 4. The Society shall retain at its discretion, Verifying Organisation status with the CNHC. ## Also in this section [### Governance We commit to providing good governance and leadership by understanding our role.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance) [### Council meeting minutes Here outlines the Council Meeting Minutes.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance/council-meeting-minutes) [### Independent assessor reports The documents on this page are reports by an Independent Assessor as to the running of the Society based upon a site visit to the Society offices.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance/independent-assessor-reports) [Contact us ## Not found what you are looking for? Get in touch with a member of our team who will be happy to guide you Get in touch](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) --- # Council meeting minutes [### Council Meeting Minutes April 2026 220 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Redacted-Minutes-from-Council-Meeting-April-2026.pdf) [### Council Meeting Minutes October 2025 339 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Redacted-Council-Meeting-15th-October-2025-Minutes.pdf) [### Council Meeting Minutes March 2025 338 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Council-Meeting-20th-March-2025-Minutes-redacted.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes October 2024 717 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Council-Meeting-October-2024.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes May 2024 204 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Council-Meeting-1st-May-2024-Minutes.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes November 2023 208 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Council-Meeting-30th-November-2023-Minutes.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes March 2023 211 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Council-Meeting-23rd-March-2023-Minutes-002.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes August 2022 202 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Council-Meeting-4th-August-2022-Minutes.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes April 2022 194 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Council-Meeting-20th-April-2022-Minutes.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes December 2021 203 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Council-8th-December-2021-Minutes.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes August 2021 208 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Council-Meeting-Minutes-21-April-2021-Redacted-FINAL.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes December 2020 304 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Minutes-December-16th-2020_Redacted.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes October 2020 208 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Minutes-October-7th-2020-Final-2.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes August 2019 2 MB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Minutes-of-Societies-Council-Meeting-August-2019-2.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes March 2019 970 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/201903-Minutes-of-Societies-Council-Meeting-March-2019.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes July 2018 661 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/council_minutes_july_2018_redacted_2-2.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes April 2018 683 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/website_minutes_april_2018-2.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes November 2017 679 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/minutes_of_societies_council_meeting_7_november_2017_redacted.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes July 2017 569 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/minutes_of_societies_council_meeting_july_2017_redacted.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes March 2017 431 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/minutes_of_societies_council_meeting_march_2017_redacted.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes December 2016 419 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/minutes_of_societies_council_meeting_13_december_2016_webvs.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes August 2016 395 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/august_2016_meeting_minutes_redacted_web_vs.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes February 2016 534 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/societies_council_meeting_minutes_feb_2016_redacted_webvs.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes 2015 2 MB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/minutes_2015.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes 2014 587 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/minutes_2014.pdf) [### Council meeting minutes 2013 1 MB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/minutes_2013.pdf) --- # Independent assessor reports ## Independent assessor reports The documents on this page are reports by an Independent Assessor as to the running of the Society based upon a site visit to the Society offices. [### Independent assessor report 2025 380 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/Annual-Site-Visit-Report-2025.pdf) [### Independent assessor report 2024 78 KB | document Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/ANNUAL-SITE-VISIT-REPORT-2024-redacted.docx) [### Independent assessor report 2023 417 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/23-ANNUAL-SITE-VISIT-REPORT-2023-November-1.pdf) [### Independent assessor report 2022 345 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/2022ANNUAL-SITE-VISIT-REPORT-2022-2.pdf) [### Independent assessor report 2021 359 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/21-ANNUAL-SITE-VISIT-REPORT-2022.pdf) [### Independent assessor report 2019 2 MB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/ANNUAL-SITE-VISIT-REPORT-2019.pdf) [### Independent assessor report 2018 169 KB | document Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/annual_site_visit_report_2018.docx) [### Independent assessor report 2017 328 KB | document Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/annual_site_report_autumn_2017.docx) [### Independent assessor report 2016 2 MB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/report_of_independent_assessor_site_visit_autumn_20161.pdf) [### Independent assessor report 2014 373 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/rep1.pdf) [### Independent assessor report 2013 857 KB | pdf Download Download](https://ncps.lon1.digitaloceanspaces.com/files/ia_reports20131.pdf) ## Also in this section [### Governance We commit to providing good governance and leadership by understanding our role.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance) [### Council meeting minutes Here outlines the Council Meeting Minutes.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance/council-meeting-minutes) [### Constitution Here outlines information on Constitution.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/governance/consitutions) --- About us # Our Society We are a not-for-profit professional Society dedicated to supporting through quality training, Accreditation and ethical practice. [Join us](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/become-a-member/individual) Who we are We are a learned Society whose primary purpose is the advancement of the knowledge of hypnotherapy and the fostering of professional hypnotherapy expertise through training, accreditation and continued professional development of our members. The Society seeks to contribute to public wellbeing both through the use of hypnotherapy and by ensuring that hypnotherapists are safe, competent and ethical in practice. The Society plays an important role within the profession of hypnotherapy in the UK and in 2013 the Society was the first (and to date the only) solely Hypnotherapy organisation to gain Accredited Register status with the [Professional Standards Authority AR programme](https://www.professionalstandards.org.uk/accredited-registers). As an Accredited Register holder we meet the robust and exacting standards set by the Professional Standards Authority with particular emphasis on public safety and assuring that the best interests of the clients are protected. The National Hypnotherapy Society believes that all Accredited Registers should be seen as equal. To this end, we were instrumental in gaining recognition within the NHS for all Accredited Registers. [NHS Employers](https://www.nhsemployers.org/articles/professional-regulation) has added content encouraging the use and detailing the benefits of Accredited Registers. What we do We are a not for profit organisation and the high standards of our Accredited Register are externally verified by the Professional Standards Authority. The organisation is bound by appropriate rules of governance including a constitution, codes of ethics, and a complaints procedure. Our belief is that hypnotherapy is not a stand-alone therapy but one that fits within the wider community of 'talking therapies'. We support and promote hypnotherapy and hypnotherapists, offering a wide variety of benefits to our members and training providers. We also play a role in ensuring that the best interests of the clients of hypnotherapy are protected. We acknowledge that we have a duty of care to the public. We acknowledge and encourage the diversity, creativity and range of training options that currently exist in our profession. We seek to involve, encourage and work in partnership with our members at all levels – we believe this is the only appropriate way of running a hypnotherapy organisation. The Society continues to play a significant role in all aspects of hypnotherapy and related therapies and to welcome members, trainers and members of the public seeking the services of an appropriate professional. ## Accredited Register programme & regulation Find out about our role in maintaining professional standards [Learn more](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/accredited-register-programme-and-regulation) ## Our Code of Ethics Understand the principles guiding our members' professional conduct [Learn More](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/code-of-ethics) --- About us # Our Policies Our functional and administrative policies, such as those that affect website users, our members, and our team at the Society. [### Advertising Policy Here is information on our Advertising Policy.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/advertising-policy) [### Conflict of Interest Policy The relationship of National Hypnotherapy Society and those acting on its behalf is based on mutual trust. This policy sets out what actions should be taken in the event of a conflict of interest.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/conflict-of-interest-policy) [### Cookie Policy Cookies are small files which are stored on your computer by your web browser. They are designed to hold a small amount of data which is used to personalise or customise your browsing experience online.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/cookie-policy) [### Privacy Policy Your data is stored by the National Hypnotherapy Society (HS) within the provisions of General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR).](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/privacy-policy-2) [### Duty of Candour The Society believes that candour is an integral part of the relationship between client and therapist, therapist and supervisor, and therapist and professional body. The duty of candour means being open and honest with your clients, supervisor, and your professional body when something goes wrong.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/duty-of-candour) [### Environmental Policy The Society recognises that we have a responsibility to the environment beyond legal and regulatory requirements.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/environmental-policy) [### Equal Opportunities Policy Here outlines our Equal Opportunities Policy.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/equal-opportunities-policy) [### Full Names and Locations on the Register Policy The Society requires that, as a minimum, those who wish to hold a Registrant membership grade must consent for their full name and location to the nearest town on our searchable public Register.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/full-names-and-locations-on-the-register-policy) [### Inappropriate Communications Policy We are committed to providing excellent service in all interactions with our members and the public, although we recognise that sometimes we may get things wrong or are unable to help members or the public in the way they would like.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/inappropriate-communications-policy) [### Restoration to the Register Policy A former registrant who has been removed from the Society's Register following the outcome of a disciplinary hearing may apply to rejoin the Register. Applications for re-joining should be made in writing to the Registrar who will in turn refer the matter to the Professional Standards Committee.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/restoration-to-the-register-policy) [### Retirement Policy A Registrant of the Society who wishes to retire can opt to become a lifetime non-Registrant Member of the Society, to continue to receive newsletters, updates and invitations to Society events.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/retirement-policy) [### Safeguarding Policy Guidance for the Therapist in safeguarding vulnerable adults and children](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/safeguarding-policy) [### Whistleblowing This page gives advice for members who have seen or discover something within their professional lives that they believe falls into the following categories:](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/whistleblowing) [### Registration Application Review We recognise that not all applicants will have followed a standard route and so, for complex applications, we provide an assessment by our Senior Review Team;…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/registration-application-review) [### Inappropriate Communications Policy Inappropriate communication could occur in any interaction with any member of our team (over the phone, in person or in writing including emails and letters),…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/inappropriate-communications-policy-2) [### Accessible Audio Application Policy HS will transcribe your recording Assessors will be trained to understand and fairly evaluate submissions made via audio transcription, and will evaluate your…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/accessible-audio-application-policy) [### Accessibility Policy At the Society, we're committed to making sure that all of our members, prospective members, and members of the public can access the information and support…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/accessibility-policy) [Contact us ## Not found what you are looking for? Get in touch with a member of our team who will be happy to guide you Get in touch](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/contact) --- # Accessibility Policy At the Society, we're committed to making sure that all of our members, prospective members, and members of the public can access the information and support they need. We use the **ReciteMe accessibility toolbar** across our website to make your online experience as smooth and inclusive as possible. ReciteMe allows you to customise how you engage with our website, including options for text-to-speech, translation into multiple languages, reading aids, and style adjustments that can be especially supportive for people with sight loss or those who are neurodivergent. We know that everyone’s needs are different, and we're always happy to provide information in other ways if needed. Please do get in touch with the team on **01903 236857** or via [**hello@nationalhypnotherapysociety.org**](mailto:hello@nationalhypnotherapysociety.org) to talk about how we can help. --- # Advertising Policy Please note that our Register is only for the practice of hypnotherapy. Should you be qualified to offer other types of therapy, please ensure that your recognition with the Society is not linked to your non-hypnotherapy-related practice. These can be known as adjunctive therapies, and include reiki, counselling, psychotherapy, acupuncture, massage, reflexology, aromatherapy, homeopathy, yoga etc. This is not an exhaustive list. You may belong to other Registers for this work. Please ensure that this is made clear on all materials, including your professional website or directory listings. When linking to your HS membership on your own website, you should always make it clear that your Registration with the HS only covers hypnotherapy, and make every effort to ensure that a potential client is not led to believe that your adjunctive therapy is also covered. Registrants are required to make clear the difference between the modalities which they are registered with the HS for, and adjunctive therapies. ### Using Our Register Please ensure that you only state that you work in areas in which you can evidence competence. If you practice therapies other than hypnotherapy and mention this on your personal profile linked to the Register, please make it clear that the Hypnotherapy Society only recognise your hypnotherapy qualifications. --- # Inappropriate Communications Policy We are committed to providing excellent service in all interactions with our members (including applicants) and the public, although we recognise that sometimes we may get things wrong or are unable to help members or the public in the way they would like. We treat any expressions of dissatisfaction seriously and value feedback from our members and the public which may help us identify learning points and improve our services. We have a process in place to handle complaints about the wide range of services we provide. We welcome reasonable critical feedback both directly and in public. Most people contacting, or communicating about, the Society communicate appropriately, reasonably and professionally. Unfortunately, on occasion, we receive or are made aware of inappropriate communications. These not only can impact the mental health or wellbeing of our team, to whom we have a duty of care; but can also take up disproportionate time and energy that we would like to dedicate to people who communicate with us or about us, appropriately. This policy explains our approach to recognising and handling contacts where communication is inappropriate. It applies to all points of contact with the HS, whether member, trainer, organisation, or the general public, either directly or indirectly (for example, ranging from a direct phone call to a post about the Society or one of its officers on social media). We will ensure that we meet the requirements of the Equalities Act 2010 to make ‘reasonable adjustments’ for our members, or members of the public with protected characteristics (e.g., those with disabilities). In some circumstances, members and the public may have a disability that makes it difficult for them to either express themselves or communicate clearly and/or appropriately. Where there is an indication that this may be the case, we will consider the needs and circumstances of the person contacting us before deciding on how best to manage the situation. ### Communicating with, and about the HS There may be occasions where an individual’s (or organisation’s) communication behaviour puts the wellbeing of the HS’s team at risk. Inappropriate communication could occur in any interaction with any member of our team (over the phone, in person or in writing including emails and letters), and not just in the context of a complaint process. It can also occur where the communication is about the Society and/or its officers online. The HS deals with issues that impact the lives of members of the public and the hypnotherapy profession. We recognise that people will often express themselves strongly and communicate the emotions they are experiencing at the time. We also realise that the matters that people complain about can be set against a background that is distressing. For example, issues relating to bereavement, their mental health, or the potential impact of a decision about them on their livelihood and career. We will not view the behaviour of anyone using our services, writing about us, or contacting us as inappropriate simply because they disagree with us on an issue. Our team are trained to handle interactions with our members and the public appropriately and are expected to make reasonable allowance for anyone wishing to complain or express dissatisfaction or concern. ### What is Inappropriate Communication? On occasion, however, the behaviour of our members (including applicants) and the public may go beyond what is reasonably acceptable. Examples of such inappropriate communication may include (but is not limited to): - Threats, whether major (such as a threat of violence) or minor (such as “do what I say or I will trash you online”.) - Verbal abuse - Rudeness - Bullying - Derogatory or insulting personal remarks - Inappropriate pressure for an outcome e.g. “respond within one day or else” - Inappropriate pressure via repeated contact e.g. “I will email you every day until you respond” - Harassment based on their personal characteristics e.g., racist, sexist or homophobic behaviour - Obscene remarks - Making inflammatory statements e.g., ‘You are incompetent and should be sacked’ - Unsubstantiated accusations of corruption e.g. “this process is rigged”. - Recording of calls and/or meetings; or sharing our communications online without our written consent - Leaving a negative review during a complaints process which may prejudice the process - Derogatory, libellous, abusive, or insulting comments made about the HS team, or the HS itself, online or in the media - A consistent, repeated pattern of attacking the Society online - Posting vexatious, misleading or inappropriate comments about the Society and/or its officers online - Posting under a pseudonym to make negative comments about the Society and/or its officers online - Sharing the content of confidential meetings or processes (such as an application process or complaints process) online - Harassing, abusing, or threatening staff on their personal social networks - Physical intimidation or aggression Some of the behaviours outlined are unlawful and where this is the case we will contact the Police. ### Our Duty to Our Team These situations are not common, but when they do happen, we will take action to restrict or end our communication and access to our team and offices. We do this because our team must be able to carry out their work without harassment and it is our expectation that they should be treated respectfully and with courtesy - in the same way that we expect them to interact with our members and the public. ### Violence We have a duty to protect our team and to be mindful of their welfare and safety. We take any threat of violence seriously and will bring any direct contact with the perpetrator to an end. We will also report such threats to the Police. We consider violence to include any communication or behaviour that may cause a member of staff to reasonably feel afraid, threatened or abused. ### Deciding if a Communication is Inappropriate If a team member believes that a communication is inappropriate, they must bring it to the attention of either their line manager or a dedicated Society Officer. The communication will be investigated and an appropriate course of action decided. If, however, a team member encounters inappropriate communication during a live telephone call or live online video call/meeting, they are entitled to bring the call or meeting to an end immediately and without notice. They may, at their discretion, before terminating communication, raise the issue that there has been inappropriate communication and continue with the communication if they feel it is safe and appropriate to do so. Similarly, a team member who encounters such behaviour in a face-to-face, in-person meeting is entitled to bring the meeting to a close using their personal judgement as to whether it is safe to request that a more appropriate approach be adopted first. If inappropriate communication occurs at an event, the staff member may apply the same discretion and notify the event organiser or appropriate person who may be able to help diffuse the situation. They may also leave the event without notice if they deem this is the appropriate course of action. We expect our team to be mindful at all times of their own personal safety in exercising this discretion. In all cases where a team member has had to take action to deal with unreasonable behaviour or inappropriate communication, a record of the circumstances should be made, and the situation brought to the attention of their manager or appropriate designated Society Officer. ### Actions We May Take Where a decision has been made that inappropriate communication has occurred, the Society will notify the contact of this fact and of the actions we may take. ### Warning A first step action may be to warn the person contacting us that future communications with us will be restricted or discontinued if the inappropriate communication continues. ### Restricting or Discontinuing Communication The Society may, however, consider immediately and without notice discontinuing or restricting contact as considered appropriate. We will clearly communicate this to the person in a manner we deem appropriate to the circumstances. ### Reconsidering after an apology or undertaking We may reconsider our actions if someone offers an apology and/or undertaking not to repeat the inappropriate communication. ### Decision Powers A decision to restrict or discontinue contact can be made by the line manager of the team member raising the issue or by a designated Society Officer at our sole discretion. ### Examples of Restrictions There are a range of options available to us, depending on the circumstances and the type of behaviour. Examples include, but are not limited to: - Requiring the complainant to contact a named team member only; - Restricting telephone calls to specified days and times. - Restricting or terminating contact where we are repeatedly asked to re-engage with an issue where we have already made a determination, answered in full or considered the matter closed. - Terminating telephone calls and blocking numbers due to aggressive or threatening communications. - Restricting the issues we will correspond on. - Returning large volumes of irrelevant documents or destroying them in extreme cases. - We will block emails if the number and length of emails sent is considered unreasonable; for example, persistent harassment. - We will not respond to correspondence which is abusive or offensive and we will block emails that are abusive or offensive; - If a complainant makes a large number of reports to us which prove to be unfounded, we may ask that in future any further allegations are supported by an independent third party such as the Citizens Advice Bureau, a legal representative or an advocate, to ensure that in future our team resources are used appropriately. We may also decline to receive future complaints from that complainant. ### Impact on Complaints: Voiding a Complaint Where a complainant, whether complaining about a member, training provider, organisational member; team member or policy issue, communicates inappropriately we may at our discretion terminate communication and void the complaint. Where we void a complaint relevant to individual registration due to inappropriate communication, our decision will be submitted to the Society’s Independent Assessor for annual review in order to safeguard the integrity of our Register. ### Impact on Complaining about a Team Member: Internal Process Where our inappropriate communication policy has been activated, and there is either a pre-existing complaint made about a team member; or one is raised subsequently, the Society will use its internal HR processes to handle the team member complaint in line with appropriate Employment Law. We may not communicate with or update the complainant about this at our discretion. ### Inappropriate Communication from Members (INCLUDING APPLICANTS) We hold members and applicants to a high standard of professionalism regarding their communications in line with their status as members of the Society and their obligations under our Code of Ethics, and as applicants under those standards. Inappropriate communication from members (including applicants) is a breach of the Terms and Conditions of Membership and so can lead in serious cases to the termination of membership. “Members” means applicants, individual members, training providers and organisational members. Where a member has been found to have communicated inappropriately about the Society and/or its officers in line with this policy and the Society receives evidence of this, the policy will be enforced. Similarly, a member who, at the time of application, had communicated inappropriately about the Society and/or its officers online in a manner in line with this policy, can be considered to have not met the Terms and Conditions of membership at the time of application through non-disclosure and their membership may be terminated by the Society should it receive relevant evidence. ### Immediate Termination In extremely serious cases where a member communicates with (or about) the HS and/or its officers in a manner deemed inappropriate enough to warrant immediate termination of membership, a decision may be made to terminate such membership immediately. In cases of immediate termination of a Registrant, the member will be allowed to remain on the Register for up to three months, after which they will be removed from registration and membership and given a pro rata refund of their fees. Non registrant members will be removed without notice. ### Members on Restrictions or Discontinuations Once a decision to restrict or discontinue communication has been made regarding a member, further inappropriate communication will lead to termination of membership as above. Where a decision has been made to discontinue or restrict communication, if the recipient of this decision is a member of the HS, they may also be offered a refund of their last fees paid in return for termination of membership by mutual agreement. ### Decision Powers for Members A decision to restrict or discontinue contact; or to offer termination by mutual agreement, can be made by the line manager of the team member raising the issue or by a designated Society Officer at our sole discretion. A decision to terminate membership will be made by the Society’s Registrar. ### Review A member subject to restriction or discontinuation of communication may appeal to a designated Review Manager whose decision shall be final. A request for review must be lodged within 7 days. Restrictions will remain in place during the review. A member whose membership is terminated for inappropriate communication may ask for a review by an Inappropriate Communication Assessment Panel (ICAP) consisting of a Chair and two Panel Members, within 7 days receipt of their notice of termination. The decision of such a panel shall be final. Termination of membership shall not come into effect while a decision is under review. The Panel shall normally consist in a special meeting of the Professional Standards Committee. ### Records We will maintain a register of the restrictions applied, which will be regularly reviewed to ensure that it remains relevant and up-to-date. We will maintain records of membership terminations under this policy which will be assessed by the Society’s Independent Assessor. ### Fair Usage The Society and its officers have the right to lessen, restrict or discontinue communication where continuing to do so would deny fair usage of the Society’s resources and time to other members or issues. “Fair usage” means that while the Society and its officers will do everything in their power to engage with members and the public and to answer questions and queries in a timely manner, where for example, an individual member has been in repeated contact over an issue, or requires complex answers to a number of issues, the Society reserves the right to inform them that in order to allocate resources to members fairly, answers to their queries may be postponed, answered in the round in future Society communications to all members, or remain unanswered if necessary. Members understand that, while the Society will always use best endeavours and strive to be as responsive as possible, it is not obliged to respond to all communications if doing so would compromise the service it can reasonably offer to all members. ### Legal Rights The Society’s legal rights to take action over inappropriate communication; for example but not restricted to; action over defamation, malicious communication, harassment or cyber-bullying are expressly reserved. --- # Full Names and Locations on the Register Policy The Society requires that, as a minimum, those who wish to hold a Registrant membership grade must consent for their full name and location to the nearest town on our searchable public Register. We are able to display other names that Registrants are known by, provided that we also hold the details of their full, official names on record. Any changes of name must be submitted to the administration team at the earliest possible opportunity so that we can update the Register to reflect the new name. We will require the appropriate official paperwork in order to enact the change, such as a marriage certificate, deed poll certificate, or decree absolute. ## Exceptional Circumstances There may be circumstances where we can choose to *not include* a Registrant on our online Register. These include but are not strictly limited to: - The member or a member of their family would be put at *demonstrable* risk of, for example, abuse, harassment, physical danger if their name and location were available to the public - The member or a member of their family has previously been subject to demonstrable abuse or harassment - Court orders, witness protection, or other legal protective circumstances Members can submit a case for not having their name listed on the Register to the Registration team for review. --- # Equal Opportunities Policy ## **Statement of Intent** The National Hypnotherapy Society has referred to the Equality & Human Rights Commission in creating this policy. For comprehensive guidance on issues relating to equality and human rights please refer to the following websites: ## For service users ### For service providers The National Hypnotherapy Society recognises that in society certain groups and individuals are oppressed and disadvantaged by institutional and individual discrimination and prejudice. The National Hypnotherapy Society is positively committed to opposing discrimination against people on the grounds of gender, race, colour, nationality, religion, marital status, sexual orientation, class, age, disability, having dependants, HIV status or perceived lifestyle. We welcome the enrichment and cultural diversity that would follow as a natural result of this policy. The National Hypnotherapy Society recognises that passive policies will not in themselves provide equality of opportunity and specific and positive programs of action are needed. The National Hypnotherapy Society acknowledges that we have a duty, both moral and legal, to ensure that we do not discriminate unfairly in our employment and management practices, in the work we undertake and in the services we provide. 1. The National Hypnotherapy Society is committed actively to oppose oppression and discrimination in all areas of our work and in relation to members, staff, committee members, outside trainers/facilitators and other organisations with whom we work. 2. We will take seriously our duty not to discriminate against anyone on the grounds of gender, race, colour, nationality, religion, marital status, sexual orientation, class, age, disability, having dependants, HIV status or perceived lifestyle. 3. All policies and practices associated with The National Hypnotherapy Society’s role as an employer, register holder and professional association must be applied with strict observance of (2) above. 4. In offering membership or employment or in its general dealings, the Society will ensure that all individuals are treated with fairness and in line with equal opportunities policy and practice. 5. We will seek to ensure that our individual and organisational members work within equal opportunities guidelines and we will take seriously any accusation of discrimination by them. 6. Discriminatory acts or breaches of the equal opportunities policy by staff will be taken seriously and may lead to disciplinary action. The aim of the Society is to ensure that we positively promote a diverse and inclusive Society. Good practice in equality and diversity underpins everything that we do and is evident in all of our policies and procedures. We evaluate the impact that our policies and procedures could have on either individuals or groups based on age, ethnicity, disability, race, religion or belief, gender or sexual orientation. The Society welcomes feedback from our members and the public to help us ensure that we promote equality of opportunity to all. All employees of the Society seek to further our aims and treat all those with whom they interact with dignity and respect. --- # Environmental Policy The Society recognises that we have a responsibility to the environment beyond legal and regulatory requirements. We are committed to reducing our environmental impact and continually improving our environmental performance as an integral part of our organisation. We will encourage our members, our suppliers, and other stakeholders to do the same. ### **Our approach to environmental matters** We endeavour to: - Continually improve and monitor our environmental performance - Continually improve and reduce environmental impacts - Incorporate environmental factors into business decisions - Increase employee awareness and training ### Paper We will: - Minimise the use of paper in the office - Reduce packaging as much as possible - Seek to buy recycled and recyclable paper products - Reuse and recycle all paper where possible ### Plastic We will: - Aim to eliminate single use plastics in the office - Where plastics are used, we will recycle everything possible - Ensure computer equipment is appropriately recycled/reused ### Energy and water We will seek to: - Reduce the amount of energy used as much as possible - Switch off lights and electrical equipment when not in use - Adjust heating with energy consumption in mind - Take energy consumption and efficiency of new products into account when purchasing them ### Office Supplies We will: - Evaluate if the need can be met in another way - Evaluate if renting or sharing is an option before purchasing equipment - Evaluate the environmental impact of any new products we intend to purchase - Favour more environmentally friendly and efficient products wherever possible - Reuse and recycle everything we are able to ### Transportation We will: - Reduce the need to travel, restricting to necessary trips only - Promote the use of travel alternatives, such as email or video conferences - Make additional efforts to accommodate the needs of those using public transport or bicycles ### Maintenance and cleaning We will: - Use cleaning materials that are as environmentally friendly as possible - Use materials in any office refurbishment that are as environmentally friendly as possible - Only use licensed and appropriate organisations to dispose of waste ### Monitoring and improvement We will: - Comply with all relevant regulatory requirements - Continually improve and monitor environmental performance - Continually improve and reduce environmental impacts - Incorporate environmental factors into business decisions - Increase employee awareness through training - Review this policy and any related business issues on a quarterly basis ### Culture We will: - Update this policy at least once annually in consultation with staff and other stakeholders where necessary - Involve staff in the implementation of this policy, for greater commitment and improved performance - Appoint an Environmental Champion to oversee the implementation of this policy and ensure it is being adhered to - Provide staff with relevant environmental training - Work with suppliers, contractors, and subcontractors to improve their environmental performance - Use local labour and materials where available, to reduce CO2 and help the community --- # Duty of Candour The Society believes that candour is an integral part of the relationship between client and therapist, therapist and supervisor, and therapist and professional body. The duty of candour means being open and honest with your clients, supervisor, and your professional body when something goes wrong. This benefits all parties through bringing understanding, learning, and closure to a situation that negatively impacts those involved. **Candour with Clients** If something goes wrong in therapy and has caused or may cause harm to your client – no matter whether or not they are aware of it – it is important to be candid with your client. By letting your client know what has happened, you can help them to limit the harm that may be caused to them, give them insight into the situation, and allow an element of closure if the issue has had a negative impact on their life. Here are the steps that we recommend you take in order to best tackle the situation: 1. Let your client know straight away what has happened. 2. Do what you can, as soon as you can, to prevent, limit or repair any harm. 3. Make any apologies as necessary at the appropriate time. 4. Depending on the severity and scale of the issue, you may wish to involve your supervisor or line manager immediately, but in any case you should inform them within a reasonable time frame and discuss any steps you have already taken to mitigate the harm. 5. Review the situation along with your supervisor and any other appropriate parties to prevent the issue re-occurring, and put in place any measures that may help you with this. **Candour with your Supervisor and Professional / Regulatory Body** Your supervisor should always be made aware as soon as is appropriate if something has gone wrong in therapy. Depending on the severity of the issue, this could be straight away (as soon as you become aware of the issue), or at your next supervision session. This is so they can appropriately support you and give you the benefit of their experience and perspective. If you feel it is appropriate, raising the issue with your Professional Body after reflection could be a way to demonstrate the learning that you have done; by discussing the issue with our Society Support Officer, you can get valuable insight and feedback from the Society, and it may inform guidance that the Society publishes, thereby helping other therapists that may find themselves in your position. The Society does not work in an unnecessarily punitive way; we encourage constructive feedback and invite people, including our registrants’ clients, to tell us about their experiences – both positive and negative. We believe in listening to the voices of both clients and of therapists and in the sharing of these viewpoints and opinions. We believe that each group has much to learn, both from the positive experiences of therapy as well as from times when things have not worked out as planned or hoped. We are aware that the professional therapeutic relationship in some forms of therapy necessarily involves the exploration of difficulties and lapses within the relationship itself. We therefore seek to avoid an unnecessarily ‘legalistic’ approach to dealing with complaints. We are also aware that therapists can overstep therapeutic boundaries and breach our Code of Ethics, and this needs to be addressed proportionately, fairly and transparently. So if you do decide to communicate with the Society about any issues, rest assured that we will do all we can to support you and address any learning points with sensitivity. Read more [HERE](https://www.professionalstandards.org.uk/what-we-do/improving-regulation/find-research/duty-of-candour) --- # Accessible Audio Application Policy HS is committed to making applications accessible and fair for everyone. If writing is challenging due to disability, neurodivergence, or medical conditions, applicants can submit responses as audio recordings. **You can ask to submit audio responses if:** - You have a disability, medical condition, or neurodivergence affecting your ability to write responses - You qualify for adjustments under the Equality Act 2010 **How to Request Audio Submission:** 1. Email before submitting your application 2. Briefly explain why you need this adjustment. We may ask you for more information. 3. HS will respond within five working days **How to Submit Your Audio Application:** - Use MP3 or WAV format - Limit background noise - Clearly state the question number before answering - Keep your answers clear and concise - Upload your audio securely via the Member Portal - Name your file clearly, e.g., JaneSmith\_AudioResponse\_2025-03-07.mp3 **What Happens Next?** - HS will transcribe your recording - Assessors will be trained to understand and fairly evaluate submissions made via audio transcription, and will evaluate your responses in the way they would written submissions - You can request a copy of your transcription if you would like to **Privacy and Data Protection:** - Your recordings and transcripts are managed securely, following GDPR and our data protection policies - You can read our Privacy Policy [here](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about/policies/privacy-policy-2) Questions? Contact us at . --- # Conflict of Interest Policy The relationship of National Hypnotherapy Society and those acting on its behalf is based on mutual trust. This policy sets out what actions should be taken in the event of a conflict of interest. This policy applies to all prospective and current employees of the society, board members, lay members, volunteers, contractors and any other persons acting on behalf of the society. **Definition** A conflict of interest occurs when a person acting on behalf of the society has personal, financial or other interests that contradict the interests of the society. A conflict of interest may have implications on the person’s judgement which may lead them to actions, activities or relationships that undermine the society and may place it at a disadvantage. A perceived conflict of interest is when it might appear to others that a person acting on behalf of the society has personal, financial or other interests that contradict the interests of the society. **Examples of Conflicts of Interest** Conflicts of interest between the society and persons acting on its behalf can arise in a variety of circumstances. Example of conflicts of interest may include, but are not limited to, where persons acting on behalf of the society: - Have a family member who uses the service - Use their position within the society to their personal advantage - Engage in activities that bring direct or indirect profit to a competitor of the society - Own shares of a competitor’s stock - Use connections obtained through the society for their own private purposes - Use the society equipment or means to support an external business - Act in ways that may compromise the society’s legality (e.g. taking bribes or bribing representatives of legal authorities) **Responsibilities** Persons acting on behalf of the society should refrain from allowing their actual or perceived personal, financial or other interests and activities from coming into opposition with the interests and integrity of the society. The possibility that an actual or perceived conflict of interest may occur can be addressed and resolved before any actual damage is done. Therefore, when a person acting on behalf of the society understands or suspects that a conflict of interest exists or may be perceived to exist, they, as a matter of urgency, should bring this matter to the attention of their line manager so corrective actions may be taken. Line managers must also keep an eye on potential or perceived conflict of interests of their subordinates. The responsibility for resolving any conflict of interest lies with the line manager, involving senior management where necessary. **Resolution** The society will attempt to resolve any conflicts of interest as fairly and as reasonably as possible. If no resolution can be found, the final action to be taken will rest with senior management. If a conflict of interest or perceived conflict of interest is deliberately concealed by a person acting on behalf of the society or if no solution to one can be found, the society may invoke disciplinary action, where applicable, that could lead to the person’s dismissal. --- # Cookie Policy ### Cookies on our website Cookies are small files which are stored on your computer by your web browser. They are designed to hold a small amount of data which is used to personalise or customise your browsing experience online. Cookies help to improve your visit to our sites by: - Remembering preferences so that you are not asked to keep entering information - Remembering information you have given (such as your postcode, or location) so that we can personalise the site to content relevant to you - Measuring how you (and all visitors) use the site so we can continually improve it to suit your needs Please note that cookies are not harmful to your computer and we do not store any personally identifiable information about you in any cookies set by our website. This information is provided to you as part of our commitment to comply with UK legislation, and to ensure we are completely transparent about technology in use on our websites. Further information on cookies can be found on the third party About Cookies site. This site also contains information on how to delete cookies or control cookies in your browser. ### Third party cookies In addition to our own cookies we also use some third party technologies to help us monitor and improve the user experience of our website. These tools include Google Analytics (a popular website statistics package) and Google Adwords (a advertising statistics package). These tools may also set cookies to allow their software to track activity on our sites. If you have any concerns about these third party tools please review Google's own privacy policy at: --- # Blog [Featured ## Benefits of Mindfulness in Today's Busy Society In recent years, it seems that as a society, we have become increasingly busy, which in turn brings its own consequences into our daily lives. Read more](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/benefits-of-mindfulness-in-todays-busy-society) [Blog ### How I Overcame Anxiety and What I Now Teach My Clients From Breakdown to Calm: My Personal Experience of Understanding Anxiety and the Techniques I Use in my clinic. Often, I drew on my own experiences to develop…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/how-i-overcame-anxiety-and-what-i-now-teach-my-clients) [Blog ### Exploring Anxiety Anxiety is often why clients seek support and is often beneath the surface of or exacerbating other reasons for seeking support. We could debate ad infinitum…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/exploring-anxiety) [Blog ### Benefits of Mindfulness in Today's Busy Society In recent years, it seems that as a society, we have become increasingly busy, which in turn brings its own consequences into our daily lives.](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/benefits-of-mindfulness-in-todays-busy-society) [Blog ### The Hypno Heroines You’ve Probably Never Heard Of (But Totally Should) But here’s the thing: behind the scenes (and often completely out of the spotlight), there were some incredible women who helped shape the world of…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/the-hypno-heroines-youve-probably-never-heard-of-but-totally-should) [Blog ### The Power of Suggestion This self-chatter acts like self-suggestions and when these are unhelpful, these are called automatic negative thoughts. Automatic negative thoughts tend to…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/the-power-of-suggestion) [Blog ### Hypnotherapy for Relationships When a relationship, be it romantic, familial, or work-related breaks down, it can be a source of significant distress and emotional upheaval. There are many…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/hypnotherapy-for-relationships) [Blog ### Conscious, Subconscious and Unconscious - understanding the different layers of your mind To gain a better understanding of how our minds work, psychologists and theorists have created metaphorical models of how our minds work, splitting them into…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/conscious-subconscious-and-unconscious-understanding-the-different-layers-of-your-mind) [Blog ### Body Picking - How Hypnotherapy Can Help You Stop These Unconscious Impulses This disorder is also known as skin picking or excoriation disorder and is a body-focused repetitive behaviour that is related to obsessive-compulsive…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/body-picking-how-hypnotherapy-can-help-you-stop-these-unconscious-impulses) [Blog ### How Affirmations Help Alongside Hypnotherapy Let’s look a little closer at hypnosis and affirmations before we get stuck into how this dynamic duo can help you. Some examples of what hypnosis can help…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/how-affirmations-help-alongside-hypnotherapy) [Blog ### Finding a Hypnotherapist who is Right for you When looking for a hypnotherapist, the questions below can aid you in finding your perfect fit. What that essentially means is that currently, there are no…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/finding-a-hypnotherapist-who-is-right-for-you) [Blog ### Overcome Fear of Flying with Hypnotherapy The fear of flying in a plane, otherwise known as aerophobia or aviophobia, is a common fear that affects as many as one in 10 people. Although to those who do…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/overcome-fear-of-flying-with-hypnotherapy) [Blog ### Improve your Body Image with Hypnotherapy While it is perfectly common to have parts of us that we would like to change, what we look like and how we see ourselves can be two very different things.…](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/improve-your-body-image-with-hypnotherapy) --- # Online video-based Hypnotherapy: A hindrance or helpful? By Beth 9th May 2022 As I’m sure that most of us are aware, the world came grinding to a halt and promptly descended into chaos in 2019 due to a certain virus that shall not be mentioned. However, as humanity is often inclined to do, we have found ways to adapt to this new way of life and press on. The world of therapy has had to make some significant changes. With in-person interaction becoming either limited or impossible, therapists everywhere have had to improvise with ways to reach their clients and to do so effectively. And thus, the age of video-call therapy was born. Naturally, it is easy to approach this form of therapy with some trepidation. Body language, therapeutic setting, and privacy are all an important part of the therapeutic experience, so fears that a session may be less effective if not done in person are valid. Luckily for us, a group of hypnotherapists and researchers took it upon themselves to find answers. In early 2019, the effectiveness of video hypnotherapy was compared to face-to-face hypnotherapy for Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS) in a pioneering study by Hasan et al. IBS is a relatively common functional gastrointestinal disorder, reportedly affecting between 10 and 15% of the population. There is a litany of treatments provided by the local doctor, ranging from a change in diet to pharmacological intervention. When all else fails, hypnotherapy comes into play. Gut-focused Hypnotherapy has arguably been a consistently successful tool to assist those with pervasive symptoms of IBS (Miller et al., 2015; Miller & Whorwell, 2009) with the beneficial effects being sustained over many years (Gonsalkorale et al., 2003; Lindfors et al., 2012). Despite the evidence in favour of hypnotherapy for IBS, as well as its’ acceptance by the National Institute of Health and Care Excellence (NICE), the availability of gut-focussed hypnotherapy is limited in the UK. The authors of the 2019 study highlighted their frustrations at getting nationwide referrals to their hypnotherapy clinic, which due to the nature of IBS, could serve as costly, problematic, or even impossible for clients to travel across the country (not to mention the travel restrictions that would become commonplace that year). Thus, video calls with clients became a viable option. Hasan et al. trialled video hypnotherapy on 20 participants with moderate to severe IBS that had been referred to their clinic and compared their results to a previously conducted audit of 1,000 others who had received face-to-face hypnotherapy. After meeting their therapists, the clients received 12 weekly sessions of hypnotherapy, in line with the traditional methods of face-to-face therapy. Participants in the video calls were given the option to record the sessions to refer to in their own time, as well as offered CDs to use for practice. Symptoms were measured with questionnaires, namely the IBS symptom severity score (IBS-SSS) as well as some others. The IBS-SSS has a total score range of 0-500, measuring five different factors such as pain severity and interference with life. The results showed that 65% of the 20 subjects exhibited a clinically significant reduction of at least 50 points in their total IBS-SSS scores, with 30% showing a reduction of 150 points or more. A more detailed breakdown of these results can be found in their published paper (referenced below). On to the crucial comparison between the video-call data and the face-to-face data. The 20 participants were compared to the 1,000 previous subjects of the audit three years before in 2015. A 50-point or higher (a clinically significant) reduction in self-reported IBS-SSS scores after 12 sessions was found in 65% of the video group, compared to 76% in the audit group. Statistical analysis revealed after adjusting for age difference, there was no significant difference between these groups. Furthermore, the video group showed a 30% or more reduction in scores for pain, compared to 62% reductions in the audit group. Statistical analysis also showed no significant difference in these groups. When asked for their opinions, the video group showed a slight preference towards face-to-face interactions due to logistical barriers such as call quality and internet connection. However, over 70% of the participants reported that face-to-face sessions would not have been possible and that they wouldn’t have been able to receive any therapy without a video call as an option. At this point, it is important to note that hypnotherapy for IBS should not be considered as a standalone treatment for IBS. Moreso that it absolutely deserves to be a more fundamental part of the treatment options. In summary, hypnotherapy via video call may not be someone’s first choice, but it could be their only choice and the evidence points to virtual hypnotherapy being just as effective as face-to-face. In a world that is increasingly digital, and at this point with many barriers in the way of face-to-face interaction, it is reassuring to know that hypnotherapy can remain effective and reach those who otherwise could not have access to help. \-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Main article: Hasan, S. S., Pearson, J. S., Morris, J., Whorwell, P. J. (2019). Skype hypnotherapy for irritable bowel syndrome: Effectiveness and comparison with face-to-face treatment*. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis,* *67(1),* 69-80. [doi:10.1080/00207144.2019.1553766](https://doi.org/10.1080/00207144.2019.1553766) References: Gonsalkorale, W. M., Miller, V., Afzal, A., & Whorwell, P. J. (2003). Long term benefits of hypnotherapy for irritable bowel syndrome. *Gut*, 52(11), 1623–1629. Lindfors, P., Unge, P., Nyhlin, H., Ljotsson, B., Bjornsson, E. S., Abrahamsson, H., & Simrén, M. (2012). Long-term effects of hypnotherapy in patients with refractory irritable bowel syndrome. *Scandinavian Journal of Gastroenterology*, 47(4), 414–421. doi:10.3109/00365521.2012.658858 Miller, V., Carruthers, H. R., Morris, J., Hasan, S. S., Archbold, S., & Whorwell, P. J. (2015). Hypnotherapy for irritable bowel syndrome: An audit of one thousand adult patients. *Alimentary Pharmacology and Therapeutics*, 41, 844–855. doi:10.1111/apt.13145 Miller, V., & Whorwell, P. J. (2009). Hypnotherapy for functional gastrointestinal disorders: A review. *International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis*, 57(3), 279–292. doi:10.1080/00207140902881098 --- # Improve your Body Image with Hypnotherapy Blog Mental Health and Wellbeing By Beth 5th June 2023 Body image is something that many of us can struggle with. In today’s modern world, we are bombarded on our phones, televisions, and advertising with the message that we are not enough. To be acceptable and even desirable to others we need to wear certain makeup, don the latest fashion apparel and have seemingly perfect-sized bodies with beautiful hair and flawless skin. This almost unavoidable barrage of advertising and portrayals of perfect lives on social media can leave many of us with a disappointed frown when we see ourselves in the mirror. While it is perfectly common to have parts of us that we would like to change, what we look like and how we see ourselves can be two very different things. A large nose can become an obsession for its owner, growing larger and more noticeable by the day, whereas to others it wouldn’t even merit a second look. The society we live in can push people from wanting to lose some holiday weight to having severely impacted mental health, leading to extreme behaviours such as starvation or unnecessary medical procedures to look a certain way. In some cases, those who take extreme steps to alter their appearance can be suffering from conditions such as body dysmorphic disorder (BDD), muscle dysmorphia or eating disorders. BDD is a mental health disorder wherein a person becomes fixated on a perceived flaw, to a point that is far removed from reality. This can result in ritualistic behaviours, unnecessary plastic surgery and even self-harm to “fix” the issue themselves. Muscle dysmorphia is found more commonly in males, who incorrectly perceive their muscles to be too small. This can lead to extreme amounts of exercise or taking steroid injections to reach the goal they hold in their mind. Eating disorders, while they have many causes and manifestations, can sometimes be brought on by poor body image leading to a warped perception of how we look. This can lead to over-exercising, food restriction, binging, purging, and ritualistic behaviours, as well as becoming dangerously over or underweight. Fortunately, a counterculture is slowly taking hold and beauty is being found more in acceptance and celebration of our differences, rather than attaining an impossible goal or looking a certain way. We are entering an age of self-love and acceptance, as well as towards those we share the earth with. However, for some this may be easier to achieve than others. If you have been ridiculed or bullied for an aspect of your physical appearance, it can be easier said than done to shake off unhelpful perceptions of your body image. Even a throwaway comment from a stranger can have a ripple effect on our self-image, particularly during parts of our life when we undergo changes such as puberty or menopause. So, for those who need some extra support to finally begin to accept and love the bodies that they live in, where do we go? [Your local hypnotherapist](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/find-a-therapist) may have the answer. Hypnotherapy can allow us to make impactful and lasting changes to thought patterns, behaviours, and beliefs about our body image. Furthermore, we can use hypnotherapy to better understand the source of why we may look at ourselves in such a negative way, giving us the power to free ourselves from our past perceptions and see ourselves with newfound love and understanding. Often, those with poor self-image will adopt certain behaviours to provide short-term relief from their discomforts, such as excessive grooming or unhealthy eating habits. Unhelpful habits can be hard to kick when we rely on them for relief, and hypnotherapy can be a great tool for giving us an extra push towards success. Hypnotherapy can help you to learn to turn your focus away from negative thought patterns and beliefs to more positive ones. This can be achieved using neurolinguistic programming (NLP) to instil the habit of rewording how we think about something. For example, thoughts such as “my hair is too thin” can be trained to become more positive and self-affirming, such as “my hair is healthy and well-cared for.” Re-training our brains to approach ourselves and how we look in a more positive, accepting, and helpful way simply through making changes to our language can have a ripple effect so that not only do we learn to overcome a particular problem with our body image, but also utilise these skills to deepen our self-esteem in many different ways. Some schools of hypnotherapy aim at seeking the source of our pain and facing it in a safe environment so that we can look at the event(s) through a wiser lens and weaken the emotional hold that it can have over us. For example, an upsetting event that occurred in our formative years or painful memories of bullying can be approached during a hypnotherapy session and, with the support of your hypnotherapist, put to rest the residual pain that you may have been carrying with you throughout the years. The reasoning behind approaches such as these are that if the root cause of your pain is healed, then the resulting bad habits and ways of viewing yourself will fade away on their own, with no more fire to fuel them. Taking the first steps towards improving your body image can be frightening and make you feel hesitant or vulnerable, but if you feel as if you need a hand to make a lasting and positive change to your relationship with yourself, then hypnotherapy can be a fantastic and fast way to plant the seeds of change and set you on the path to a life lived with more peace and acceptance of the brilliant, unique person that you are. If you can find the strength to love your body that bit more, imagine all the things that you can enjoy and achieve with a much-needed positive mindset. If you want to know more, get in touch with a hypnotherapist on our accredited register to find out how they can help you. --- # Overcome Fear of Flying with Hypnotherapy Blog Tips and Tricks By Beth 5th July 2023 Summer is here! And for many of us, that means taking some well-deserved rest after working hard through the first half of the year. Unfortunately, when it comes to British summers, the guarantee of soaking up some sunlight is not something to bet on. Furthermore, it always seems as if the week or two that you put aside for yourself is the time when the sky turns sour, and it rains all day. Fortunately, there are lots of other sunny spots that can be found both near and far across the globe that are a cultural breath of fresh air and importantly, guaranteed sun. There is one obstacle however that blocks the way to sunny bliss: getting there! The fear of flying in a plane, otherwise known as aerophobia or aviophobia, is a common fear that affects as many as one in 10 people. Although to those who do not experience a fear of flying, the fear may seem irrational, to those who do, their brain is convinced that this fear is sensible and wishes to protect us from danger. Telling a fearful flyer that “it's fine” just isn’t going to cut it. Thankfully, in today’s modern world aviation has become a very safe mode of transport, much safer than driving a car which many of us do every day. **The causes of the fear of flying** are varied, but they are learnt. We have no evolutionary or instinctive fears of flying, but once we associate flying with a sense of fear, it can be a challenge to undo this connection. Our brains have evolved throughout the millennia to keep us alive by avoiding danger, and this survival mechanism is a powerful thing to override. There could also be a specific event that occurred in someone’s life that has led to a fear of flying, such as a previous experience or having lost a loved one in an accident. A fear of flying, although common, can be unique to each person that experiences it. Reactions could range from a raised heart rate, nausea, or some unfortunate sweating during a flight, to a paralysing terror that makes someone unable to board a plane at all. Importantly, the fear of flying may not be due to a simple phobia and could be comorbid with an existing fear. Someone who suffers from claustrophobia, a fear of tight spaces, may find being unable to leave the confined space of the plane to be a source of their distress. Someone with emetophobia, a fear of nausea and vomiting, may dread the possibility of travel sickness and turbulence during a flight. If you’re seeking a way to conquer your fear of flying, identifying these triggers can be an important first step. **Living with a fear of flying** may not affect our everyday lives, but it can interfere with personal holidays, business trips, and connecting with family. This may lead to someone having to avoid certain career paths or opportunities and being unable to take part in family events like a holiday or a wedding. A fear of flying may not just be limited to being in a plane, but also could extend to distress when booking a flight, entering an airport, or even watching films that involve planes. **It is possible to overcome a fear of flying.** As the phobia is a learned behaviour, it is absolutely possible to take steps towards lessening and even eradicating a fear of flying. One successful way to overcome a fear of phobia is to expose yourself to triggers. Anticipatory anxiety should not be underestimated and can be a large contributing factor to a fear of flying. It is like the feeling of anticipation before a test, or before an unpleasant medical procedure. The tension that proceeds an event can cause a reaction more severe than the discomfort of the event itself. **Hypnotherapy** is a wonderful way to combat your fear. It is a popular treatment method for facing a fear of flying and has the potential to have you hopping on a plane in no time. Hypnotherapy works by allowing you to connect with your subconscious mind, the part of your brain that works behind the scenes in your everyday life. Depending on the source of your fear, there are a few ways that hypnotherapy can help you. If your fear is based on a traumatic past event, such as experiencing turbulence or a particularly stressful journey in the past, seeing a terrifying film when you were younger, or losing a loved one from a tragic accident, then approaches such as cognitive hypnotherapy or hypnoanalysis may be the way forward. If you find a hypnotherapist that is willing to assist you in revisiting a painful past event in the safety of a hypnotic trance, then you may be able to work together to face the painful memory and put it to rest. Your fear may even come from a source that you cannot easily remember, and hypnotherapy can be a powerful tool for searching for the root cause of your fear and defeating it. If you are able to face your past fears from a position of wisdom, calm and safety, then your future reactions to flying can be based more on the here and now, and you can look forward to the destination more than worrying about your journey there. For some, their fear of flying may be based on a specific component, such as nausea, or learned from others, such as observing a parent who is nervous during flights. In these instances, approaches such as cognitive hypnotherapy, neuro-linguistic programming and solution-focused hypnotherapy may be an option to consider. With the help of your hypnotherapist, you can learn to take control over automatic thoughts and reactions that are unhelpful or set off a fearful reaction, instead equipping you with the skills to face stressful events with a calm mind and a positive outset right from the beginning. The last few years have been a real trial for the UK and the rest of the world, and the time has come to reward ourselves with a relaxing break over the summer, to reunite with family, or to let our careers take off around the world. You deserve a break, and flying shouldn’t get in the way of what is important in your life. --- # Parenting in the Digital Age By Beth 16th July 2021 ***With thanks to Andrea Lindsay HDIH, SQHP, S.A.C. Dip, for writing this article.*** We must all face the fact that we are now in a digital age. Although there may be many benefits to being born into a digital world, for parents it can be a minefield! So, how do we protect our children? Digital resilience is acquired through spending time online, facing the challenges of a digital world, being able to assess when you are at risk and knowing what to do about it. In general, building resilience in children helps them to overcome obstacles more easily and reduces the chances of them suffering from anxiety or other stress-related disorders. A digitally resilient child is more likely to stay safe when confronted with inappropriate material, by seeking help and advice, or, taking steps to protect themselves from being exposed to such material. What can adults do to help children and adolescents acquire digital resilience and protect them from exposure to damaging material or being subjected to cyber bullying? Setting boundaries is probably the key in promoting digital resilience. It avoids friction by agreeing expectations at the outset. Discussion and understanding on both sides, creates a platform for success. Too often, these discussions take place *after* inappropriate behaviour or exposure to inappropriate material has taken place. This can cause extreme emotional trauma for the child or adolescent, their family, and friends. In serious cases, such as cyber bullying or online grooming, the police or other authorities may need to be involved. Helping children understand what they can and can’t do and when they can and can’t do it, is the first place to start. Making yourself familiar with the different platforms they use is crucial to your understanding of what they are accessing and how the information they see, or share, can be used. You cannot police what you don’t understand! Most devices have their own parental control settings that can set up with a code only known to you, to ensure your child only has access to age-appropriate material. There are also many apps, such as OurPact, that are now available to enable you to have real-time access to any apps your child has installed on their device. You can schedule screen time and/or messaging time, block or allow access to apps, use a web filter, and use a family locator. By enabling your child to have ‘safe’ access, they can explore and develop their digital skills and you can have ‘peace of mind’. As you familiarise yourself with the apps your child or adolescent uses, you can explore with them how they ‘report’ on the different apps, how to keep themselves safe and what to look out for in terms of inappropriate contact or content from others. Sometimes a child is scared to tell their parent about something they have come across, or something that has been sent to them. Reassure your child that it is OK for them to talk to you if they come across something that has made them feel worried, upset, or uncomfortable. Reduce the likelihood of your child receiving messages or contact from unknown users by ensuring that social media accounts are set to private. Ensure that location services are turned off within each app so that bullies, or other unwelcome individuals can’t track your child’s location. Body image and the pressure to look a certain way or have a certain life, is another issue that can affect users of social media, especially teenagers. People tend to post the ‘best’ images of themselves and their lives. This results in social media becoming a tool for comparison with others, which can lead to self-esteem and self-worth issues. There are so many different apps available to ‘touch up’ images and create a ‘perfect self’. However, these images are not a ‘true ‘reflection, and set a standard that cannot be achieved in ‘real life’. Hash tags that focus on perceived ‘perfection’, can encourage unhealthy behaviours. The need to ‘invite’ comments about posts can lead to young people feeling unsure about their value and vulnerable to negative comments, which further erodes their self-esteem. It is important that children and young people understand that what they see is an ‘edited’ version of people’s lives and not necessarily a reality, so comparison is a fruitless task. How can anyone compete with an ‘edited’ version of someone else’s life? Finally, constant ‘connection’ can have an adverse effect on both mental and physical health i.e. poor sleep, lack of exercise, lack of socialisation, unrealistic expectations, behavioural problems. It can also be *part* of what can lead to more serious problems such as anxiety, depression, eating disorders and self-harm. So, help to keep your child safe by; being aware of and being able to use the apps they use, set up parental controls on their devices, agree boundaries and limitations of use, have access to their devices, ensure their profiles are set to private and turn off location services within the apps. Help your child stay safe! --- # Promoting Yourself - Tips for the self-employed hypnotherapist to sing about what you can help with By Beth 5th April 2023 Self-employment has its ups and downs. You can enjoy a flexible lifestyle with work hours that suit you, you have total creative freedom over your service and what you want to specialise in, and there is strong earning potential. However, this comes with more financial uncertainty, fewer employment benefits, and a 60% risk of failure within five years for a new business. As Hypnotherapists, a great deal of us will be self-employed, so we want to give you some tips for how to stand out and stand strong amongst the others. **K.I.S** Keep it simple. This is a popular technique for presenting information to others in a way that will keep their attention and make an impact. If your advertisements or website feature a small essay on the history of hypnotherapy or the underpinning theories on your particular modality, a potential client’s eyes are going to gloss over it almost immediately. To grab someone’s attention, you need to keep things punchy and to the point. The very first sentence that they see or hear should be able to tell them exactly what it is that you offer. The details can follow. Furthermore, images can draw in the eye of a potential client, so put a lot of thought into what your website looks like. Lots of fonts, different and bold colours and pictures dotted around will make your service look jarring and unpleasant. Keep things light, similar, and with subtle, complimentary colours that draw attention to your content rather than draw their eyes away from it. **Reach out** You cannot expect your clients to find you, not at first anyway. You absolutely must get out there and get people's attention. Is there a wellbeing fair or event being hosted nearby? Can you invest in advertising? Perhaps a local shop or wellbeing centre would allow you to place brochures in their waiting rooms. You can draw people in with a free consultation, or, if affordable, offer a discounted time slot or two for people in need, and let the local charities and organisations know about it so they can tell their clients about you. When word of mouth starts to spread, you may not need to put so much effort into bringing clients to you, but first, you have to plant seeds for anything to grow. **Reviews** When the clients start coming in, you can start reaping the benefits of word-of-mouth. Allowing previous clients to leave reviews on your website can show new potential clients that your service has helped others, perhaps in specific ways that they are looking for, too. Talking about your services from the point of view of a client can also speak to others in a way that you may struggle with from the therapist’s standpoint. While your own words about the effectiveness of your practice are one thing, the words of your satisfied clients will bring an entirely new power. **Avoid wild claims** Snake oil is a term for something that sounds (and is) too good to be true. If a potential client reads about this magical, mystical cure-all that can solve all of the world’s problems, they’re going to lose faith in your service very quickly. You need to choose your words and claims very carefully, not only to keep your clients interested but also to toe the line of advertising standards. Avoid flashy words like “cure” and “permanent,” and avoid making bold claims of that nature. It is important to make the distinction that hypnotherapy itself won’t cure addiction or make someone’s excess fat melt from their body. Hypnotherapy is a powerful tool for creating change, but work still needs to be done by the client. You must also be careful not to claim to treat physical illnesses, and absolutely must encourage people to seek appropriate medical advice to help with a problem when relevant. For more information on this, take a look at the ASA advertising guidelines at **Back yourself up with research** If you want to sing to your clients about the many things that hypnotherapy can help with, backing yourself up with evidence can be a brilliant way to reassure a potential client. There are hundreds of clinical trials out there that have tested the effectiveness of hypnotherapy, and people will be reassured when you can support your claims of all of the brilliant things that you can do. While some clinical trials cost money to access, some are open access and can be viewed for free. If you look through the Directory of Open Access Journals at then you can browse from a huge selection of free-to-access scientific articles, some of which are focused on hypnosis and hypnotherapy. Furthermore, members of The National Hypnotherapy Society have access to a growing series of booklets which provide plain-speak summaries of different trials on various topics with links to them, such as stress or irritable bowel syndrome. Here are some examples of freely accessible clinical trials that could be used on your website: - Anxiety: - Smoking cessation: - Irritable bowel syndrome: Of course, we would be remiss to go without saying that obtaining an accredited membership within a nationally recognized society is also a fantastic way to reassure your potential clients of the quality of your service. To belong to, say, The National Hypnotherapy Society would show that you adhere to a strict ethical code, have been vetted by the brilliant and meticulous staff there, and have dedicated yourself to continuing your professional development. By being a member, you would also have access to support in anything that you needed help with, discounts, and some fantastic member benefits. All in all, the sky is the limit on what you can do to tell the world about your skills and the wonderful work that you can do. All it takes is some creativity, perseverance, and hard work. Good luck! --- # Putting Mental Health First in Financially Tough Times By Beth 5th January 2023 With the pandemic impacting our lives for the last few years and a dark cloud of recession looming on the horizon, there are many of us in the UK that will be facing times of financial uncertainty. As the cost of living continues to skyrocket, wages continue to stagnate and companies everywhere are thinning their herds of employees, it can be hard to look to the future with positivity. Feelings of uncertainty and a lack of control over our finances and futures undoubtedly leads to stress, anxiety, and depression, which can have detrimental effects on our mental and physical health. Over half of the people who have experienced a recent mental health problem say that thinking about their financial situation makes them anxious, so it is really worth looking at how to manage both of these things as we ride out the impending economic storm. **Talk to someone** One in five people who experience a mental health problem do not seek help. There are numerous reasons that could contribute to this low figure, such as a lack of time, feelings of stigma, or the worry that other people seem to be getting on with it just fine. It is vitally important to stop comparing yourself to others and seek help for yourself. Even talking to a trusted friend over coffee can be a step in the right direction to facing your problems and getting support. You cannot pour from an empty cup, and other aspects of your life can suffer if you are struggling just to get through the day. **Build a budget** Everyone knows that their bills and rent and food costs are hiking up at a staggering rate, but it is vitally important to put this into perspective and look at your budget. Most of us will have to be trimming the fat on what luxuries we can afford but seeing your budget laid out before you can be a way to get a sense of control back. That way, we can also look at any outgoings that aren’t vital or productive and see what subscriptions have been hiking up their prices. It will also help you to see what you *can* afford, such as that weekly coffee with your friend. **Remove temptations** Speaking of budgeting, it can be all too easy to give in to temptations to purchase things that we don’t need for that little dopamine boost. If you are stressed, depressed, or anxious, you may spend more than fits into your budget for a quick win, but it is not worth the stress and financial uncertainty that will follow. There are steps that you can take to fortify against temptations, such as deleting shopping apps on your phone so you can’t browse during moments of boredom. Keep your wallet or purse out of easy reach and delete the card auto-fill from your phone. There also are free tools online at your disposal, such as ad-blocking software and software that blocks shopping sites for as long as you want. **Get moving** Movement is fantastic for your mental and physical health. The minimum recommended time to be moving with an elevated heart rate is 150 minutes a week, with 300 minutes being optimum for your health. Getting out of the house to stretch your legs can get your blood pumping and release endorphins to boost your mood. Perhaps a lull in your workday can be supplanted with a quick stroll around the block, or you can walk or cycle for your commute to work. Exercise is also free, so there’s no extra cost and your productivity at work will have a nice little boost, too. You could even make yourself go on a walk whenever you feel the urge to spend money on something unessential, distancing yourself from the temptation as well as giving yourself the lift that you’re craving. **Make sleep a priority** The average adult needs between 7-9 hours of quality sleep a night. Even better, the earlier you got to sleep in the evening, the more slow-wave sleep you can experience which is great for your health. If you’re staying up late and missing out on valuable sleep cycles, you are robbing yourself of good health, a clear mind, and a productive workday. However, if mental health or financial concerns are the things that are keeping you up at night, things can get a little more complicated. A few hypnotherapy sessions can be a great way to break this cycle of worry before bed and have you snoring before midnight in no time. **Get to know your patterns** There may be certain times of the day, week, or month when you are more likely to spend money. Perhaps during your lunch break, a Friday evening, or on payday. Take notice of how you feel when you spend money, and when you resist temptation. Look more closely into what aspects of dealing with money make your mental health worse. For example, it could be opening an envelope, checking your bank statement on your phone, when paying for the grocery shopping. Identifying these patterns and triggers can be helpful for preparing for moments of temptation or stress, so that you’re not caught off-guard. There are things you can do to mitigate these stresses as well, such as avoiding the internet during habitual spending windows, grocery shopping online so you can avoid impulse buys and see the cost upfront before checking out. **Hypnotherapy** Hypnosis can be a powerful tool for interrupting those harmful habits and empowering us to take back control of our choices. It can be used to lessen our anxiety, stress, and depression, as well as managing the triggers that set off our urges to spend or our spikes of unease when we see another envelope drop through the letterbox. If you feel that you need a helping hand in managing your health and feelings towards your finances, then your local accredited hypnotherapist may be able to guide you towards success. Overall, there are lots of ways for you to take back control of your mental health and finances. However, it is important to distinguish between unhelpful habits and serious problems. If you cannot control your spending habits, such as with a gambling addiction, a dependency on the brief high of a purchase, or you see your debt spiralling out of control, it is vital to seek help. There are services that can help you to get the support that you need. Speak to someone you trust or take a look online at the multitude of services at your disposal to help you and make the future look brighter. If you urgently need help, follow the links below. Free gambling advice: Debt care line: [https://debtcareline.co.uk/?gclid=EAIaIQobChMI8Ja5yImw-wIVju7tCh1j\_QPTEAAYASAAEgL9W\_D\_BwE](https://debtcareline.co.uk/?gclid=EAIaIQobChMI8Ja5yImw-wIVju7tCh1j_QPTEAAYASAAEgL9W_D_BwE) NHS guide for mental health crisis support: Financial abuse guide: --- # The Hypno Heroines You’ve Probably Never Heard Of (But Totally Should) Blog Tips and Tricks By Beth 27th May 2025 **With thanks to our member, Michael Hall for this article.** When we talk about the history of hypnosis, most people throw around names like Franz Mesmer, James Braid, or Milton Erickson — the “big guys” whose stories fill the textbooks. But here’s the thing: behind the scenes (and often completely out of the spotlight), there were some incredible women who helped shape the world of hypnotherapy we know today. These women weren’t just side characters. They were trailblazers, thinkers, healers, and total rebels in their own right — pushing forward ideas, running clinics, and championing hypnosis at a time when women weren’t even supposed to have a seat at the table. So, let’s pull back the curtain and shine a light on some of these unsung heroines. Let’s start with Anna Kingsford (1846–1888), an English powerhouse who became one of the first women in the country to earn a medical degree. Anna wasn’t your typical Victorian doctor — she was a fierce anti-vivisection campaigner and a spiritual thinker who believed deeply in the mind-body connection. For Anna, hypnosis wasn’t just some quirky party trick; she saw it as a profound way to explore the human psyche and unlock healing. Imagine her, a woman in a time when women weren’t even allowed to vote, talking about the power of the subconscious mind and the mystical side of healing. She was blending medical knowledge with spiritual philosophy in a way that raised eyebrows and opened minds. Hop over to Austria, and you’d meet Elisabeth von Morgenstern (1850–1914), another woman way ahead of her time. Elisabeth was one of the rare women who cracked into the world of medicine, working alongside famous male hypnotists like Oscar Vogt. While male colleagues were often hogging the spotlight, Elisabeth was busy doing the work — documenting cases, researching how hypnosis impacted patients with nervous disorders, and looking at the fascinating connections between hypnosis and brain function. Her reports were respected by her peers, though, unsurprisingly, her name didn’t get the same lasting fame. Still, her work helped give hypnosis a boost of scientific credibility just when it needed it most. Now, if you’re familiar with Émile Coué, the Frenchman known for promoting autosuggestion (you know, the classic mantra “Every day, in every way, I’m getting better and better”), you might think the story ends with him. But no! Coué’s techniques spread like wildfire thanks to a network of amazing women who took his ideas and ran with them. Women like Élise Lemoine and other Nancy School-trained practitioners set up groups, clinics, and public demonstrations, showing women how to use positive suggestion to handle childbirth pain, anxiety, and the pressures of daily life. These female practitioners knew what they were doing — they weren’t just following a script; they were adapting the techniques for real-world, everyday women’s needs, long before the medical world caught on. Across the Atlantic, Margaret Cleaves (1848–1917) was shaking things up in the United States. Margaret was a doctor, hypnotherapist, and all-around pioneer, using hypnosis specifically in women’s health. She wasn’t afraid to explore “taboo” topics, applying hypnotic techniques to manage menstrual pain, emotional distress, and even gynaecological procedures. At a time when many doctors brushed off women’s complaints as “hysteria,” Margaret treated them seriously, advocating for hypnosis as a tool that could genuinely improve women’s lives. She wasn’t just treating symptoms — she was pushing for empowerment and agency at a time when women’s health was often dismissed or misunderstood. What ties all these women together? Grit. Determination. And an unshakable belief in what they were doing. Remember, these were women operating in a world where medical schools often barred female students, professional groups excluded them, and even their own colleagues doubted their abilities. But they pushed forward anyway. They wrote articles, ran practices, mentored other women, and brought hypnosis out of the shadows of magic shows and into the world of legitimate, respected therapy. Thanks to their efforts, hypnosis began to shed its old reputation as a mysterious or even dangerous phenomenon and took its place as a serious clinical tool. These women expanded the scope of hypnotherapy, applying it to everything from pain relief to emotional healing — not just focusing on what was seen as “scientifically interesting” but on what was practically useful for everyday people, especially women. Fast forward to today, and women are everywhere in hypnotherapy — as practitioners, researchers, teachers, and leaders. But it’s important to remember that this visibility didn’t happen overnight. It’s built on the efforts of these early pioneers, many of whom worked quietly, behind the scenes, and without the recognition they deserved. Celebrating these hypno heroines isn’t just about giving credit where credit is due (although they absolutely deserve it!). It’s also about reminding ourselves that the history of hypnosis has always been shaped by diverse voices — not just the loudest or most famous ones, but by the many people (especially women) who brought creativity, compassion, and resilience to the field. Their legacy is a powerful reminder that innovation often comes from the margins, from those willing to push past barriers and imagine something new. So next time you reflect on your own practice or read about hypnosis’s big historical moments, remember Anna, Elisabeth, Margaret, Élise, and all the other forgotten trailblazers. They helped make modern hypnotherapy what it is today — and they did it with heart, vision, and a refusal to let the odds hold them back. --- # The Myths Surrounding Hypnosis By Beth 5th December 2022 If you stopped passers-by on the street and asked them what they thought of hypnosis, you may get a myriad of answers ranging from ignorance to disbelief, to outright unease. Hypnotherapy is a misunderstood practise with a supposed power that transcends the mundane and enters the realm of myth and fantasy, with a nefarious villain commanding an unwitting victim to cluck like a chicken or fall in love with their neighbour. At best, these myths are a hindrance, and at worst, fuel for fearful theories about mind control and abuse. Myths are born and thrive on essentially three conditions: personal and interpersonal experiences, large events, and historical/mythical culture (Mayerson, 2014). When making up our minds about something, we rely on cues from our culture and surroundings. Many people have heard of an uncle or aunt that quit smoking through hypnosis, or of their friend who was made a fool of by a stage hypnotist. Cultural opinions and beliefs are often expressed in various forms, such as books, songs, pictures, films, and television. Certainly, western media portrayals of hypnosis are often inaccurate, sometimes with harmless antics such as Chandler from Friends thinking that he’s a ‘strong, independent woman who has no need to smoke’. The media can also however fuel fearful stereotypes of powerful individuals controlling or seducing those around them (Barrett, 2006), like Kaa the snake hypnotising Mowgli in the Jungle Book with swirling, hypnotic eyes. These archaic and inaccurate beliefs are entrenched in our surrounding world, so the effort to root them out and reveal the truth can be a challenge. Within this article, we shall take a look at common myths surrounding hypnosis and discuss how to dispel them. **You won’t know what happened** Hypnosis is based on the Greek ‘hypnos’ which essentially means ‘sleep.’ The ancient origins of hypnotherapy taking place in sleep temples thousands of years ago can also lead one to make the seemingly logical conclusion that you may fall asleep under hypnosis, or simply not know what happened. This is untrue. When under hypnosis, you are helped into a state of deep focus and relaxation. You are very likely to have experienced something like this before, perhaps when watching a film, driving along a familiar route, or reading a good book. During this state, outside noise and thoughts are filtered out, and your mind has a more singular focus. When under hypnosis with your hypnotherapist, you will be awake and aware the entire time, and be able to recall the entire session with ease if you wish. **They will control your mind** This particular belief is common within America, despite the population having a largely positive or neutral view of hypnosis in general (Palsson, Twist & Walker, 2019). There are sometimes stories floating around of stage hypnotists performing silly shows with unwitting volunteers who act strangely or embarrass themselves. Recently, there has even a new American show introduced called “Hyprov” wherein volunteers are hypnotised before performing in improv comedy. Perhaps there are even some darker tales of people being hypnotised against their knowledge or consent to act or behave in ways that are not in their best interests, be it instantaneously or with long-term consequences. This is untrue. It is simply not possible to be made to act against your will during or after hypnosis. A vegetarian cannot be convinced to eat meat, an unruly child cannot be hypnotised to tidy their room each night, and a person cannot be made to do anything that goes against their morals. As we discussed above, you are aware at all times during hypnosis. You are fully in control of your actions, and if you ever felt uncomfortable with something then you can simply stand up and leave the room. It is that straightforward. Where confusion surfaces, is that you are more open to suggestion under hypnosis. Whilst this is a fundamental part of the benefits that can be reaped from hypnotherapy, it is also what can create misinterpretations of free will. With a stage hypnotist, the audience will arrive with an expectation of what will happen. A volunteer will already have in their mind an idea of what will happen, so when they are under hypnosis, the suggestions are easily acted upon. **You may not wake up** Some people may have fears of being put in a trance and never being free, and sometimes you hear of wild theories from a concerned family member when their relative finds a new partner and starts acting differently all of a sudden. This particular belief is more popular in Israel than other myths, likely due to a well-known case of a stage hypnotist who struggled to dehypnotise a subject during a show (Kleinhauz et al., 1979). From an untrained and fearful eye, influenced by myths and common media portrayals, it is understandable why someone may have this fear. It is also untrue. Building on what was covered with the previous myths, under hypnosis you are aware, and you have control over what is going on. Granted, if a hypnotherapy session were to suddenly end without assisting you to awaken, it’s going to be a bit jarring. However, any hypnotherapist worth their salt will have an induction in place to end your hypnosis pleasantly and peacefully. If there was an emergency or you suddenly decided that you no longer wanted to be under hypnosis, there is nothing there to stop you. With the more common myths covered, it is time to discuss some strategies that can be used by hypnotherapists with clients to dispel misinformation and increase their confidence in the process. **Renomination** Some may avoid using the word “hypnosis” and replace it with more neutrally perceived words, such as “guided imagery”, “visualisation” or “deep relaxation”. With this technique, one can achieve the same therapeutic results without the social stigma attached. This technique may not be for everybody, however, as some argue that the word “hypnosis” can add to therapeutic results due to its implications of being a special therapeutic situation. **Demystification** This involves removing the perceptions of mystery and myth that are often connected to hypnosis, as well as distinguishing the difference between hypnotherapy and stage hypnosis. This can be achieved by learning about specific cultural influences that relate to yourself and your client, and providing explanations using everyday terms, objects, experiences, and metaphors. **Personalisation** A hypnotherapist can tailor the amelioration of a client’s perception of hypnosis by understanding and working with their individual needs and goals. If a client was seeking more control of their behaviour or an aspect of their lives, it may be suitable to frame hypnosis as an empowering tool for enhancing self-control. A person experiencing anxiety may be reassured by an emphasis on the calming and peaceful elements of the hypnosis. A person who is fearful of the mythical perception of hypnosis may benefit from a more biologically focussed explanation of the process. **Emphasising scientific findings** Although our knowledge of hypnosis and hypnotherapy is far from conclusive, the recent advancements in technology have allowed for a clearer picture than ever before of what goes on in the brain during hypnosis in neurocognitive research. Numerous clinical trials have also been conducted on the efficacy of hypnotherapy on a variety of things such as anxiety, pain management, smoking and IBS. Clients may find comfort in the knowledge gained by researchers and explanations of what changes our brains go through during the process. This method is particularly favoured by those in a clinical setting such as practitioners in hospitals. There are some who argue there is however a purpose to be served for the mysterious nature of hypnosis. Meyerson (2014) states that one of the powerful elements of hypnotherapy is that there is a dissociation from everyday function and the outside world and that an element of hypnosis being somewhat separate from the mundane world can strengthen this dissociation. They also argue that expectation is a powerful element of hypnosis. Even for stage hypnotists, the expectation of their subjects making a spectacle of themselves is a powerful factor of their success in a performance. If a client seeking hypnotherapy has a belief that hypnosis has a mysterious element to it, it may strengthen the effectiveness of their treatment. All in all, hypnosis has been a widely misunderstood concept for many years, with myths being perpetuated by our peers, our cultures, and our histories. As we are advancing as a species, as well as our technology, the mystery of hypnosis is slowly but surely being unravelled and brought into the light. Long gone are the days of Mesmer and his magnetism, although the media and public perception still has a way to go before meaningful changes are made to common perception and opinion. As we are uncovering more and more of the truth about how the world works, we should also perhaps pause for thought for a moment and wonder. Is retaining a just little bit of intrigue in the art of hypnosis not entirely a bad thing? **References** Barrett, D. (2006). Hypnosis in film and television. *The American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis*, *49*(1), 13–30. Chant, D., Clohessy, D., Cowling, T., Gow, K., Mackie, C., & Moloney, R. (2006). Attitudes and opinions about hypnosis in an Australian city. *Australian Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 34,* 162–186. Kleinhauz, M., Dreyfuss, D. A., Beran, B., Goldberg, T., & Azikri, D. (1979). Some after-effects of stage hypnosis: A case study of psychopathological manifestations. *International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis*, *27*, 219–226. Meyerson, J. (2014). The myth of hypnosis: the need for remythification. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 62(3), 378-393. Palsson, O., Twist, S., Walker, M. (2019). A national survey of clinical hypnosis views and experiences of the adult population in the United States. Journal of clinical and experimental hypnosis, 67(4), 428-448.The myths surrounding Hypnosis --- # The Power of Suggestion Blog Mental Health and Wellbeing By Beth 30th April 2024 There is a little mantra within the hypnotherapy world that says ***all hypnosis is self-hypnosis,*** and it’s always good to remember this. Formally, self-hypnosis is something which everyone can learn, and many hypnotherapists will teach you self-hypnosis as part of your treatment plan so you can carry on the good work you have been doing with your hypnotherapist between sessions and after your course of sessions. The foundation of hypnotherapy is two-fold, first, the hypnosis itself, that lovely relaxing, absorbing, focused experience that your therapist helps you to enter; and second, responding to suggestions. It's this second aspect that I want to talk about here. Suggestions in hypnotherapy are carefully crafted to be personal to you and your needs and goals. When you have your initial session of hypnotherapy, your therapist will be paying close attention to what you want from therapy, and they are trained in how to form suggestions which help you achieve your goals. These suggestions can be direct, or less obvious using storytelling or asking you to imagine yourself in a certain way. Suggestions are created to focus on what you want, not on what you don’t want. An example might be to concentrate on you feeling more confident or calm. Psychologists have identified that we respond to suggestions not only in therapy sessions but actually on a continuous basis through our own self-chatter. If you have tried mindfulness meditation you will know how busy our minds can be. This self-chatter acts like self-suggestions and when these are unhelpful, these are called automatic negative thoughts. Automatic negative thoughts tend to happen more when we are stressed or anxious and then they can be very loud and repetitive so that we pay too much attention to them. We automatically tell ourselves ***I can’t do that; this is going wrong; I’ll never be able to..*** and then these thoughts can spiral out of control. Sound familiar? Looking at this from a hypnotherapy viewpoint, these automatic negative thoughts act as negative self-suggestions. We are then responding to our own negative suggestions so it is no surprise that when we have a problem or difficulty we can feel as if things will never improve. It’s good to sometimes sit quietly and reflect on those suggestions we are giving to ourselves. How is your self-chatter? Back in 1985, Daniel Araoz authored a book called ***The New Hypnosis*** which pulled together the various theories of hypnosis and presented the idea that hypnotherapy facilitates the process by which we learn to activate our own potential, by turning our unhelpful self-suggestions into constructive and positive ones. It helps you to have the space and support to think about difficulties, reach different conclusions, and then to give yourself different more constructive messages. In hypnotherapy sessions, the skilled therapist gives you the opportunity to identify what you have been telling yourself, and then they help you to reframe these messages to be something more constructive and rewarding. These constructive and rewarding messages will then be woven into formal hypnotic suggestions. You then take these suggestions on board so that the previous negative messages are quieted. See how the picture above illustrates this? The bottom steps are those messages which block progress – we’ve told ourselves ***I won’t*** or ***I can’t*** and then that is where we stay. Softening those messages to be more curious and open, also quiets those previous negative one. Now the messages are ***how would it look if I could? What if I were to give it a go? How about if I could make at least some progress or change in the right direction? How does it feel now I am lightening up on myself and know it’s OK to not be perfect first time?*** So back to our mantra, ***all hypnosis is self-hypnosis***, can you see how we are all continually responding to suggestions we give to ourselves? When our self-talk is discouraging and negative, things tend not to go well, thus forming a negative self-reinforcing loop. But when our self-talk is positive and affirmative we create an environment where things do go well. In hypnotherapy sessions, the work of your therapist gives you suggestions which are positive and affirmative with the aim of replacing your discouraging and negative self-talk which has been making you doubt your ability to change and blocking your paths towards change. Part of this work will help you to realise the role you play in this and the power you have to achieve what you want. --- # The Space Between Waking and Dreaming Blog By Guest Blog 17th September 2026 ***With thanks to our member, Carole Crawford, for this article.*** For as far back as I can remember, my dreams have spoken to me. Not always in words Sometimes through colour. Sometimes through a feeling I can't quite name. There are dreams I remember decades after having them. Not because I can recall every detail, but because something about them stayed with me. A particular quality. A flash of colour. A feeling. A moment that seemed to carry a weight I couldn't quite explain. And then there are those moments between sleeping and waking. Eyes open. The room familiar. But somewhere else still present. Perhaps you are still walking through a strange house. Still looking at someone who was both familiar and unknown. Still caught in the remnants of a place that existed only moments ago. Then it falls away. Or almost falls away. You are awake. We tend to think of dreaming as something that belongs to sleep. We close our eyes, and fragments of memory, sensation, emotion and experience may find their way into the strange stories of the night. But dreams don't necessarily speak the language of explanation. They can speak in metaphor. In mood. In movement. I've never been particularly persuaded by the idea of a universal dream dictionary. That a house means one thing, water another, and a particular animal something else. The same symbol can carry very different associations for different people. For me, dreams seem to take things we recognise - people, places, memories, experiences, fears and hopes - and shape them into stories that may have little resemblance to waking reality. The story may not be telling us something. It may be showing us something. So perhaps the question isn't: **“What does this symbol mean?”** Perhaps it is: **“What is happening here?”** And: **“What does it evoke in me?”** This is where my thinking about dreams meets hypnosis. Because hypnosis also invites us to shift our attention. Not into sleep. Not away from consciousness. But into a different quality of attention. ## **Awake, but somewhere else** When people hear the word hypnosis, they may still imagine someone being put to sleep, losing consciousness or handing over control. Yet hypnosis does not require sleep. A person remains awake and aware. What can change is where attention rests. Think about becoming completely absorbed in a book. Or music. Or a film. For a while, the room around you seems to recede. You know where you are. But your attention has travelled. Hypnosis can involve this kind of absorption, alongside suggestion and focused attention. And imagination is not simply about seeing pictures in the mind. We can imagine a sound. A smell. A touch. A conversation. A possibility. For some people, an imagined event may be strongly visual. For others, it may be more closely connected to emotion, language, bodily awareness or a sense of knowing. There is no single way to imagine. Perhaps that matters because imagination allows us to encounter possibilities before they have happened. We can rehearse a different response. Approach something differently. Try on a future that doesn't yet exist. ## **Sleepwalking into awe** This is the phrase that came to me when I began thinking about the relationship between dreams and hypnosis: **sleepwalking into awe.** It sounds impossible. And in a literal sense, it is. But perhaps that's precisely the point. Imagine walking into a room expecting nothing special. Perhaps you've been having a difficult day. Feeling low. A little forgotten. Perhaps life has become grey around the edges and you have begun to believe that nobody really notices. Then you open a door. And there they are. People you love. Music. Laughter. Light. A surprise. For a moment, something inside you changes before you've even had time to think about it. **Wow.** The event itself is one thing. The feeling is another. That sudden shift from one internal landscape into another - from melancholy to wonder, from heaviness to possibility - is what I mean by *sleepwalking into awe*. The body hasn't travelled anywhere extraordinary. The room may not have changed very much. But your felt sense of it has. And perhaps this offers a way of thinking about hypnosis. I'm not suggesting that hypnosis is dreaming. It isn't. Nor is it sleep. It isn't that either. Rather, hypnosis can create conditions in which attention becomes sufficiently absorbed that an imagined event can become vivid and immediate. A voice might become more prominent. A remembered place might return. A future conversation might begin to take shape. A sensation might become noticeable in a way it wasn't before. It is about what can happen when **attention, imagery and sensation interact.** ## **The language of metaphor** Dreams have their own strange grammar. They rarely stop to explain themselves. They simply place us somewhere. Something happens. We respond. We move towards something or away from it. A door opens. A road disappears. A room changes. Someone arrives. Someone leaves. Hypnotherapy can also make use of metaphor and narrative. A person might imagine carrying a heavy suitcase. They might picture standing at a crossroads, approaching a doorway or leaving something behind. But the metaphor doesn't arrive with an instruction manual. A crossroads isn't automatically a decision. A suitcase isn't automatically a burden. A door isn't automatically an opportunity. Its significance belongs to the person encountering it. And that is where I think curiosity becomes more useful than interpretation. Rather than deciding what something represents, we can ask: **What do you notice?** **What happens next?** **What does this mean to you?** **If something could change, what would you want it to be?** There is something important in leaving space for the person to discover their own meaning. The practitioner can accompany that process without needing to have the answer. The metaphor can remain open. Perhaps that openness is part of its usefulness. ## **When imagination becomes experience** We can know perfectly well that something isn't physically happening and still respond to it emotionally or physically. Think about remembering a particularly embarrassing moment. Nothing is happening now. And yet your face might flush. Your stomach might tighten. For a moment, you are back there. Memory can do this. So can imagination. And hypnosis can deliberately work with this capacity. We know the remembered or imagined event isn't happening in the room. Yet the warmth, the sound, the anticipation, the response it evokes can still become part of what is happening for us. It is not about confusing imagination with reality. It is about noticing what becomes possible when we give an inner event our attention. Perhaps this is part of the appeal of metaphor in therapeutic work. It offers another way into something. Not necessarily through explanation. Through story. Through sensation. Through the possibility of experiencing something differently. ## **We don't always need to know** Perhaps we have become accustomed to believing that everything has to be explained. What does the dream mean? Why did I imagine that? What does this symbol represent? Sometimes the more useful response is simply to remain curious. To notice. To allow a thought, feeling or scene to unfold. To see what happens when we don't immediately decide what something means. Dreams remind us that the mind can create whole worlds from fragments of ordinary experience. Hypnosis reminds us that imagination can become an experience while we remain awake. Neither requires us to abandon reason. Perhaps they simply reveal that human experience is larger than explanation alone. There are things we understand through words. And things we encounter through memory, metaphor, sensation and story. ## **The space between** Perhaps that is what draws me to the space between waking and dreaming. Not because the two are the same. They aren't. But because both remind us that consciousness is not as simple as awake or asleep. Attention can shift. A thought can become a scene. A memory can feel close again. And suddenly, without going anywhere, we can find ourselves somewhere else. Perhaps that is what dreams can offer us when we think about hypnosis. Not a secret code. Not an answer waiting to be decoded. But a glimpse of the extraordinary capacity of the mind to create, transform and respond. The ability to move between memory and imagination, thought and feeling, without the body having to go anywhere at all. And perhaps there is more room for that capacity in our waking lives than we sometimes realise. ### **References** Oakley, D. A., & Halligan, P. W. (2013). *Hypnotic suggestion: Opportunities for cognitive neuroscience*. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 14(8), 565–576. Schredl, M., & Hofmann, F. (2003). *Continuity between waking activities and dream activities*. Consciousness and Cognition, 12(2), 298–308. Kahn, D. (2019). *Reactions to dream content: Continuity and non-continuity*. Frontiers in Psychology, 10, 2676. --- # Why are some people more hypnotisable than others? By Beth 12th July 2022 If you ask someone about their experience receiving hypnotherapy, you may get a mixture of reviews. Some share life-changing moments, some may have needed more sessions than others, whereas others may simply shrug and say that it wasn’t their cup of tea. Why is this the case? There are a range of things that could influence the success of a hypnotherapy session: the willpower of the client, the complexity of the task, the rapport that the client has with their hypnotherapist as well as the skills of the hypnotherapists themselves. Whilst this is all true, it doesn’t help much to explain why one hypnotherapist may still get varied results from their clients. Some people are simply more responsive to hypnosis than others. Most people have a capacity to benefit from hypnotherapy. There are those who are more hypnotisable and may respond faster to hypnosis or have a stronger positive reaction from their intervention than those who are less hypnotisable (e.g., Patterson & Pacek, 1997). What exactly does this mean? The term hypnotisability refers to “an individual’s ability to experience suggested alterations in physiology, sensations, emotions, thoughts or behaviour during hypnosis” (Elkins et al., 2015). Most people fall into the upper-middle of the global scale of hypnotisability, with some individuals falling on either end of the curve, being either highly hypnotisable or barely at all (Elkins, 2014). Throughout the world of research, the titular question is something that regularly surfaces on subjects about hypnotherapy. There are a several recognised tests to find out how hypnotisable someone is, such as the often-used Stanford Scales, and it is generally agreed upon that the higher someone’s level of hypnotisability, the more benefits they could stand to gain from hypnosis. As of yet, there is not, one clear answer to what influences this, but as technology advances, the picture is slowly becoming clearer. One thing we do know is that a person’s level of hypnotisability generally appears to be stable over time (Piccione, Hilgard & Zimbardo, 1989). This stability gives us clues that at least part of what influences how hypnotisable we are is coded within us, be it our brain, our genes, or something else. Early data on genetics and hypnotisability was admittedly somewhat limited. All that arose in the 70s and 80s were twin studies on heritability, although they were inciteful. Piccione, Hilgard & Zimbardo (1989) claimed that twin studies highlighted that hypnotisability was around 44-64% heritable, depending on age and ethnicity. Things would change with the human genome project that ran through the end of the 20th Century and unlocked a new world of information, facilitating an influx of new findings. One of these discoveries was the COMT gene and its mutations. Spanning across 1999 to 2017, there has been a lot of investigation into catechol-O-methyltransferase (COMT) by various research groups (Lichtenberg et al., 2004; Raz, 2005; Szekely et al., 2010). This gene is linked to the reward pathways in our brain, and mutations in this gene change which enzymes are produced to break down dopamine. Changes in the COMT gene seem to cause a production of two different alleles: valine or methionine. The first findings claimed that production of valine was most often linked to high hypnotisability scores, and methionine with low scores. Szekely et al., (2017) argue that valine is more efficient at breaking down dopamine in the prefrontal cortex (the front section the brain), which can influence important psychological functions. All of the research groups agree that there is a relationship between the COMT gene and hypnotisability from their experiments. However, an interesting disagreement arose: which allele made someone more or less hypnotisable. Each research group used a different setting for their experiments, with some using group hypnosis and some using individual sessions. Szekely et al., (2017) went on to theorise that setting may influence the level of arousal in the prefrontal cortex. High-arousal situations, such as group hypnosis, were theorised to be more effective for those with more of the efficient valine allele, whereas low-intensity settings may be more beneficial for those with a mixture of valine and methionine alleles. All of the research groups were at least able to agree that people who produced only methionine alleles were correlated with being the least hypnotisable. As well as looking at our genetic makeup, researchers have also examined the brain itself in the search for answers. Advancements in modern technology in the 21st century have allowed us to get a good look at what goes on inside our heads during different processes, and hypnosis has not escaped the curiosity of neuroscientists. Alkins & Ray (2000) were some such researchers. Alkins & Ray took a close look at the frontal lobe, otherwise known as the pre-frontal cortex, drawing on previous research from neuropsychological research on people with frontal lobe dysfunction. A small group of participants were given different tests to assess their executive functioning and the researchers compared their results with their levels of hypnotisability. Alkins & Ray found that the people who performed significantly better in tests involving increased cognitive flexibility also were highly susceptible to hypnosis. Whilst this correlation helps to shed some more light on the role of the brain in hypnosis, the study left questions unanswered by way of highlighting any possible causation. At present, we have certainly uncovered some links between our genetics and our hypnotisability. However, the findings do not answer all of our questions or paint the whole picture. We also need to take a closer look at what other things could influence hypnotisability, and how we can use them to understand hypnosis and how it works at a deeper level. Oxytocin is a neuropeptide that is implicated in social bonding; it enhances a range of pro-social behaviours in humans and animals. In 2012, Bryant et al. investigated the efficacy of oxytocin as a moderator of hypnotisability. They proposed that increasing the levels of oxytocin in one’s body, in this case via a nasal spray, may enhance the levels of hypnotisability in a person. In their experiment they recruited 40 low-hypnotisable people and prior to a hypnosis session, they were given an intranasal spray of either oxytocin or a placebo. The results from their experiment showed that there was a significant increase in the levels of hypnotic responsiveness in those who had the oxytocin spray compared to the placebo. This study was the first of its kind, and the experimenters are excited to see where this could lead to in the future. Attention and hypnosis share an undoubtedly strong link. This has been highlighted in many ways, for example in 2020 by Oldon, Stendel & Veissiere when they found a positive correlation between levels of smartphone addiction and hypnotisability in students in the United States. In 2018, Martin, Sackur & Dienes looked into attention as well. In an experiment comparing people of high, medium, or low hypnotisability, the team of researchers asked if sustained attentional ability was involved in this divide. Using a perspective-switching exercise with the image of a nekker cube, the abilities of each group to control their switching of perspectives of which way the cube was facing were compared. They also told some members of each group that previous research had indicated the highest success for their particular group (which was untrue for some groups). Overall, the high-hypnotisability group exerted more control of their ability to change visual perception at will than the other groups. Interestingly, only the high-hypnotisability group were also influenced by the additional information given that people in their group were more skilled at the nekker cube attention task. In short, what this means is that whilst the higher-hypnotisability group did display superior attentional control as has been argued in other research, the experiment also highlighted how sensitive to suggestion the high-group were in comparison to the medium- and low-group, who were not affected by the extra information. The research discussed here is by no means exhaustive. The academic journals are also littered with unsuccessful explorations, such as a comparison of intelligence and hypnotisability by Geiger et al., (2014). From what researchers have been able to tell us so far, it looks like we are well on the way to accounting for a sizable portion of what could make up our levels of hypnotisability. There are, however, still many elements that remain unknown to us. For now. Atkins, D., Ray, W. J. (2000). Frontal lobe contributions to hypnotic susceptibility: A neuropsychological screening of executive functioning. *International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 49(4),* 320-329. Link: Bryant, R. A., Hung, L. (2012). Oxytocin enhances social persuasion during hypnosis. *PLoS ONE, 8 (4).* Link: Elkins, G. (2014). *Hypnotic relaxation therapy: Principles and applications*. Springer Publishing. Elkins, G. R., Barabas’z, A. F., Council, J. R., Spiegel, D. (2015). Advancing research and practice: The revised APA division 30 definition of hypnosis. *American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis*, *57*(4), 378–385. Link: Geiger, E., Peter, B., Prade, T., Piesbergen, C. (2014). Intelligence and Hypnotisability: Is there a connection? *International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 62*(3), 310-329. Link: Lichtenberg, P., Bachner-Melman, R., Ebstein, R. P., Crawford, H. J. (2004). Hypnotic susceptibility: Multidimensional relationships with Cloninger’s Tridimensional Personality Questionnaire, COMT polymorphisms, absorption, and attentional characteristics. *International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis*, *52*, 47–72. Link: : Martin, J., Sackur, J., Dienes, Z. (2018). Attention or instruction: do sustained attentional abilities really differ between high and low hypnotisable persons? *Psychological Research, 82,* 700-707. Link: Olson, J. A., Stendel, M., Veissiere, S. (2020). Hypnotised by your phone? Smartphone addiction correlates with hypnotisability. *Frontiers in Psychiatry, 11,* 578. Link: Patterson, D. R., & Pacek, J. T. (1997). Baseline pain as a moderator of hypnotic analgesia for burn injury treatment. *Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology*, *65*(1), 60–67. Link: [https://doi.org/10. 1037/0022-006X.65.1.60](https://doi.org/10.%201037/0022-006X.65.1.60) Piccione, C., Hilgard, E. R., & Zimbardo, P. (1989). On the degree of stability of measured hypnotizability over a 25-year period. *Journal of Personality and Social Psychology*, *56*(2), 289–295. Link: [https://doi.org/10.1037/0022-3514.56.2.289](https://awspntest.apa.org/doi/10.1037/0022-3514.56.2.289) Raz, A., Fan, J., Posner, M. I. (2005). Neuroimaging and genetic associations of attentional and hypnotic processes. *Journal of Physiology, 99,* 483-491. Link: --- # Why Coming Out in the Therapy Room Matters By Beth 11th October 2021 ***By Daniel Browne (MHS Accred).*** On 11th October each year since the late 1980s, National Coming Out Day has been marked. It’s a day of awareness and celebration that started in America and is now recognised globally. National Coming Out Day is an opportunity for the lesbian, gay, bisexual and trans (LGBT+) community to be loud and proud about their identity, while highlighting why coming out remains important and raising awareness of the reasons why so many LGBT+ people are unable to come out. In an ideal world there would be no need to come out. People would be able to live freely with no judgement, prejudice, or discrimination. People would be able to live freely without heteronormative or cisnormative ideas been projected on to them. Sadly, we don’t live in that ideal world. LGBT+ people are still subjected to judgement, prejudice, and discrimination. LGBT+ people still have to deal with the heteronormative and cisnormative society we live in. But what has this got to do with therapy? Why is National Coming Out Day important in the context of therapy? If you are a therapist, the chances are you will work with an LGBT+ person at some point. With estimations of the LGBT+ population ranging from 1% - 6% of people (I actually think it’s much higher as so many people don’t feel able to be open about their identity), LGBT+ people will arrive in your therapy room sometime during your time as a therapist. While a client’s presenting issue may not be related to their sexual orientation or gender identity, it is important that all clients can be comfortable, open, and bring their whole selves to therapy. It’s important that therapists are comfortable and open too, in addition to being accepting and affirmative of LGBT+ people. For example, take a gay male client who has come to see you because their marriage is breaking down. You may assume they have a wife rather than a husband. Asking questions about their wife may offend the client and make them feel they can’t be their authentic self in therapy. While their issue isn’t related to their sexuality, they would need to come out as gay to their therapist and say they are married to a man. The above is an example of the heteronormative world we live in. Heteronormativity is the assumption that everyone is heterosexual and that we all live by the norms of a heterosexual life. Of course, that’s not true. That’s why it is important to let go of what is actually quite a toxic way of thinking (even though it’s ingrained in most people and reinforced in the media, on television, etc). Heteronormativity can lead to LGBT+ people feeling they can’t come out. This means denying themselves the freedom of being open about who they are and living a happier life. The same can be said for cisnormativity. This is the assumption that everyone is cisgender. A cisgender or cis person is someone whose gender identity matches their biological sex. Sex is physical and gender identity is how a person feels in their mind. So, for example, I was born male. I was assigned male at birth. I identify as a male. Therefore, I am cisgender. However, someone who was assigned male at birth but identifies as female is not cisgender. They would be trans. So, put simply, someone who is cisgender is not trans. As a therapist, I specialise in working with LGBT+ people. Many of those people are not out to family, friends, work colleagues, or wider society. Some of those people are living a heterosexual life but actually identify as gay or bisexual. Some of those people are living a cisgender life but actually identify as trans or as a different gender identity to the sex they were assigned at birth. I am often the only person that my clients can come out to. For me, that’s an honour and something I take very seriously; to be trusted with that information and to be providing a safe, affirmative space for LGBT+ people. My firm belief is that all therapists should be LGBT+ affirmative. It ties in with unconditional positive regard – the concept that we should be accepting and support all clients, regardless of what they say or do. I believe we should add however a client identifies to that. Ethically, therapists should be accepting and affirmative of LGBT+ clients and work on gaining knowledge and understanding of LGBT+ terminology, identities and the specific issues faced by LGBT+ people. Coming out really does still matter, in society and in the therapy room. Not just on National Coming Out Day, but every day. There are a few ways in which you can make it clear you are LGBT+ affirmative and signal that you provide a safe space for LGBT+ clients to come out and be their authentic self. Firstly, on your consultation or intake form, have a question about pronouns. So, does the client like to be referred to as he/him, she/her, or they/them. It’s a small touch that makes a big difference. That’s often the case – small changes making a big difference. You may also like to wear a rainbow badge or pronoun badge that sends a positive message to LGBT+ people. You could update your advertising to show you welcome LGBT+ clients and that you are an LGBT+ affirmative therapist. It will be worth thinking about what else you could do. So, to end, I just want to say that my name is Daniel Browne. I am a therapist and a proud gay man, on National Coming Out Day and on every single day of the year. ***With thanks to HS Ambassador Daniel Browne (MHS Accred) for providing this blog. You can find out more about Daniel and his work*** [***here***](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/about-us/ambassadors/daniel-browne)***.*** --- # Benefits of Mindfulness in Today's Busy Society Blog By Brogan 13th September 2025 **With thanks to our member, Gynesta Coppin for this article.** In recent years, it seems that as a society, we have become increasingly busy, which in turn brings its own consequences into our daily lives. We have no time for ourselves, no time for developing relationships with others and we also find it hard to make time for eating, as it’s usually on the go or eaten whilst multitasking or in front of the television or on our phones. We become stressed and worry about the future, which leads to anxiety and emotional turmoil. Mindfulness is a good way to take time out and reset ourselves and help us to be aware of what’s happening in the present here and now. It’s roots date back to ancient Buddhist heritage, they practiced the art of grasping the present moment without judgement or expectation, which could be very beneficial today. By practicing Mindfulness, you can experience your own thoughts, feelings and emotions as they are happening, this helps you acknowledge your true self, and heightens your own self-awareness, this can lead you to recognise your emotions ahead of reacting impulsively. So instead of letting a situation run away with you, you can accept and notice these without judgement, As we are approaching it with a calm disposition, we can make clearer decisions fuelled by clarity and conviction. A good way you can do this is by mindful breathing, taking a few moments out of your day can be extremely rewarding, not only for your body, but for your total wellbeing. You don’t have to set aside a whole day to this, to start with even a few moments a day is all you need to align yourself with the here and now. Find a quiet space, away from the hustle and bustle of life and just focus on your breathing, breath in cool fresh air and exhale the hot stress and strains of the day, as you concentrate on the motion of breathing you are learning the process of teaching your mind to remain in the moment. We can also incorporate Body scan meditation into these exercises, this is done by focusing on different parts of the body, feeling within ourselves tensions, sensations and even pay attention to body temperature and by releasing this physical tension, it lets us become more attuned to the present moment. Another practice within Mindfulness is mindful eating, sometimes it’s just not possible to take time for long meals and we can bolt down our food on the go. Even if we were to just savour each bite, relish in the sensation of taste, notice the colours, flavours and textures, this simple technique helps us gain a greater understanding of our sense of awareness, which can bring more enjoyment to the simple task of eating and can regulate emotions around food, by engaging in this we slow down and once again we become present. By being more aware of ourselves, emotions and your environment this can also have a positive effect on relationships. This can be achieved by nurturing non- Judgemental awareness, this helps us become more accustomed to the emotional needs of others, increasing empathy and reinforce deeper connections. With regular practise this can become a natural part of daily life which can help synchronise your emotions to deal with situations more successfully and assists us to manage stress, anxiety and stop the cycle of worrying. By taking some time out of our busy day mindfulness practices can support us in dealing with the pressures of today’s life. --- # Beware of the Gaslighter! By Beth 11th June 2021 **Written by Ian Fielder - MHS Accred** It is becoming more and more common in my clinical practice to work with clients who have very low self-esteem and lacking confidence who may actually be in a narcissistic relationship and suffering from gaslighting! Gaslighting is a form of emotional abuse that’s seen in abusive relationships. It’s the act of manipulating a person by forcing them to question their thoughts, memories, and the events occurring around them. A victim of gaslighting can be pushed so far that they question their own sanity. Our client who is in this type of relationship is known as the ‘empath’ and firmly believes they are the one in the wrong. The term “gaslighting” comes from a play and subsequent movie called “Gaslight.” In the 1944 movie, the devious husband, played by Charles Boyer, manipulates and torments his wife, played by Ingrid Bergman, to convince her that she’s going mad. Gaslighting, whether intentional or not, is a form of manipulation. Gaslighting can happen in many types of relationships, including those with bosses, friends, and parents. But one of the most devastating forms of gaslighting is when it occurs in a relationship between a couple. When we first meet our client, we are listening to their presenting issues and need to spot the narcissistic/empath relationship which can be difficult to determine especially if the client continually accepts that everything is their fault. So, what are the typical signs that we can look out for when obtaining the background of the client’s relationship? The narcissist (gaslighter) will often prey on the vulnerable and seek out those with low self-esteem or maybe someone who has come out of a toxic relationship. The empath can then be subject to love bombing with the gaslighter deliberately placing them on a pedestal making them not only feel very special but they can be easily convinced their new partner really is THE special one. The empath is then gradually caught like a fly in a spider’s web allowing the gaslighter to then begin their controlling behaviour. There can be obvious tell-tale signs like the narcissist dictating where and with whom they socialise. The empath is persuaded to lose contact with their good friends and even their relatives. The empath is always being told they’re wrong and the gaslighter will blatantly lie and then deny something they previously have said or did. Many empaths in describing their experiences say that the gaslighter is constantly cruel and then they do something extraordinarily kind. The empath just focuses on the good thing and blames themselves for all of the bad experiences. As a rule of thumb, the gaslighter will do nine horrible things to every kind act. When working with our clients, gaining information about their situation, we can look out for the following traits which maybe are strong indicators they are being gaslit. ### **Lying and Exaggerating** The gaslighter creates a negative narrative about the empath (“There’s something wrong and inadequate about you”), based on generalised false presumptions and accusations, rather than objective, independently verifiable facts, thereby putting the empath on the defensive. ### **Repetition** Like psychological warfare, the falsehoods are repeated constantly in order to stay on the offensive, controlling the conversation, and dominating the relationship. ### **Escalating When Challenged** When challenged on their lies, the gaslighter escalates the dispute by doubling and tripling down on their attacks, refuting substantive evidence with denial, blame, and more false claims, sowing doubt and confusion. ### **Wearing Out the Victim** By staying on the offensive, the gaslighter eventually wears down their victim, who becomes discouraged, resigned, pessimistic, fearful, debilitated, and self-doubting. The victim begins to question his or her own perception, identity, and reality. ### **Forming Co-dependent Relationships** Co-dependency is "excessive emotional or psychological reliance on a partner.” In a gaslighting relationship, the gaslighter elicits constant insecurity and anxiety in the empath, thereby pulling the empath by the strings. The gaslighter has the power to grant acceptance, approval, respect, safety, and security or to take them away. A co-dependent relationship is formed based on fear, vulnerability, and marginalisation. ### **Giving False Hope** As a manipulative tactic, the gaslighter will occasionally treat the victim with mildness, moderation, and even superficial kindness or remorse, to give the empath false hope. In these circumstances, the victim might think: “Maybe he’s really not THAT bad,” “Maybe things are going to get better,” or “Let’s give it a chance.” But beware! The temporary mildness is often a calculated manoeuvre intended to instil complacency and have the victim’s guard down before the next act of gaslighting begins. With this tactic, the gaslighter also further reinforces a co-dependent relationship. It is key when working with the empath to restore their self-confidence, helping them to be aware of the present and feeling grounded. Self-awareness is important when you are sensitive to other people’s feelings so encourage them to recognise the need for alone time. Get them to spend time with their own emotions and allow their feelings to be without judgment. Help them to learn what triggers them in a negative way and to restore their feelings of joy. When they become more aware of their own feelings, moods, and triggers, it is easier for them to be aware when they are picking up on someone else’s energy. Being more self-aware will enable them to cultivate different ways to acknowledge emotions that do not belong to them without absorbing them. It is key that they recognise and become aware that a narcissist always has an agenda which is rarely anything to do with the client’s best interest. I often describe to the client they are playing a game where the rule book is hidden from them! A useful intervention that has been successful in my practice when working with an empath is to show them how to de-escalate situations. Often the gaslighter wants to escalate a situation to force the empath to take the blame resulting in verbal or physical abuse. When the empath refuses to accept the blame and changes the subject to mundane topics, the gaslighter gets confused and fails to continue their familiar escalation traits. Having empathy can be a gift that helps the empath connect with others. The key to being empathetic without the negative side effects is to maintain a strong sense of self. If you are working with an empath help them to not absorb the negative energy around them, remember certain people and situations might be particularly draining for them and they may have to limit their exposure to them. Effective boundaries help them set limits based on their own needs, feelings, and energy levels. This way they can limit their exposure to those people that consistently drain their energy. There are ways to decrease a gaslighter's influence in our client’s life but unfortunately, many of these will boil down to one thing which is to get as far away as possible. Because gaslighters are so slippery and manipulative, their best bet is to cut off all contact. If they can't completely cut off contact, drastically reduce it. Gaslighters' payoff is knowing they've upset their partner so if you help your client to not react or act bored, they will usually leave them alone. Some suggest that they try giving a gaslighter "a taste of their own medicine" by yelling and manipulating right back. This usually only works for a very short term by shocking the gaslighter into silence, but the danger is they will soon retaliate and come back for revenge. This is definitely not recommended and can be a tricky game to play. Encouraging our client to start acting like a gaslighter, no matter how strong the temptation is, rarely works and will often result in a worsening situation. Finally, it is important to know that confronting a gaslighter almost never works. When the client tries to bring up their efforts to distort reality, the gaslighter will only distort it further and refuse to acknowledge what they're doing. The best option is of course to leave and cut off all communication with the gaslighter and to maintain "radio silence." If this is achieved, prepare the client to expect that the gaslighter will try everything in their power to get them back into their clutches. They have a need for constant attention and if they aren't getting it from a new relationship, they will usually try and rekindle the relationship, often by apologising and beginning the love bombing process once more. Ensure that the client knows that if they do leave the relationship, they must keep up no contact. Things will never get better with a gaslighter, only worse. In helping our client, the empath, who is living or dealing with a gaslighter, we must focus on self-esteem, self-assurance and confidence together with getting them to ground themselves. We must keep in mind the way a psychologically healthy person should actually act. Now of course, if they have been around a gaslighter for a while, it can be easy to forget what that even looks like. We can always reinforce with our clients to remember that psychologically healthy people will always encourage expression of opinions and say what they mean and mean what they say. They will always support you even if they don't agree with you and let you know in a direct and kind way if you've hurt them. In a positive relationship we are capable of emotional intimacy and the mutual sharing of feelings and ideas. We trust others and will exhibit behaviours that are genuine and authentic. One question I am often asked is how do we treat narcissists? The answer is easy, as narcissists are full of self-belief and cannot believe they are ever wrong, we rarely see them in our clinics! In an article on narcissists in Psychology Today, Washington University conducted three very well-constructed studies to determine whether narcissists have insight into their personality and reputation. They concluded that narcissists rarely change, mostly because they don't *want* to. They love their lifestyle. Researchers trying to reform narcissists have noted that a major impediment is their *lack* of self-awareness. They speculated that if narcissists received true feedback, they would change. The study suggests this is *not* the case. Narcissists are fully aware that they are narcissistic and that they have a narcissistic reputation. When working with an empath who recognises they are being gaslit, I think about the Clash’s hit single, ‘*Should I stay or should I go’ and the chorus;* **‘Should I stay or should I go now?** **If I go, there will be trouble** **And if I stay it will be double’.** All we are able to do is help our client with their self esteem and confidence and to be in the moment. It is never our role to make the decision for them. --- # Hypnotherapy for Relationships Blog Hypnotherapy News By Beth 5th December 2023 Human survival has always been dependent on complex interpersonal relationships to survive. From hunting as a team to take down large prey, to passing on knowledge to newer generations, to being part of a family and wider community. Although our daily struggles have changed as time has marched on, many of us still require connection, intimacy, and communication to thrive. When a relationship, be it romantic, familial, or work-related breaks down, it can be a source of significant distress and emotional upheaval. The ways that we form and maintain relationships and attachments are formed in childhood and can be affected at any point in our lives by significant events. If we have learned only how to form unhelpful attachments, this can disrupt our relationships for the rest of our lives. A painful event such as bullying, betrayal, or rejection can have a ripple effect and taint all of our future relationships, too. By design, hypnotherapy is a helpful way to peek into our unconscious mind to remedy past traumas, as well as to reprogram our subconscious mind to ameliorate how we interpret the actions of others and how we respond to interactions. There are many aspects of relationships that hypnotherapy can help with, and we’re going to take a look at some common problems below. **Conflict** In any form of relationship, conflict is a normal and often unavoidable part of it. Nobody is the same and sometimes philosophies or opinions will clash, and it is up to those in a relationship to work towards a solution. Challenging each other’s beliefs is a healthy way to learn about other perspectives and widen your viewpoint of the world around you. However, if conflict becomes common and disagreements become drawn-out, malicious, and seemingly unsolvable, it may be time to step back and take a better look at what is going on. Hypnotherapy can allow us to recognise outdated or unhelpful beliefs and thought patterns that might be causing us to clash with others. If you find yourself having the same disagreement repeatedly, it might be time to look deeper into your subconscious and see what is going on more clearly. Perhaps an opinion has been formed from a past experience or an authority figure. Perhaps your viewpoint isn’t realistic in today’s society, or as important to someone’s character as you believe. Hypnotherapy can also help you learn to cope with conflict and difficult emotions more successfully. Being able to discuss a topic calmly and with a clear head can lead to a much faster and more satisfying resolution. **Toxic relationships** A relationship that is unhealthy, one-sided, or damaging can be described as toxic. This could be a romantic relationship, a familial relationship, a friendship, or even a work relationship. People who find themselves in these kinds of relationships tend to be manipulated and lack the self-esteem and confidence to set healthy boundaries or even walk away. Getting the courage to end a toxic relationship can be an immense challenge, as well as getting back to normal after ending one. Building up your self-worth with painful memories and finding a new normal can be a significant challenge. As well as other talking therapies, hypnotherapy can be a great way to help you deal with toxic relationships both during and afterwards. Hypnotherapy can be an effective way to build up your self-esteem and confidence. You can learn to recognise and reprogram unhelpful thinking patterns, as well as create a space within yourself to reconnect with yourself and identify your needs and strengths. Hypnotherapy can also help you to come to terms with painful memories and revisit them from a position of safety and increased self-compassion. **Break-ups** The end of a relationship can be a sad and life-altering change. Losing a romantic partner, a family member or a friend can leave a bad taste in your mouth and the pain of losing them from your life can follow you around for years. For some people, time and good company can heal old wounds and patch up the hole in your heart, but others can get trapped in a cycle of grief and unresolved emotion with no clear end in sight. If you’re struggling to shake off the pain of the end of a relationship after a good length of time, you may be dealing with denial or be unable to accept how or why the relationship ended. When you get stuck in ways of thinking, unresolved conflict, negative feelings, or behaviours, it can be a real struggle to break the cycle and put the past behind you in a healthy way. Hypnotherapy can give you the tools to disrupt these patterns so that you can begin to focus on cultivating new relationships, nurturing the ones that you have, and leaving the past behind where it belongs. Hypnotherapy can be a great way to help you reframe a past relationship in your mind so that it is easier to achieve closure. Navigating the complexity of human relationships can be a minefield for the best of us, and it can be difficult not to allow our past perceptions and beliefs to warp the way that we form and maintain relationships with others. If you feel yourself getting stuck, that history repeats itself, or that the past won’t let you go, then hypnotherapy may be just what you need to make powerful and lasting changes to the relationships in your life. You can learn to fight for yourself, to have the courage to put yourself out there, and to be able to confidently and empathetically navigate the myriad of different ways that people see and interact with the world and people around them. If you think that you need a helping hand with your relationships, then take a look at our directory of[Accredited hypnotherapists today!](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/find-a-therapist) --- # Hypnotherapy, Children and Young People By Beth 5th September 2022 The many myths surrounding hypnotherapy and hypnosis have been a hindrance to the modality throughout the years, as it is arguably both one of the most well-known and least understood therapies out there. As a result, misconceptions about the safety and benefits of hypnotherapy mean that not as many people will opt for hypnosis as a safe and viable option to elicit positive change to their lives. Fortunately, the benefits of hypnotherapy are becoming harder to ignore. A group that could really benefit from hypnosis is children. As they are a particularly vulnerable part of our society, we strive to keep children out of harm’s way and want the best for them. Hypnosis to the uninformed may sound like a concerning pairing to the wellbeing of children and young people, however, this couldn’t be further from the truth: Young people can benefit from hypnotherapy just as much as adults. We often hear of adults reaping the rewards of hypnotherapy, but there have also been numerous clinical trials and case studies published not only on teens but on children as young as 5 years old. Despite what some may think, no one can be hypnotised against their will. If hypnotic suggestions are made that don’t align with someone’s aims or moral values, they simply will not be effective. A hypnotherapist once told me that if we could control people’s minds with hypnosis, all hypnotherapists would be millionaires. Hypnosis for children will certainly have its differences to hypnosis for adults: depending on the age and their stage of development, simpler language and shorter sessions may have to be used, and some problems may be more commonly treated for children, such as enuresis. It is argued that children can actually be excellent candidates for hypnosis due to generally having greater imaginative skills as well as being more suggestible overall. When it comes to assessing if a child or young person would benefit from hypnotherapy, there doesn’t appear to be a strict minimum age, but more of a general assessment for suitability. For someone to be successfully hypnotised, all they need is to: 1\) Understand what hypnosis is and what will happen 2\) Agree to be hypnotised 3\) Be able to keep still and focus comfortably for an extended period of time. As with many therapies, a caregiver of a child will need to give consent to allow for them to receive hypnotherapy. Furthermore, it is recommended by The National Hypnotherapy Society to have a caregiver present during a hypnosis session if they are under 16 years old. With all that in mind, let’s look at what the research tells us. As mentioned above, there have been a number of clinical studies and case studies examining the efficacy of hypnosis on children. Below are some examples: Back in 1993, Banerjee, Srivastav & Palan compared the efficacy of hypnotherapy versus imipramine in the treatment of functional nocturnal enuresis (active bed-wetting at night) in a study with 50 children between the ages of 5 and 16 years old. At the end of the initial intervention, 76% of the imipramine group had shown improvements, as well as 72% of the hypnosis group. However, at the 6-month post-treatment follow up, the positive response from the imipramine group had reduced to 24%, whereas the hypnosis group only dropped to 68%. This showed that not only was hypnotherapy as effective as a pharmacological intervention, but that the changes were longer lasting, too. In 2007, Vlieger et al., compared the effectiveness of hypnosis and standard medical treatment versus standard medical treatment alone in the management of functional abdominal pain an irritable bowel syndrome-related pain in 53 children. Whilst both groups were able to show an improvement, the hypnosis group also showed a significantly greater reduction in pain. At the 1-year follow-up after the treatment, 59% of the hypnosis group maintained a clinical remission of pain, versus 12% in the group that received standard medical treatment alone. This study highlights that hypnotherapy can be just as helpful for short-term improvements but seems to have a much larger capacity to elicit long-term improvements to one’s quality of life. In 2009, Lesmana et al., examined the effectiveness of hypnotherapy on 48 children between the ages of 6-12 in Bali compared to a control group, six weeks after the 2002 terrorist attack, with a follow-up two years later. All of the participants in this study met the criteria for a PTSD diagnosis. The children were provided a single group session lasting 30 minutes. Their scores on questionnaires after treatment were compared with scores on the same questionnaires two years later, and the scores were compared. They found that the hypnosis group had significantly improved scores compared to the controls, and these improvements were maintained at the 2-year follow-up. One prospective study by Huet et al., (2011) examined the anxiety and pain felt by 30 children aged 5 to 12 when associated with dental anaesthesia. They measured anxiety levels at the initial consultation, when sat in the dentist’s chair, and at the time of anaesthesia. They found that the children who underwent hypnosis at the time of anaesthesia experienced significantly less pain and anxiety. Given that a visit to the dentist is very often an unpopular event to some children, with this fear lasting into adulthood if not addressed, this study demonstrates a particularly practical element to hypnosis and the lasting benefits that it can provide. Taking into consideration all that we have looked at, it can be safely argued that hypnotherapy can be not only safe for children but can be a powerful tool for the improvement of their wellbeing, be it with managing problematic and embarrassing habits, to facing their fears head on. This doesn’t mean in any sense that your child could be hypnotised to do the washing up more often, or to want to tidy their rooms. However, they can be helped to make positive changes to parts of their lives that could empower them to grow with confidence and security into adulthood. References Banerjee, S., Srivastav, A., Palan, B. M. (1993). Hypnosis and self-hypnosis in the management of nocturnal enuresis: a comparative study with imipramine therapy. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 36(2), 113-119. Link: https://doi.org/10.1080/00029157.1993.10403053 Huet, A., Lucas-Polomeni, M., Robert, J., Sixou, J., Wodey, A. (2011) Hypnosis and dental anaesthesia in Children: A prospective controlled study. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 59(4), 424-440. Link: [https://doi.org/10.1080/002071...](https://doi.org/10.1080/00207144.2011.594740) Lesmana, C. J., Suryani, L. K., Jensen, G. D., & Tiliopoulos, N. (2009). A spiritual-hypnosis assisted treatment of children with PTSD after the 2002 Bali terrorist attack. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 52, 23–34. Link: [https://doi.org/10.1080/000291...](https://doi.org/10.1080/00029157.2009.10401689) Vlieger, A. M., Menko-Frankenhuis, C., Wolfkamp, S. C. S., Tromp, E. and Benninga, M. A. (2007). Hypnotherapy for children with functional abdominal pain or irritable bowel syndrome: A randomized controlled trial. Gastroenterology, 133: 1430–1436. --- # Hypnotherapy and Pain By Beth 5th June 2022 Pain is something that practically everyone has experienced at some point in their lives. For the most part, it is a key aspect to our survival and helps us to avoid danger where possible. The sharp soreness of a grazed knee teaches us to move with care, and a brush with a stinging nettle can imprint a lasting impression to leave the plant alone. These unpleasant sensory experiences can resemble or result in damage to our bodies, leaving lifelong lessons on how best to keep ourselves safe and healthy. However, there is also a darker side to pain. Sometimes pain can be a symptom of a condition, but that condition is going nowhere fast. We can experience pain alongside a long-term illness or injury, where it no longer is appreciated as a useful function and can make daily life difficult to enjoy. A survey conducted by the NHS in 2019 revealed that 34% of adults in the UK suffer from some kind of chronic pain, with some literature suggesting that the number may be as high as 51% (Fayaz, 2016). For those over the age of 75, the number rises still to 62%. These statistics highlight the widespread need to find a way to manage pain and restore quality of life to those living with it. There are many methods used, each with its own merit, but where does hypnotherapy stand as a part of the toolkit? We looked at some peer-reviewed literature to find out. Recent clinical trials are a great way to see the latest findings. Rigorous efforts will have been made to keep the testing as fair and unbiased as possible, with a focus on good quality evidence. In 2021, Prasetya, Kusumawati & Wardiyatmi released their findings from a randomised controlled clinical trial examining the effectiveness of hypnotherapy in reducing pain in people suffering with cervical cancer, over a period of 8 months. Ninety people were involved in the trial, with the group randomly split into two groups of 45. One group received standard medical treatment, with the other group also receiving hypnotherapy on top of standard medical care. For the hypnotherapy group, they were given sessions once a day over seven consecutive days at the start of the trial. All of the participants were asked to rate their levels of pain regularly from a scale of 0-10, and over the 8 months, their ratings were compared. The results showed that the mean pain scores from the hypnotherapy group (0.8/10) were significantly lower than the standard care group who had a mean score of 3.2/10. Literature reviews and meta-analyses do a lot of the hard work for you and cover a large number of studies all at once. There is no written rule on what qualifies for the studies that are analysed, so each meta-analysis will have different levels of quality and depth. A meta-analysis from 2013, although a few years old, had a high bar for quality when examining the evidence for hypnotherapy and its effectiveness against chronic pain. Adachi et al. sorted through hundreds of studies to find 15 clinical trials that fit their criteria for the highest-quality studies examining hypnotherapy and the benefits it could have for chronic pain. Their examination of the data revealed that hypnosis was moderately effective for managing chronic pain compared to those receiving standard care alone, after the initial intervention. With the exception of headaches, hypnosis also resulted in a significant moderate effect for reducing chronic pain when compared to an assortment of other psychological interventions. Further analysis revealed that in studies which had follow-ups after a long period of time, hypnosis had a superior efficacy compared to other psychological interventions. This means that not only was hypnotherapy more effective but that it also had long-lasting results. Adachi et al. went on to compare the data from their meta-analysis on hypnosis with a meta-analysis on CBT, and saw that Hypnotherapy seemed to have a greater effect size which may suggest that hypnosis could compete with CBT for effectiveness with pain management. They went on to suggest further study in this area for a more definitive comparison between hypnosis and CBT for chronic pain. When considering evidence and seeking answers, there is a balance to be had for the value of quality versus quantity. Large trials and meta-analyses can cover vast numbers of people, but the details of the efficacy of an intervention such as hypnotherapy can be oversimplified when someone’s experience is reduced to numbers on a scale. This is where it can also be beneficial to look at case studies to better understand the improvements that can be made to a person's life. Early in 2022, Thomson published a case study detailing the story of a 17-year-old female who had been suffering with complex regional pain syndrome four years before receiving hypnotherapy. During a difficult divorce between her parents, the teenager received a mild injury to her right foot whilst playing hockey. Over time, the symptoms spread to her left foot, then to her knees and hands. The young woman had previously been a dancer and an athlete before her symptoms forced her to stop pursuing her hobbies. After her initial diagnosis, the subject was given various therapies, ranging from pharmacological to physical therapies. After the four previous years of treatment with limited success, hypnotherapy was recommended. The subject of the case study received four hypnotherapy sessions. The hypnosis allowed the subject to change her behaviour and outlook, creating goals and increasing feelings of hope. Her condition improved dramatically with a near complete resolution of her symptoms. Looking at the evidence above, hypnotherapy could certainly argue a case for a more integral role in the management of pain. This is, of course, not to say that hypnotherapy should ever be used to replace medical treatment for pain, but more to the point that the body and the mind should both be taken into consideration during the healing process. Whilst pain is a physical sensation, the emotional toll that it can take can arguably be just as devastating and our treatment of it could benefit from reflecting that. --- # How to Tell Others that you are Having Hypnotherapy By Beth 5th May 2023 So, you have decided to take the plunge and take on some hypnotherapy treatment to get on the path to changing your life for the better. Whether it’s to nullify a nasty habit, face down a phobia, or cultivate some confidence, you are ready for a positive change. However, you may need to communicate this to other people in your life. It could be a spouse, a friend, or your employer when you’re asking to take some personal time. For whatever reason it may be, it can be a challenge to bring up the subject. Not only because acknowledging that you need help with a problem can make you feel vulnerable, but also because hypnotherapy is still somewhat shrouded in mystery. Some members of the public may find it hard to separate the therapy from the stage magician, so bringing up the subject isn’t always as straightforward as we’d like it to be. Below we have some advice for anyone wondering how to start the conversation. **Be prepared for opinions** Everyone forms their own opinions about everything. Opinions are an instinctual survival technique wherein we take in the experiences of ourselves and others about something, and then form a judgement on whether or not it is a threat. We form opinions about what food is safe to eat, what authority figures to look up to or to avoid, and which friends can be relied upon. Hypnotherapy is a modality that many people can be for or against, depending on their knowledge and the opinions of others around them. Facts are the enemy of opinions, and people can feel threatened if their opinion is challenged. Therefore, when talking to others about hypnotherapy, it is wise to be prepared for opinions ranging from positive, to disbelieving, to outright fearful. If you encounter a negative opinion, it is important to listen from a point of understanding and be prepared to have them disagree with you. It may be helpful to ask them more about their opinion, and how it was formed. Do they associate stage hypnotists with hypnotherapy? Have they seen inaccurate and negative portrayals of hypnosis in the media? Understanding the source of their concerns can be a helpful way for you both to understand their position, and if there would be any benefit to attempting to change it. Unfortunately, opinions cannot easily be changed if there is an emotional component to them, so it is worth making a judgement call on if it is beneficial for you both to explore the topic further and debunk any myths or to let the subject drop without causing tension to rise between you. **Learn about it yourself** If you are planning or need to talk to someone about the hypnotherapy that you are receiving, it is wise to approach the conversation from a position of knowledge. If you take the time to learn the basics of hypnotherapy, such as the common myths, the history, and some of the approaches, your confidence in the subject will shine through when discussing it with others. Think of the questions that first came to mind when you thought about hypnotherapy and ask your hypnotherapist about them. Having armed yourself with knowledge, when talking about your hypnotherapy treatment with loved ones you will be able to confidently explain the topic. If someone is doubtful of hypnotherapy, you need to be able to reassure them so that your information and opinion have more validity in their eyes. If you can’t easily answer their questions or give a reasonable explanation of what benefits you are getting from the therapy, then your lack of confidence can transfer to them resulting in doubt. **Find resources that can help** There are a great many resources to be found online that give all different kinds of information about hypnotherapy, aimed at different audiences. If you take a look through our previous blog posts, you may be able to find something that you can share with a loved one who wants to know more about hypnotherapy. For example, our [March 2023](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/posts/frequent-questions-people-may-have-around-hypnotherapy) blog discusses the frequent worries that people have around hypnotherapy, such as what to expect and how safe hypnotherapy is. Our [February 2023](https://nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/blog/posts/different-types-of-hypnotherapy-find-out-which-one-would-suit-you-better) blog talks about some of the different types of hypnotherapy and the different approaches that they have to help someone. It is important to check the source and quality of any online information out there about hypnotherapy. There are people out there who can go overboard both positively and negatively about hypnotherapy and what it can do. You may stumble upon websites that claim hypnotherapy to be a miracle cure of all things, which is both unrealistic and damaging to the legitimate capabilities that hypnotherapy has. You may also find opinion pieces about a parent who is certain that their child has been hypnotised by a new boyfriend into not speaking to them anymore, and that therefore hypnotherapy is evil and dangerous. The internet is something of a wild west of information, be it factual or false, so it is important to source your information from somewhere trusted and reliable. Looking on websites such as the NHS guide to hypnotherapy or, well, our website, is a good way to have access to information supported by research and facts. If someone feels strongly about hypnotherapy one way or another, you aren’t going to change their mind. However, if you take the above guidance, what is most important is that you know what you want and that the others in your life should be able to understand that you are taking steps to improve your quality of life. If you arm yourself and others with good-quality resources, evidence, and information, then you can allow people to make their own informed decisions about the journey you have undertaken and support you as best they can. Who knows, then they start seeing you grow, heal, and thrive, and they may see just how powerful hypnotherapy can be in front of their very eyes and want to try it for themselves. --- # How I Overcame Anxiety and What I Now Teach My Clients Blog Mental Health and Wellbeing By Guest Blog 25th March 2026 ***With thanks to our member,*** [***Ailsa Frank***](https://www.search-nationalhypnotherapysociety.org/search/FindaTherapist/AW00P618)***, for this article.*** **From Breakdown to Calm: My Personal Experience of Understanding Anxiety and the Techniques I Use in my clinic.** In 2002, after a breakdown during a divorce, I found myself facing one of the hardest periods of my life. I lost access to my belongings, my money, my friends and family, and, most painfully of all, custody of my ten-year-old daughter. It was a deeply traumatic time, and during those early months and years, I experienced real anxiety. Fortunately, I discovered hypnotherapy quite early in my recovery. It helped me begin to shift my mindset and get my life back on track. While that mental shift was powerful, the anxiety itself took longer to understand and manage. I had to learn, gradually, how to live through it, soften it, and stop it from dominating my life. In 2005, I trained as a hypnotherapist and began helping others. Often, I drew on my own experiences to develop techniques for anxiety based on what had helped me. I believe that sometimes having lived through something yourself gives you a deeper understanding of what a client may be feeling. It can help you meet them with greater empathy and practicality. Over the years, I have come to see anxiety as falling broadly into three categories. First, there is anxiety where the cause is clear because something difficult has already happened. Second, there is anticipatory anxiety, where the fear is about something that might happen in the future. Third, there is anxiety where the person does not know where it is coming from at all. I think it is very useful to identify with clients which type they are dealing with. Even that alone can bring relief, because it gives shape to something that otherwise feels overwhelming. I often begin with simple questions such as: - Do we know why you are anxious? - Has this thing already happened? - Is this real now, or is it a possibility you fear may happen? If something difficult has genuinely happened, then it is understandable that the client may feel anxious. In those cases, it is important to validate the feeling rather than fight it. Yes, this has happened, and of course you may feel this way from time to time. But you can move through these feelings and eventually turn that energy into something more positive and purposeful. If the anxiety is linked to fear of something happening in the future, I encourage clients to explore what can realistically be done. If this is a warning signal, what practical steps can we take to reduce the risk, feel more prepared, or strengthen our ability to cope? Or understand that it’s very unlikely to happen. If the anxiety seems to come from nowhere, I often work on the assumption that at some point in life the person experienced something that made them feel unsafe, worried or unsettled. Even if the conscious mind cannot identify it, the feeling may still be echoing from the past. In that case, the aim is not to force a memory, but to soften the emotional weight of the past so the client can move forwards more comfortably. Here are two simple techniques I have found helpful. The first is what I think of as **“Pull Forward the Best of You.”** I often tell clients that the anxious part of them is actually quite small, but it is getting far more airtime than it deserves. I invite them to close their eyes and imagine moving along the timeline of their life, finding the stronger, calmer, happier and more comfortable versions of themselves from different stages of the past. They may remember times when they felt capable, safe, proud, brave or at ease. I then encourage them to imagine taking the hand of each of those resourceful versions of themselves and bringing them forward into the present day. The client then steps into that stronger version of themselves now. I encourage them to feel proud, bold and grounded, recognising that this version of them has always existed. Meanwhile, the worried or anxious versions are left behind, becoming smaller and less significant. I sometimes describe those anxious parts as shrinking to a few grains of sand on the vast beach of their whole life. This can be a powerful way of helping a client reconnect with their own inner resilience rather than identifying only with the anxious part. The second technique may sound unusual, but it can be very effective. I call it **“Lean In to the Anxiety.”** So often people try to push anxiety away, fight it, or get rid of it. Sometimes that struggle gives it even more power. Instead, I invite the client to imagine their anxiety as something soft and non-threatening, such as a big, cuddly teddy bear. Rather than resisting it, they lean in and give it a hug. This image can help transform the anxiety from something frightening into something manageable. The hug symbolises acceptance, safety and release. As they lean in, they can imagine the anxiety dissolving, melting away from the body and mind. I also explain that anxious feelings are often there to warn us, guide us, or show us where healing is needed. Instead of fearing the feeling itself, the client can use it as an opportunity to acknowledge how well they have done in surviving, adapting and continuing. I then extend this idea to the future. I ask them to imagine the future as another soft teddy bear and lean in to that too, making peace not only with the past but also with what lies ahead. The message is that they already have within them what they need to make good decisions from this point onwards. I have now worked as a hypnotherapist for more than twenty years, predominantly with clients who want help with alcohol. Anxiety is often deeply linked to drinking. Many people use alcohol to mask how they feel, to numb their worries, or to avoid uncomfortable emotions. Yet alcohol itself can also create anxiety, through poor sleep, physical stress, regret, hangover anxiety ‘hangxiety’, and fear about what may have been said or done. For that reason, helping clients understand and heal anxiety is one of the most important tools in alcohol reduction work. My advice to fellow hypnotherapists is to really break the anxiety down with each client. Understand why it is there, what role it is playing, and whether it belongs to the past, present or future. Even talking those possibilities through can help a client understand themselves better. That understanding alone can begin to set them free. ***You can visit Ailsa Frank's website*** [***here.***](https://www.ailsafrank.com/) --- # How Affirmations Help Alongside Hypnotherapy Blog Mental Health and Wellbeing By Beth 9th September 2023 When you are looking to make a positive change in your life, there are lots of things that can help you keep on track through your journey to a healthy and happier you. If you have found your way to this blog, then we can assume that you are interested in trying hypnotherapy or know a bit about what it can do. However, have you considered adopting affirmations? Using the two together has the potential to really kickstart positive change. Let’s look a little closer at hypnosis and affirmations before we get stuck into how this dynamic duo can help you. **Hypnotherapy** If you already are familiar with hypnotherapy then skip ahead, but for those who want to know the basics then here they are! Hypnosis, as we understand it today, is achieving a state of focused attention, wherein you become more open to suggestions and can have a greater connection to the subconscious part of your mind. Your hypnotherapist will be there to guide and support you during your session. You’ll be awake and alert the entire time, and the sensation won’t be unpleasant or unfamiliar. If you have ever gotten lost in a really good book or arrived at work without paying attention during the route, then you will have experienced a form of hypnosis already. **The benefits of hypnotherapy** Hypnotherapy can be hugely helpful with a wide range of problems that many of us face in our lives. Some examples of what hypnosis can help with are below: - Improving your confidence and self-esteem - Fears and phobias - Getting rid of unwanted behaviours and habits - Helping with anxiety and stress - Addressing painful memories that are holding you back **Affirmations** These are the assertion that something exists or is true, or a confirmation of the perceived truth or validity of a prior judgement or decision. For example, a positive affirmation may be “I know that I tried my hardest” after getting a disappointing exam result, whereas a negative affirmation in that scenario may be “I knew that I wasn’t smart enough, I don’t belong on this course.” It is important to pay attention to the way that you communicate with yourself. The majority of us have an inner narrator, an internal voice that can be influential on our mood and perceptions of ourselves and the world around us. While some of us are blessed with a kind inner voice, some are less fortunate and may need some help to fine-tune their inner monologue to be more supportive. While some changes to how we speak to ourselves may be obvious, there are also some clever little ways to make a really positive impact on yourself with the right kinds of affirmations. **The benefits of affirmations** There are a great many ways that getting into the habit of using positive affirmations can help you in your day-to-day life or when working towards a long-term goal. Some examples are below: - To support learning during education - To help maintain focus during a task - To boost self-confidence and self-esteem - To help alongside weight management efforts - For personal development - To increase motivation during challenges - As a way of healthily coping **Examples of positive affirmations** There are an endless variety of positive affirmations at your disposal, with many to be found online or through a therapist, or you can create your own. There are a few things to note for what makes a more impactful affirmation: avoid negative language such as “I will not” and language that highlights a lack of something, such as “I won’t smoke cigarettes anymore.” It is also wise to avoid using absolutes such as “I won’t snack ever again” so that you can avoid feelings of failure if you don’t stick to your plans that day. Let’s look at some examples below: - I will feel better tomorrow if I exercise today - I am grateful for my good health - I will get stronger each day - I believe in myself to try my hardest - I’m going to be okay (I use this one often myself) **How they blend together** Now that we know a little bit more about hypnosis and positive affirmations, how do they work together? In short, remarkably well. Many approaches to hypnotherapy involve teaching clients to re-program how they think or react to certain situations, such as a phobia of spiders, or battling cravings to smoke. While one aspect of hypnotherapy can be to address any root causes that lead to an unwanted behaviour, such as a client being bitten by a dog as a child or seeing a role model smoking and wanting to emulate them. However, to cultivate lasting success in our present and future actions, positive affirmations can be a wonderful way to teach ourselves to look at ourselves and the world in a more productive, positive light. The smoker may benefit from repeating affirmations of “I want to be a positive role model to others,” and the person who fears dogs may be able to better manage her fears with affirmations like “I am growing stronger than my fear.” For those who do not have an inner narrator, positive affirmations can also be utilised in other ways. Leaving positive messages in places you frequent like your workspace or on the kitchen fridge may be a way to create positive impressions. There are even some smartphone apps that can be programmed to send you positive messages throughout the day. Imagery can also be a way of creating a positive affirmation, such as an image of a phoenix rising from ashes to symbolise growth, an image of cycling outdoors to symbolise balance and moving forward, or even an image of the future self that you want to be. If you work with your hypnotherapist to instil positive affirmations during hypnosis, then the impression can be embedded in your subconscious so that the affirmations become more entrenched in your mindset, and they hold more power over your actions and mood. This dynamic duo is a force to be reckoned with, and if you’re seeking help from a hypnotherapist for a problem, you may as well get a head start on retraining your brain to get along with itself. If you want to speak to a hypnotherapist about getting started on your journey to better health and happiness, then take a look at our accredited register of skilled hypnotherapists to see who may be right for you. --- # Frequent Questions People May Have Around Hypnotherapy By Beth 5th March 2023 Despite having been around for thousands of years, hypnosis is still steeped in mystery for many of us. Within the last couple of centuries, hypnosis became enmeshed with the realms of science and has been brought out of ancient Greek and Egyptian temples and into the modern world. Unfortunately, hypnosis has also become a spectacle of the performing arts which has marred the reputation of hypnotherapy as a powerful and respectable practice. Here, we hope to reassure the worries that someone may have when considering hypnotherapy to help with an aspect of their lives that they want to improve. Below we have the answers to some common questions that you may have before your first session. **Does it work?** There are hundreds of academic and clinical studies that highlight the incredible potential that hypnotherapy has to help someone take back control of their lives, from smoking cessation to fighting off phobias, to helping with weight management. There is also the word of mouth; ask people who have tried it before and see what their experience was. Some hypnotherapists will also have reviews on their websites if you have a particular therapist in mind. It is important to look into the different types of hypnotherapy and see what suits you best. If your hypnotherapist’s style of hypnotherapy isn’t compatible with you, you may also not respond to their suggestions as well as you’d like to. For example, some styles of hypnotherapy use permissive suggestions, some use metaphor, some focus on the present and some on the past. It is important to communicate your wants and needs, as well as to shop around and look for a type of hypnotherapy that compliments you. **What can I expect?** There are different hypnotherapy approaches out there, and different ways to hypnotise someone. However, the experience of hypnosis itself is often very peaceful and relaxing no matter the method of getting there. There are a great many of us that experience trance-like states every day, so the experience won’t be unfamiliar and unsettling. First, you’ll talk to your hypnotherapist to discuss your goals and agree on what methods of hypnosis and induction your therapist will use. After this, your hypnotherapist will lead you into a deeply relaxed state, which many people find to be pleasant and refreshing. The hypnotherapist will then use your previously agreed upon methods to guide you towards your goals, be it reducing anxiety or quitting smoking. Finally, the hypnotherapist will gradually and gently bring you out of hypnosis, leaving you feeling refreshed and relaxed. **Can it make things worse?** For the vast majority of people, hypnotherapy cannot worsen a problem. There are some people who are highly resistant to hypnosis so they may only experience limited benefits from the session. Worst case scenario, you may come off feeling a bit disappointed when you’re still smoking as often as ever a month after treatment. In some instances, hypnotherapy can sometimes create unexpected changes that may present challenges. For example, if someone smokes to deal with a past trauma or life stress, simply stopping the habit without taking into account what is causing the stress reaction can result in finding another harmful habit to lean on or feeling less able to cope with current stress, such as work. Therefore, it is important to talk openly with your therapist so that they can help you to make lasting and beneficial changes without causing an imbalance in other aspects of your life. **Is it safe?** It is important to understand that you are fully in control of your thoughts and actions when under hypnosis. If necessary, such as if you felt uncomfortable or there was an emergency, you can absolutely bring yourself out of the hypnotic state at any point during the session. This also is true for any self-hypnosis that you may undertake following your initial therapy. You can’t get stuck into a hypnotic trance at any point, although you may be reluctant to as hypnosis can be very relaxing and pleasant. If during a session, you had to suddenly get up and drive to pick up a poorly child from school, you would be safe to do so. If you do not want to be hypnotised, it is not possible to be put into a hypnotic trance. At all. You are not, at any point, at risk of someone hypnotising you against your will. Furthermore, you cannot be made to do anything that you do not want to do. If you don’t like the suggestions of the hypnotherapist, you simply do not have to take them on. For example, you cannot be forced to commit a crime, spill your secrets, or act against your moral values. Cooperation and positive communication are central to the effectiveness of hypnotherapy, and without these things then it simply will not work. There are two exceptions to the safety of hypnotherapy that should not be ignored: it is not recommended to use hypnotherapy if you have psychosis or certain types of personality disorder, as it could make your condition worse regardless of the goals that you are seeking. **Overall**, hypnotherapy is a very safe and often effective form of therapy. It is usually short term, doesn’t interfere with medication, and can often complement and even be more powerful when combined with other therapies. The most important takeaway is that you are in control of what you want to work on and how you want hypnotherapy to help you improve your life. It is a tool of empowerment that allows you to draw upon your own strength and resources so that you can make effective and lasting changes to your own life. The possibilities are endless! --- # Finding a Hypnotherapist who is Right for you Blog Tips and Tricks By Beth 5th August 2023 If you have made the brave decision to take the plunge and seek help with an aspect of your life that needs improving, it can be a bit dizzying to see the huge range of different hypnotherapists out there. To find out which therapist is the best fit for you, there are a few things that you can do to find who stands head and shoulders above the rest. When looking for a hypnotherapist, the questions below can aid you in finding your perfect fit. **Is the hypnotherapist registered?** The term “hypnotherapist” is not a protected title, such as a medical doctor is. What that essentially means is that currently, there are no specific criteria and qualifications required for a person to call themselves a hypnotherapist. But don’t worry! In the UK, there are registers that a hypnotherapist to join to assure their skills and quality. The National Hypnotherapy Society is the only accredited register for hypnotherapists, and the requirements to be on our register are both strict and regularly reviewed. If you see anyone sporting our logo on their website or in our directory, then you’ll know straight away that the hypnotherapist is experienced, qualified, and upholds a strict code of ethics. **What are the therapist’s qualifications and experience?** Your potential hypnotherapist should have their qualifications clearly displayed on their website. There are lots of different qualifications out there, some better than others. One thing to be aware of is the improper use of a doctorate. Someone with a PhD can legally use Dr in their title, but this does not mean that they are also a medical professional. Any professional qualifications alongside hypnotherapy can also show you their skillset. Someone who also able blend in different counselling approaches such as cognitive behavioural therapy will be able to apply a wide range of techniques to their sessions with you. A hypnotherapist who has been practising for many years may have less qualifications than an inexperienced hypnotherapist with a list of qualifications. It is important to review a hypnotherapist looking at the whole picture rather than dismissing someone unnecessarily. 20 years of experience could have more value than a number of qualifications, but what is perhaps most important is what they are doing to stay up to date with the latest techniques and approaches. Continuous professional development should be a vital part of a good hypnotherapist’s career and can show you that they are serious about keeping up to date with the therapeutic world. **What is the therapist’s approach to hypnotherapy?** Hypnotherapy has many different approaches and specialisations, and while all have their merit, some may suit your needs better than others. Beware anyone that claims instant or permanent results, or that hypnotherapy is a magical cure-all. It isn’t. While hypnotherapy can be a life-changing therapy, you will need to do work to make positive changes happen. Depending on what your difficulties are, different approaches are more suitable than others. If you are stuck in a bad habit that is affecting your life, if you are unable to escape from a traumatic event, or if your anxiety keeps getting in the way of passing your driving test, how your problem is dealt with will vary completely once you are under hypnosis. There are also hypnotherapists who may specialise in particular struggles and have lots of experience in that subject, such as dealing with phobias. **What is the therapist’s online presence like?** A hypnotherapist’s website can paint a detailed picture of who they are and the quality of their practise. A website filled with bold claims about hypnotherapy as a cure-all and walls of rambling text will speak volumes about their personality, and should be avoided. Look for reviews of their services, and if they have links on their website to social media, take a look. While people should be able to express themselves freely online, if they have strong views that are directly linked to their professional site, then you may be able to clearly see any opinions they have that don’t align with you and your needs as a client. You can also see how they interact with members of the public, and whether or not they are kind or condescending to others. This can tell you straight away if you’ll be likely to get along during your treatment. **Can you talk to the therapist before committing to treatment?** It is vitally important to be able to talk with a hypnotherapist before committing to a treatment with them. Do they offer a consultation in person or on the phone so you can get a feel for each other? Is your problem something that they feel confident in helping you with? How many sessions do they typically offer? If your potential therapist is unwilling or unable to answer your questions to your satisfaction, it may be worth looking for someone who has the time for you. Make sure to also check their pricing so that you won’t get any nasty surprises. It may seem daunting, but there is a lot to consider before choosing the right hypnotherapist for you. However, this checklist should also be applied to any private therapist that you consider approaching for treatment. It is paramount that you choose to work with someone that aligns with your personality, aims, and values, so that you can get the absolute best treatment to help you regain control over your life. Understanding that you need some help to face your problems is the first step to healing, but it is a big one. You may as well take the utmost care in choosing the person who will guide you towards a better life, so that you can get the best possible support that you can. --- # Exploring Anxiety Blog Mental Health and Wellbeing By Guest Blog 25th March 2026 ***Thank you to our member, Karen Tulloch for this article.*** Anxiety is often why clients seek support *and* is often beneath the surface of or exacerbating other reasons for seeking support. We could debate ad infinitum the rise of anxiety, the prevalence – even pandemic – of anxiety. We could discuss the impact of a society that is constantly switched on, receiving ridiculous amounts of information and levels of stimulation and input all day long, saturating our nervous system with just too much to assimilate and not enough time or space to switch it all off. We could consider how, or if, we filter and process our constant distractions. We could argue the comparison culture we are immersed in, exacerbated by social media and the constant seeing and hearing of how others are and we perhaps ‘should’ be living. We could wax lyrical about the pressures we are under in our lives, the expectations to live up to unrealistic ‘norms’ in every single aspect of every day. And the simple fact that life is difficult for many of us right now for many reasons. We could even reflect on our disconnection from nature, from community, from intimacy in our hectic lives. Yes, we could certainly identify a myriad of potential roots of and explanations for the rise of anxiety and anxiety-related issues and disorders. The reasons behind anxiety might well be our starting point with clients, including what reduces and what exacerbates anxiety. Awareness is a crucial first step in resolving the problems, barriers or concerns the identified anxiety creates. But what of the solutions? These are as unique and individual as is each client we meet. There is never a one-size-fits-all, nor a ‘one and done’ to something so potentially deep-rooted and complicated as anxiety. Below is a selection of strategies and approaches that I have found to be helpful personally, with my young son, and with my clients. I hope there may be something of value in here for you. **Explore and understand the anxiety fully** When it is worst? What brings it on? What does it feel like? Encourage clients to get to know it, describe it and understand it – how it feels in the body, how it manifests, physical symptoms, thoughts that circulate before, during and after it, etc. - Children often like to give the anxiety a name, and/or describe its colour or shape. This can also make it feel less scary. - Help the client to explore the precursors and how anxiety comes on, ‘rises’ and grows brings awareness to the body and its reactions and responses, as well as more potential agency or ‘control’ over the anxiety. - Identify what is most likely to precede debilitating anxiety is helpful, although clients often live with low-level anxiety, the cause of which they cannot always ascertain. Supporting clients to become more aware, perhaps through journalling or keeping a diary, can be empowering. - Similarly, knowing in which situations, environments, places and with whom we are least and most anxious is beneficial. Awareness is *always* the first step. This exploration of what anxiety is for the client can be drawn upon when creating hypnotherapy scripts, too. *If there is an Initial Sensitising Event, it might be that we deal with that specifically. We will find this out through our exploration more generally.* **Let go of owning anxiety** Discourage the client from owning and labelling the anxiety such as ‘my anxiety’. The brain attaches greater significance to what we claim as our own and will hold onto it more. Avoid attaching to it. Name it ‘the anxiety’ or just ‘anxiety’. Similarly, challenge labels that clients present such as “I am an anxious person” or “I have severe anxiety”. Obviously we are not undermining their experience but we do want to empower them to step into a new identity which does not attribute anxiety as its defining feature. *Differentiate between anxiety as a state and anxious thoughts. This can help clients to notice and stop anxious thoughts before they spiral into anxiety.* **Normalise anxiety** It is a perfectly normal, valid, important and prevalent emotion, feeling or state. Anxiety is on the spectrum of human experience. It does not need to be a trait or personality or identity – everyone experiences anxiety. It has an important function to keep us safe, whole and thriving. To that end, we do not want to remove anxiety. It is necessary and serves a purpose. Be explicit about the aim – it might be to reduce anxiety or it could be to manage anxiety so that it stops negatively impacting life, or to soften the grip of anxiety – we are not intending to remove anxiety or expecting to never feel it again. Sometimes, an understanding of how the brain works is helpful. I find that children in particular find this illuminating. Knowledge and understanding is gold – if you know what is happening and why, it can often make you feel less out of control and powerless over it. *Encourage acceptance of and self-compassion for experiencing anxiety. This is powerful for all conditions, not only anxiety.* **Be gentle** Encourage clients to be gentle with anxious thoughts and/or anxiety, not pushing them away or feeling angry or worried that they appear. The Law of Reversed Effect, the harder you try the harder it is! Also, knowing our body floods with cortisol when we react with stress, including inner talk, we want to avoid negative responses to anxiety. Gently noticing the anxiety and welcoming it in with a friendly “Oh, here you are again, anxiety – what do you want me to notice today?” is helpful. Analogies such as allowing the anxiety to have a seat at the table but not the head of it, or being allowed to sit in the car but not drive it, can help ‘allow’ the anxiety without being overwhelmed, taken over or ruled by it. Linking this back to its function – why is there anxiety? – what do you need in this moment? is useful. **Create a tool kit** Mantras are beautiful tools and repeating these whilst embodying the belief in them is transformative. Creating their own wording is most impactful for clients. Three powerful personal examples: “This is a moment of anxiety. Anxiety is a part of my life just as it is everyone else’s. May I be kind to myself in this moment. May I know that this moment will pass.” “Breathe. Calm. Grounded. I can handle this.” “I have experienced anxiety like this before. Nothing terrible will happen.” Incorporating somatics helps greatly – include the body and *feel* the mantras/affirmations rather than repeating them mechanically. Talking in second or third person creates distance that can strengthen belief in affirmations. Instead of “I can handle this”, encourage “Karen can handle this” or “You can handle this”. The brain tends to believe this more, apparently, although I personally prefer first person (see what resonates with your clients). Create an anchor and *really* get the body involved (this is often the missing piece with mindset work and hypnotherapy). I find it very helpful to demonstrate to clients whilst they are lying or sitting with me what happens to their bodies when they create something in their mind. Having them create the anxious situation safely with you, highlight physical responses, etc. Next, ask the client to imagine safe, calming place or situation free from anxiety (this needs exploring in advance and you need to be sure that the client can access a safe space in their mind – really check this carefully!) and notice the physical responses. Move between the two and create an anchor to use in anxious situations. It is often profoundly illuminating when clients are asked to reflect on the fact that nothing had changed in their environment apart from their thoughts, yet their physiology and biology completely changed. The power of their thoughts and their own control over them is an important teaching. Encourage the client to record evidence of times without anxiety and to seek out and ensure more of these. The more experience and evidence the brain has of these, the more it can seek them out and find more. It also ensures that the client can notice what helps and build more of that into their day. Encourage nervous system regulation. With anxiety, the body is often or almost constantly in fight, freeze, flee or fawn mode and may have normalised this as its default. We need to support our clients to prioritise bringing the body back into a place of safety, time and time again until it becomes the baseline. This needs to be in ways that suit the client – there is no point in suggesting something a client hates doing or cannot build into their day. Breathwork is especially accessible and effective and time-friendly but it could be walking, meditation, exercise, time in nature, yoga, stretching, mindful movement, gardening, relaxation…anything that brings the body to a place of calm, safety and a regulated state where the mind is not overactive. Somatic strategies such as hugging oneself, tapping or gentle rubbing, internally squeezing muscles, or pressing feet into the floor can support regulation. This moves attention from anxiety, bringing it to the body and focusing on the feedback from that. *Teaching self-hypnosis empowers the client to leave you equipped with a tool for life.* Breathwork patterns can be taught which move energy through the body and reduce anxiety in the moment. They also divert attention and energy elsewhere, away from the thinking that is creating or exacerbating anxiety. Added bonus – breathwork regulates the nervous system quickly and is always accessible and possible to easily, discretely, independently practise. Embodiment is essential, in my opinion. Working only on mindset or the subconscious is powerful, but supercharged by enabling the client to truly embody, feel like and be the person who is not experiencing anxiety in the way that caused them to seek support for it. Teaching them to experience, imagine and practise this repeatedly is ‘training’ for a new identity, one not unnecessarily hindered by anxiety. This increases agency, impact and sustainability. Yes, hypnotherapy does work without this layer, but if a client is willing and able to develop ‘muscle memory’, through visualising, journalling, recording evidence and other shared tools, the deeper the rewiring will be. We tend to separate mind and body, with the mind seen as running the show. The mind, or brain, is not a separate entity that we need to practise linking with the body, it is actually part of the body! Nervous system regulation is a key ingredient in managing anxiety, so never skip this part either. --- # Different Types of Hypnotherapy - Find out which one would suit you better By Beth 5th February 2023 If you’re interested in giving hypnotherapy a go, then there are lots of different types available. This is a guide on what kinds of hypnotherapy are out there, and which would suit you best. If you find something that suits your aims, then take a look in our directory for accredited hypnotherapists to get in touch and find out more. **Cognitive hypnotherapy** The premise of this approach is based on three principles: Firstly, trance is a naturally occurring phenomenon that we experience every day, for example when reading a good book or going on a walk. Secondly, all behaviour has a positive intention, such as avoiding peanut butter out of fear of choking. This behaviour can be updated so that it can stop impacting your life. Lastly, everyone is unique by way of their perceptions and experiences. There is no one-size-fits-all approach to cognitive hypnotherapy, and each treatment plan is individualised to your specific personality and needs. The theories underpinning cognitive hypnotherapy are positive psychology, neuroscience, evolutionary psychology, and neuro-linguistic programming. This variation of techniques allows therapists to create a personal, tailored approach for the client to learn to take back control of their thoughts, feelings, and behaviours, effectively re-conditioning learned responses to things and events, such as a fear of dogs, certain holidays, or any other habit that has long since served its purpose. **Ericksonian hypnotherapy** This approach is named after its creator, Milton Erickson. Considered by many as the father of modern hypnotherapy, his unique techniques have influenced many other forms of therapy. The main technique of Ericksonian hypnotherapy is to use indirect suggestion, metaphor, and storytelling to alter a client’s behaviour, in lieu of direct suggestions. The reasoning behind this is that some people can be resistant to traditional hypnotherapy and the suggestions made to them, either knowingly or not. By the use of indirect suggestions, the intended goal for the client can be harder to recognise and therefore resist. The language used during Ericksonian hypnotherapy is often permissive and based on suggestion, rather than using direct commands on the client to respond or think a certain way. Although some of the techniques that Erickson used have died alongside him after his long and successful career, elements of his approach have since been analysed and refined, leading to this approach being considered a highly effective type of therapy. **Hypnoanalysis** Otherwise known as analytical hypnotherapy, this approach aims to discover and resolve the root cause of a problem. Using a blend of analytical psychotherapy and traditional hypnotherapy techniques, the goal is to find and resolve the cause of a problem rather than manage the symptoms that a client is experiencing, with the hope that the symptoms will fade when the cause for them has been resolved. This blend allows the therapist to use hypnosis to complement psychoanalysis in the search for the events that have caused the unwanted behaviour to form. A client may not be able to recall what offset a fear of dogs without the addition of hypnosis to access the unconscious. While there are many techniques used within hypnoanalysis, two common ones are direct regression and free association. Direct regression aims to access the client’s past memories through hypnosis, following the feelings to a defining event and allowing the client to experience it free from emotion in a safe environment. Free association involves letting your thoughts wander freely, moving from subject to subject without thought or judgement. You speak these words to your hypnotherapist who guides your train of thought towards the root of your concerns. **Neuro-Linguistic Programming** Otherwise known as NLP, this approach aims to give a client the tools for themselves to overcome life obstacles and move towards a more positive approach to life. NLP can be used for a wide variety of issues, from poor self-image to confidence with public speaking, as well as challenging any unhelpful perceptions or attitudes you may carry from past events. If you break down the components of NLP, each part of the name tells you what the approach draws upon. *Neuro* acknowledges that our experiences are gained from the neurological processes that control our main five senses. *Linguistic* understands that we make sense of our experiences through various filters, such as associations and language. *Programming* is purposefully gaining control of how we react to things, changing the outcome of our actions and events. Language in particular can be a powerful way to do this. When using NLP alongside hypnotherapy, we can increase the power of the reprogramming so that the changes that we wish to make are more impactful and can have a deeper and more immediate impact on the way that we process information and interact with the world around us. **Rapid Transformational therapy** This approach was coined by Marisa Peer, a celebrity therapist and hypnotherapist trainer. It combines a number of techniques from numerous kinds of therapy to create a therapy that offers quick results for clients. RTT, similar to some elements of hypnoanalysis, is solution-focused and addresses the root causes of a problem instead of the symptoms that are a result of it. RTT aims to bridge the connection between your conscious and subconscious mind, helping you to learn how to access and address any issues that can be the cause of unwanted behaviours and mindsets. RTT has been used to boost confidence, improve performance in sports, performing arts, and careers, as well as improving your general well-being. RTT is designed to be a short-term intervention, typically lasting for around 1-3 sessions. Following your initial sessions, you will typically be given a personalised recording to listen to for a suggested period of time, to strengthen the initial work done by the sessions with your hypnotherapist. **Solution-focused hypnotherapy** This approach, contrary to hypnoanalysis and RTT, focuses on the here and now, examining your current situation and your intentions for the future. This approach is also client-centred, meaning that during sessions you will take the lead with your hypnotherapist there to safely guide you. The core of the approach is to utilise your inner strength to set goals and to help you uncover the solution within yourself to the challenges that you may be facing. The hypnotherapist will ask you questions when you are under hypnosis, with the aim of accessing answers from your unconscious mind. These questioning techniques are aimed at empowering you to connect with your future more clearly so that your present actions can relate more clearly to your goals. Solution-focused hypnotherapy, like many hypnotherapy approaches, can be helpful for anxiety, stress, irritable bowel syndrome, and low self-confidence. With this approach you can identify tangible and achievable goals, making the desired changes to behaviours or problems easier to visualise, connect with, and achieve. This is not an exhaustive list of the approaches to hypnotherapy that can be found, but hopefully, it has given you a good outline of what is out there. There are types of hypnotherapy suited to almost anyone, from those who are dealing with the aftermath of defining events, to those who need to reprogram their relationship with themselves, to simply wanting a boost in an area of their life that they want to improve. --- # Conscious, Subconscious and Unconscious - understanding the different layers of your mind Blog Mental Health and Wellbeing By Beth 5th November 2023 Have you ever been on a regular commute to work, only to arrive with no memory of the journey? Perhaps you have absent-mindedly munched on your popcorn when watching a movie and suddenly it’s all gone. Or maybe, a song pops up on the radio and you are suddenly flooded with memories long forgotten. Our brains are incredibly complex and amazing, so skilled at keeping us alive that we often don’t even notice what it is doing in the background as we go about our daily lives. There is so much about ourselves that we do not pay attention to or know about, and the same can be said for the others around us too. It can be easy and comforting to trust in our gut feelings about someone or something, but as we evolve as a society, we also need to take the time to understand the underpinning forces that drive our thoughts, perceptions, and judgements. If we gain a better understanding of ourselves, we can gain more control over the decisions we make and a greater understanding of what motivates us to act in certain ways. To gain a better understanding of how our minds work, psychologists and theorists have created metaphorical models of how our minds work, splitting them into three separate layers. Contrary to what it sounds like, these layers do not exist as specific brain structures, they exist more as a concept to allow us to categorise different processes that occur within our experience of life as we know it. Presently, our minds have been split into three models. - Consciousness: our thoughts, actions, and awareness. - Subconscious: automatic actions and reactions that aren’t noticed without focused attention. - Unconscious: the deep recesses of our past and memories. **Our conscious mind** This is the part of ourselves that we are all familiar with and have control over. We use this part of our mind to acknowledge feelings, make decisions, and interpret the input that our body and surroundings are giving us. It is the part of our mind that will judge an acquaintance as a friend or foe and will decide whether or not they like a new food, or which show or film they’d like to watch that evening when relaxing. For those of us with an internal dialogue, it is the voice that accompanies our day-to-day existence (think J.D. from Scrubs but in your own voice). It is the decision you make to have a lazy Sunday or go for a walk, to cook food from home or order a pizza. Your conscious mind is your constant companion, it is you that is sat reading this blog right now who was likely either thinking about an annoying goofy doctor or wondering what the show Scrubs is about. **Our subconscious mind** This is the part of our mind that is not currently in focal awareness. This secondary system regulates everything in our daily lives and is a barrier that our mind puts up to stop us from becoming overwhelmed by the continuous barrage of information through our senses as we interact with the world. This could be the sensation of clothes on our skin, the position of our tongue resting in our mouths, or the sight of the bridge of our nose in the centre of our vision. It could be the movement of our bodies as we walk, changing gears as we drive along a familiar route or the way that we brush our teeth. This protective barrier allows us to focus our awareness on higher cognition and decision making without getting tangled in the constant stream of sensory input. When we learn new skills, our conscious mind is engaged and the skill can be taxing to learn and perfect. However, with time, practised skills become automatic skills and take up less of our executive function, moving from our conscious mind to our subconscious mind. **Our unconscious mind** While many people use the terms subconscious and unconscious interchangeably, these are two distinct models of our minds. The unconscious mind is a fully automatic function and, unlike our subconscious mind, is not available for introspection or analysis. This part of our mind is where we hold our initial impressions, base instincts and first experiences, our memories, and the connections we hold between ourselves and the world around us. We get jumpier walking through a forest at night than during the day. We avoid certain foods and textures that we deem unpleasant. We know when we become attracted to someone or a type of person but have little choice in what sets off that initial spark. **Understanding ourselves better** Learning about our human psyche is an important part of the human experience and not just something for professionals. By paying more attention to the different parts of your mind, you may begin to better understand the driving forces behind your decision making. If you’re itching for a takeaway instead of a home-cooked meal, your may be tired and seeking a reward for a challenging day. You may shy away from the neighbour’s dog not because you dislike it, but instead because you were frightened by one as a child. You may be quick to judge an acquaintance or colleague when they express an interest in a subject that you dislike or act coldly to someone that you clashed with in the past. Not only is this happening to you, but this is happening to everyone around you. As our society is beginning to open its arms to diversity, we could all benefit from identifying gut reactions and understanding where they come from. Everyone has their own unique experience of the world and will see things in a light that is different to your own. Increased awareness and introspection are the first lines of defence against discrimination and prejudice within our society, and that journey starts with you. --- # Choosing a Hypnotherapist By Beth 17th August 2021 ***With thanks to Ambassador Vicki Crane, D.Hyp, Dip.Thyp, PNLP, MHS (Accred), for providing this blog.*** If you’re looking for a hypnotherapist, the first step for most people is searching the internet. However, it’s worth taking time to do some research and find someone who is suitably qualified and experienced to work with you. Asking friends or relatives for a recommendation is a good starting point as they will have first-hand experience, but if you don’t have any recommended therapists to contact, the next step for many people is often a Google search. However, when choosing who to contact, you should always ensure that the hypnotherapist is on an Accredited Register, as this means that their training has met recognised standards, they follow a code of ethics and there is a proper complaints procedure in place should you need it. ### **Ask Questions** When choosing a hypnotherapist, asking questions is important because it enables you to get a better idea of who they are and how they work. To give yourself the best chance of success, you need to feel comfortable with your therapist and able to talk to them. The working relationship between you should be open and trustworthy and you should feel at ease. It’s also important to remember that hypnotherapy is very much a two-way process in which your motivation and participation are essential. Hypnotherapy isn’t done *to you;* it’s done *with you.* If you haven’t experienced hypnosis before or if you have any questions about hypnotherapy, these are usually covered in your first appointment. However, if you have any concerns or questions, a therapist should also be happy to briefly answer these on the phone or via email. Some therapists also offer a free initial consultation where you can meet either online via video or in person and ask any questions you may have. Some of the questions you could ask include: - What happens in a hypnotherapy session? - Do you have any experience of working with this issue? - How many sessions will I need? - What qualifications and training do you have? - Are you a member of a professional hypnotherapy organisation? - Do you receive regular supervision? - How much will it cost? ### **Number of Sessions Required** Whilst it’s not always possible to give an exact figure in terms of the number of sessions that may be required, a hypnotherapist should be able to give you a rough idea based on their training and experience of working with similar problems or issues. People respond differently to hypnotherapy and so your therapist should monitor your progress at each session to ensure that therapy remains focused on what you want to achieve. ### **Hypnotherapy Training & Qualifications** It’s a good idea to make sure that your hypnotherapist has the right training and experience to work with you. At present in the UK, there are no statutory training requirements for hypnotherapists. This means that there are a wide variety of training courses available, from online or distance learning courses, to comprehensive classroom based taught programmes which include a combination of coursework and practical training, along with supervision and formal assessment and/or exams. Most of the larger professional hypnotherapy organisations require their members to have undertaken a course which includes a minimum number of taught hours, along with a combination of both theory and practical training. Many of the professional organisations also require training courses to follow the National Occupational Standards for Hypnotherapy, which currently require courses to include a minimum of 450 hours, of which, at least 120 hours must have been face to face teaching. Some organisations also specify the level of training, for example, equivalent to Ofqual QCF level 4. ### **Supervision** In talking therapies such as hypnotherapy, counselling and psychotherapy, the process of supervision involves a therapist meeting with their supervisor, who is also an experienced therapist, on a regular basis to review their work with clients, along with their professional and personal development. The supervision process is important for all therapists regardless of their level of experience and many professional hypnotherapy organisations in the UK require their members to have a regular supervision arrangement in place. Supervision is a valuable ‘checking in’ process, helping therapists to stay grounded, maintain personal and professional boundaries, avoid burnout, and provide safe, ethical, and competent therapy for their clients. During a supervision session, a therapist will reflect on their own feelings, thoughts or behaviour and professional approach, as well as discussing client cases where presenting issues may be difficult or complex. Client confidentiality is maintained within the supervision process. ### **Disclosure & Barring Service** The Disclosure and Barring Service (DBS) is a public body, sponsored by the Home Office of the UK Government, which exists to enable employers to make safer recruitment decisions by undertaking DBS checks to ensure that they are recruiting suitable people for their organisation. The service offers different levels of check including Basic, Standard and Enhanced. Checks of various lists, databases and registers are undertaken depending on which level of DBS check is requested and these include police checks including details of unspent convictions, the sex offenders register and lists of people who are barred from working with vulnerable adults and children. Enhanced DBS checks are usually requested by employers of people who work in health and social care or in roles where they work with vulnerable adults or children. This level of check cannot be applied for by an individual, it must be applied for by an employer or responsible organisation, with the DBS certificate being issued to the individual. It is not a qualification or a permit to work with certain groups of people e.g., children, it is simply an official check of relevant databases and registers to determine whether an individual is suitable to work with these groups. Some hypnotherapists may hold an Enhanced DBS certificate if they also work in a health or social care role in addition to their therapy practice. Possession of an Enhanced DBS certificate does not automatically entitle a therapist to work with vulnerable adults and children, it is simply verification that they have been vetted by the Disclosure and Barring Service and may be suitable to work with these groups. If you are seeking therapy for either a child or a vulnerable adult, choosing a hypnotherapist who has an Enhanced DBS may offer some peace of mind, however you should also ensure that the therapist has relevant training and experience of working with these groups. ### **Membership of a Professional Hypnotherapy Organisation** It’s a good idea to ensure when choosing a hypnotherapist, that they are a member of an established, reputable, and independent hypnotherapy organisation. There are quite a number of organisations in the UK; some are independent and have strict entry requirements and accreditation criteria and others have been founded by and are affiliated to training providers, with their own training and entry requirements. ### **Accredited Registers** In 2012, The Professional Standards Authority launched the Accredited Registers programme to accredit registers of social and healthcare practitioners who meet the Authority’s standards. An Accredited Register is the result of the programme set up by the Department of Health and administered by the Professional Standards Authority, who are an independent body, accountable to the UK Parliament. The Professional Standards Authority accredits registers of people working in a variety of health and social care occupations. The Authority also oversees statutory regulators such as the General Medical Council and the Nursing and Midwifery Council. At the time of writing, there are currently three accredited registers to which hypnotherapists can belong to and these are The Complementary and Natural Healthcare Council, The Federation of Holistic Therapists and The National Hypnotherapy Society. ### **The National Hypnotherapy Society** The National Hypnotherapy Society holds the first and only current UK hypnotherapy register to be directly accredited by the Professional Standards Authority. All professional registrants (Members, Accredited Members and Fellows) on the Society’s register must: - Be a qualified hypnotherapist - Have appropriate training and qualifications - Adhere to the Society’s code of conduct and ethics - Receive regular supervision - Be fully insured - Undertake regular Continuing Professional Development (CPD) each year Choosing a hypnotherapist who is on the Society’s register can offer you peace of mind, whilst ensuring that you are seeing someone who has met the Society’s standards and is on a register which has been vetted and approved by the Professional Standards Authority. ### **Treatments & Cures** Hypnotherapists and other types of talking therapist cannot ‘cure’ you and an ethical therapist should not make any claim regarding a cure for your problem or issue. There are a variety of factors that can affect the outcome of any type of talking therapy and these include the level of training and experience of your therapist, the type of therapy used and the level of rapport you have with your therapist. However, the most important factor is your motivation, participation, and commitment to the therapy process. Therapy is all about helping you to help yourself. A quick search of the internet often reveals a wide variety of hypnotherapists to choose from, including websites advertising the ‘treatments’ on offer. However, apart from attracting trouble from the Advertising Standards Authority for using potentially misleading language, for many people, the word ‘treatment’ often implies a ‘cure’. Because some of the factors involved in successful therapy are within your control, not your therapist’s, it is impossible for your therapist to offer any guarantee of treatment, cure, or success. Hypnotherapy, Counselling, NLP, CBT, and other talking therapies have a good track record in helping people to overcome a wide variety of problems and issues, but remember, you need to play your part too. --- # Can Hypnotherapy Help with PTSD? By Beth 16th August 2022 Post-Traumatic Stress Disorder (PTSD) affects at least 4 in 100 people in the UK and is generally understood to be a debilitating condition that can affect your quality of life. It usually manifests after a major traumatic event, to which the person suffers symptoms such as re-experiencing traumatic memories and recurring stressful thoughts, as well as other symptoms such as social isolation, sensitivity to noise and hypervigilance. PTSD can affect anyone of any age and can be more common within some high-stress occupations such as firefighters, EMT’s or people who work in slaughterhouses. PTSD may have been present in humanity for many years, as there are descriptions of people suffering from similar symptoms in ancient writings. The epic of Gilgamesh (dating back to 2100 B.C.E) describes the main character haunted from the trauma of the death of his closest friend. Ancient works by Hippocrates describe soldiers having frightening battle dreams. Across the world and across the ages, similar stories can be found. In modern times, PTSD was brought into light during World War I, where some soldiers who survived combat suffered from “shell shock.” A search online can reveal haunting videos taken of soldiers experiencing extreme symptoms, and documentaries on the horrors of war. Since then, a lot of attention has been put onto PTSD, what causes it, and how to treat it. So, what can happen to someone with PTSD? Neuroscientists have examined the brains of people suffering with PTSD and found that some parts of the brain become hyperactive, and some hypoactive. The amygdala, a small, almond-shaped region of the brain is associated with fear conditioning, assessments of threats, and memory consolidation. For those with PTSD, the amygdala can become hyperactive and make people have a much more acute response to stress and the perception of threats. This can contribute to symptoms such as hypervigilance, invasive thoughts, and flashbacks. The hippocampus is also involved in memory consolidation and the release of cortisol, the stress hormone. The pre-frontal cortex, in charge of functions such as emotion regulation, attention and decision-making, can become hypoactive. With this in mind, it is theorised that the following can happen to a person with PTSD when they encounter a stimulus associated with trauma: The amygdala becomes hypersensitive to a perceived threat, and sets off an alarm-response to danger, triggering the ‘fight-or-flight’ response. The amygdala also communicates incorrectly with the hypothalamus, which can lead to the release of cortisol into the body. The pre-frontal cortex must then assess the situation and if deemed safe, pump the brakes on the stress-response. However, as this part of the brain may be hypoactive, the calming reaction may not be effective enough at neutralising the brain’s hypersensitive reaction. Not only can this happen when facing a stimulus, but also when facing a memory. The abreaction of the amygdala can halt the process of memory consolidation, which can cause the painful memory to return again and again instead of being sorted into our long-term memories. History lesson and theory aside, where does hypnotherapy come into this? Some therapies can become a great help to someone suffering from PSTD. If one is able to enter a state of hypnosis and examine painful memories in a calm and detached state, it may be possible to face these memories and allow the brain to consolidate them properly, potentially reducing the invasions of unprocessed trauma. Fear responses can be encouraged to lessen in severity and triggers can be managed more effectively. There has been a lot of research on PTSD for many years, and hypnosis has been tested for its efficacy many times. Here we will have a look at some examples. An early study by Brom et al., (1989) used hypnosis in comparison with a wait-list control group for the treatment of 52 participants of mixed gender and from both a military and civilian background in a randomised controlled trial. Measurements of their symptoms were taken before and after treatment, and then at a 3-month follow-up. The control group received treatment a month after the follow up. The researchers found a statistically significant reduction in the severity of the symptoms in the hypnotherapy group compared to the control group. Later, in 2008, Shakibaei et al., examined the effects on both feelings of pain and the re-experiencing of trauma in 44 burn patients. This randomised controlled study worked with burn patients currently receiving treatment in hospital. The hypnosis group received five sessions of hypnotherapy in one week alongside standard care, with the control group receiving only standard care. Measurements for pain and the re-experiencing of trauma were taken at baseline, then after the 3rd and 5th sessions (or subsequent time-points for the control group). The results showed that the hypnosis group showed statistically significant reductions in the re-experiencing of their trauma, compared to the control group who did not show any improvements. As time has passed, the number of studies examining hypnosis and how it can help with the many symptoms of PTSD grew in number, to the point where a systematic review of the literature in 2015 was deemed necessary by Rotaru & Rusu. The systematic review and meta-analysis revealed that of the studies analysed, there was a large effect in favour of hypnosis-based treatment for the improvement of symptoms of PTSD. The improvements were often stable over time, leading to long-term positive improvements maintained even a year after their hypnotherapy had concluded. PTSD is a complex thing, with many symptoms and sources of trauma. The evidence discussed above indicates that hypnotherapy may be of great use to someone who is suffering from it, with the possibility to reduce the re-experiencing of traumatic memories, to improve sleep quality (Abramowitz et al., 2008), and to help with a number of symptoms. Not only can hypnosis be helpful in the improvement of symptoms, but the design of hypnotherapy means that each person receiving it can have their own personalised treatment and goals, working on what they find the most important to them. In conclusion, hypnotherapy may be a helpful tool that could make a real difference to someone’s quality of life. **References** Abramowitz, E., Barak, Y., Ben-Avi, I., & Knobler, H. (2008). Hypnotherapy in the treatment of chronic combat-related PTSD patients suffering from insomnia: A randomized, zolpidem-controlled clinical trial. *The International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 56,* 270–280. Link: Brom, D., Kleber, R. J., & Defares, P. B. (1989). Brief psychotherapy for post-traumatic stress disorders.*Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 57*, 607–612. Link: Rotaru, T., Rusu, A., (2015). A meta-analysis for the efficacy of hypnotherapy in alleviating PTSD symptoms. International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 64(1), 116-136. Link: Shakibaei, F., Harandi, A., Gholamrezaei, A., Samoei, R., & Salehi, P. (2008). Hypnotherapy in management of pain and re-experiencing of trauma in burn patients. *International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 56,* 185–197. Link: --- # Can Hypnotherapy Help with Menopause? By Beth 4th November 2022 As a child, you may have overheard hushed conversations between aunts or elders about going through sudden changes, experiencing ‘nerves’, or suddenly feeling very hot. There is a good likelihood that this discussion will have been about menopause. In today’s modern world, many of us are getting less squeamish and more well-informed about some of the facts of life. Menopause is no exception to this. **What is menopause?** Menopause is when your periods stop due to lower hormone levels that come with the natural ageing process. This normally happens between the ages of 45 and 55. This can occur earlier too, following an oophorectomy or hysterectomy, or following cancer treatment, or simply due to genetics. Alongside some physical changes, menopause often comes with unpleasant symptoms, such as anxiety, mood swings, hot flashes, brain fog, sexual dysfunction, and irregular periods. These symptoms can start years before, with the phenomenon known as perimenopause, and can also carry on after menopause as well. **What can I do about it?** Here is some general advice that can benefit most going through menopause: - Stop using tobacco products if you currently do - Eat a healthy diet full of protein, fibre, fruit, veg and whole-grain foods - Make sure that you are getting enough vitamin D and calcium - Maintain a healthy weight - Do weight-bearing exercise at least 3 days a week There are also some medicines available to help relieve symptoms. This can range from over-the-counter medicines to hormone supplements. The symptoms of menopause and perimenopause can also be a very common reason for people to seek therapy. Sometimes unaddressed trauma can resurface, common symptoms can become debilitating, or some of the changes that your body goes through can be hard to adjust to. Hypnotherapy is one such therapy. Hypnosis can be helpful in managing many of the symptoms that can accompany menopause, and not just with the problems that hypnosis is well-known to improve, such as anxiety (Valentine et al., 2019) and traumatic events (Abramowitz & Lichtenburg, 2010). Hot flashes, poor sleep and sexual dysfunction are also symptoms that can be helped by hypnotherapy. **What does the research say?** Let’s take a closer look at what researchers have discovered. Sexual dysfunction is a common problem for postmenopausal women, with an estimated range of 30% to 71% of women affected. In fact, postmenopausal women are 2.3 times more likely to experience sexual dysfunction than premenopausal women. A single-blind, randomised clinical trial by Johnson et al., (2016) tested the efficacy of hypnotherapy on the improvement of sexual function in comparison a structured-attention control in 187 healthy post-menopausal women experiencing hot flashes. Before the experiment, the participants gave baseline scores of different aspects of sexual functioning that may be influenced by their hormonal status, adding up to a total score. The participants received 5 weekly sessions of hypnotic relaxation therapy, or of control exercises, before answering the questionnaires again. The participants then completed follow-up assessments at weeks 6 and 12. At the start of the experiment, the hypnosis group had a base total score of 15.8 (out of 30), which rose to 17.9 at the end of the treatment, and then again to 18.7 at the 12-week follow-up. For the control group, their scores improved significantly less than the hypnosis group, with total scores starting at 13.7 and finishing at 15.29 by the 12-week follow-up. These differences, particularly with improvements to feelings of sexual pleasure and overall score, were statistically significant. Hot flashes can be uncomfortable, especially when you are trying to go about your normal life in peace. In 2013, Elkins et al. conducted a pilot investigation into hypnosis and how it can help with the management of hot flashes among postmenopausal women. 13 postmenopausal women participated in the study, who were suffering from either a minimum of 50 hot flashes a week or at least seven moderate/severe flashes a day. They were asked to keep a diary documenting their flashes and symptoms from the very start of the study until the end of their hypnosis interventions. The participants received five weekly sessions of guided self-hypnosis, lasting 30 minutes each time. The results from their study showed that there was a significant decline in the frequency of hot flashes by the end of the last session, with an average decline of 72%. Sleep disturbance is a common problem among postmenopausal women, with an estimated 40 to 64% reporting poor sleep. Poor sleep can impact well-being, overall health, work efficiency and put a strain on relationships, as well as increase the risks for diabetes, obesity, and cardiovascular disease. Hypnosis has been used successfully to improve sleep in the past, as detailed by Chamine, Atchley & Oken (2018) in a large systematic review of the literature. A recent single-blind, randomised factorial trial by Elkins et al., (2021) explored the optimal dose and method of delivery of a hypnosis intervention for postmenopausal women who suffered from sleep disturbance. A group of 90 women were selected for the trial and split evenly into four groups who each received a different method of treatment: 5 in-person sessions, 3 in-person sessions, 5 phone sessions, or 3 phone sessions. All groups received the same hypnosis audio recordings to use at home, with instructions for daily practise for 5 weeks. The experimenters measured quality and length of sleep. All four groups reported an improvement in sleep quality, with the largest benefit to the group who received 5 phone sessions. Across all groups, between 81 to 100% of participants achieved a clinically meaningful improvement in the quality of their sleep, even at the 8-week follow-up. As the research shows, hypnotherapy could be a powerful tool for making menopause more manageable. From restful sleep to getting rid of anxiety, to putting a dampener on hot flashes. Approximately half of the population will have to deal with this in their lifetimes, but there is no need to suffer in silence. Gone are the days of hushed conversations, it’s time to shed light on how difficult menopause can be, and to support each other towards health and happiness. **References** Abramowitz, E. G., & Lichtenberg, P. (2010). A new hypnotic technique for treating combat-related posttraumatic stress disorder: A prospective open study*. International Journal of Clinical and* *Experimental Hypnosis, 58*, 316–328. Chamine, I., Atchley, R., Oken, B. S. (2018). Hypnosis intervention effects on sleep outcomes: A systematic review*. Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 14*, 271-283. Elkins, G., Otte, J., Carpenter, J. S., Roberts, L., Jackson, L. S., Kekecs, Z., Patterson, V., Keith, T. Z. (2021). Hypnosis intervention for sleep disturbance: determination of optimal dose and method of delivery for postmenopausal women. *International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 69(3),* 323-345. Link: Elkins, G., Johnson, A., Fisher, W., Sliwinski, J., Keith, T. (2013). A Pilot investigation of guided self- hypnosis in the treatment of hot flashes among postmenopausal women. *International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis,* *61(3),* 342-350. Link: Johnson, A. K., Johnson, A. J., Barton, D., Elkins, G. (2016). Hypnotic relaxation therapy and sexual function in postmenopausal women: Results of a Randomised Clinical Trial. *International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis*, 64(2), 213-224. Link: Valentine, K. E., Milling, L. S., Clark, L. J., Moriarty, C. L. (2019). The efficacy of hypnosis as a treatment for anxiety: a meta-analysis. *International Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 67(3),* 336-363. Link: --- # Body Picking - How Hypnotherapy Can Help You Stop These Unconscious Impulses Blog Mental Health and Wellbeing By Beth 5th October 2023 Have you ever found yourself picking at the skin around your nails, digging at imperfections on your skin, or picking painfully at your bottom lip? In a moment of boredom or stress, many people may find themselves overdoing grooming behaviours to the point where they’re left with a sharp sting and a pang of regret. For some people, however, this behaviour can become a repetitive, compelling, and harmful behaviour by the name of dermatillomania, or the hair-pulling cousin of this disorder, trichotillomania. **What is dermatillomania?** This disorder is also known as skin picking or excoriation disorder and is a body-focused repetitive behaviour that is related to obsessive-compulsive disorder. This disorder, as the names suggest, is characterised by a repetitive and compelling act of picking or rubbing at your skin. Commonly affected areas are fingers, faces and legs. The compulsive behaviour can result in significant damage to the affected areas, leading to scarring and discomfort. Picking is often a reaction to stress. It can be triggered by feelings of pressure, stress, and when someone does not have control over a situation or aspect of their lives. Furthermore, engaging in picking can also come with feelings of shame, guilt, and frustration that can exacerbate the disorder in a vicious cycle. While some will use their teeth or fingers to pick, some will also use tools such as tweezers or nail clippers and inflict lasting damage. While picking disorders can be rooted in childhood experiences or behaviours, they can become increasingly problematic with age. Ascension into adulthood comes with increasing stressors and responsibilities, such as employment, bills, and starting a family. This can cause people with skin- or hair-picking disorders to lean more heavily on coping mechanisms that they used as a child. **Managing picking disorders** Those that live with picking disorders may find tricks and tactics to stave off impulsive behaviours. Below is a list of common ways that people use for temporary relief from picking disorders while you are searching for a more permanent solution: - Wear gloves or long legwear so that the vulnerable areas are harder to see and reach. - Coat your nails in a foul-tasting varnish to discourage biting the affected areas. - Keep your nails short so skin is harder to pick. - Keep any picking tools in a hard-to-reach place. - Use fidget toys or similar devices to keep your hands busy and redirect attention. - Moisturiser can keep skin soft, reducing the amount of dry or flaky skin. - Keep the affected areas clean and dry to avoid infection. - Use mindfulness and breathing techniques. - Identify and reduce your exposure to any triggers. A similarity that all of these methods have is that they can provide short-term relief or distraction, however, they do not fix the problem. While the end result of picking may be delayed or harder to reach, the compulsion and habit remains. To tackle the source of the problem and weaken our dependence on the compulsive behaviour, hypnotherapy can be a promising solution. **How can hypnotherapy help?** Hypnotherapy can help with picking disorders in different ways. It can help to disrupt the compulsive behaviour, and it can also be used to address the source of the compulsive behaviour so that it loses power as a coping mechanism altogether. Hypnotherapy can also allow you to adopt new, healthier ways of coping with stress so that you aren’t left without a way to manage your feelings going through the challenges of life. Hypnotherapy can help you to identify your triggers. It may be feeling stressed, social situations, or before you go to sleep when you’re reflecting on the day. You may have developed the response to a trigger as a habit over time, or there may be a specific incident that planted the habit within your subconscious as a way to cope. Your hypnotherapist can help you to identify what the cause may be, with some approaches focused on identifying the root cause and allowing you to address it under hypnosis from a position of safety and understanding. The theory behind these approaches is that if the cause of a picking disorder is found and reconciled, then the resulting habitual behaviours will begin to lose their power over time. Another approach that you may take with your hypnotherapist is to focus more on the here and now. If your habit has resurfaced during a time of stress, or you are feeling stuck in a cycle of shame and discomfort, then hypnotherapy can be used to interrupt that cycle. Some who suffer from picking disorders may benefit from finding new ways to deal with unavoidable stressors in their lives, redirecting their comfort from picking into comfort from walking, running, knitting, drawing, or anything that brings them joy. The comfort of picking comes with changing your focus onto something other than the situation and having control over something. Your mind and hands are engrossed in something to take you away from what is stressing you out. Under hypnosis, you can learn to shift your nervous attention onto something that doesn’t cause harm and further distress, weakening the neural pathways in your brain linking picking to relief and instead towards something different. Hypnotherapy can also be used to build up your confidence and self-esteem so that you can feel more able to cope with situations and stressors that would normally trigger your stress response. You can learn to take comfort within yourself and learn how to regain control in situations so that your stress is less likely to reach the point where you need to pick in the first place. There are lots of ways that hypnotherapy can help you to gain control of your picking disorder, gain some confidence and gain new ways to healthily manage the unavoidable stress that comes with life. There are lots of hypnotherapists that will be happy to help you on your journey towards better health. If this sounds like the right path for you, take a look in our register of accredited hypnotherapists to find someone who can get you started and give you all the tools you need for success. ---